ENFINITY CORP
POS AM, 1998-08-28
CONSTRUCTION - SPECIAL TRADE CONTRACTORS
Previous: BMA VARIABLE LIFE ACCOUNT A, S-6/A, 1998-08-28
Next: RENAISSANCE MEDIA GROUP LLC, S-4/A, 1998-08-28




<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
         AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON AUGUST 28, 1998
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-52671
    
________________________________________________________________________________
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                            ------------------------
   
                         POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
    
                            ------------------------
 
                              ENFINITY CORPORATION
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
                            ------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                          <C>                                            <C>
                DELAWARE                                    1711                                   59-3475197
      (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION              (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL                    (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
   OF INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)            CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)                  IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
</TABLE>
 
                              400 LAKE RIDGE DRIVE
                             SMYRNA, GEORGIA 30082
                                 (770) 431-1470
              (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
       INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
 
                            ------------------------
 
                               RODNEY C. GILBERT
               CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                              ENFINITY CORPORATION
                              400 LAKE RIDGE DRIVE
                             SMYRNA, GEORGIA 30082
                                 (770) 431-1470
              (NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE
               NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
 
                            ------------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>
CHRISTOPHER T. JENSEN, ESQ.                                NEIL GOLD, ESQ.
MORGAN, LEWIS & BOCKIUS LLP                          FULBRIGHT & JAWORSKI L.L.P.
     101 PARK AVENUE                                      666 FIFTH AVENUE
  NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10178                             NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10103
     (212) 309-6000                                        (212) 318-3000
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
     APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after the Registration Statement becomes effective.
     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [ ]
     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]
     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]
     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]
                            ------------------------
 
     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
________________________________________________________________________________

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A
registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes
effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities
in any State in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.
 
   
                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED AUGUST 28, 1998
    
                                8,000,000 SHARES
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
     All of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby are being sold by Enfinity
Corporation (the 'Company').
 
     Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock of the Company. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering
price of the Common Stock will be between $12.50 and $14.50 per share. See
'Underwriting' for a discussion of the factors to be considered in determining
the initial public offering price. The Common Stock has been approved for
listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol 'BTU,' subject to
official notice of issuance.
 
     SEE 'RISK FACTORS' COMMENCING ON PAGE 10 OF THIS PROSPECTUS FOR A
DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE
PURCHASERS OF THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY.
                            ------------------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED  BY THE  SECURITIES AND
   EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE
     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
        PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
           REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
[CAPTION]
<TABLE>
                                                                      Price to          Underwriting        Proceeds to
                                                                       Public           Discount(1)          Company(2)
<S>                                                              <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Per Share......................................................          $                   $                   $
Total(3).......................................................          $                   $                   $
</TABLE>
 
(1)  See 'Underwriting' for information concerning indemnification of the
     Underwriters and other matters.
 
(2)  Before deducting expenses payable by the Company, estimated at $4,000,000.
 
(3)  The Company has granted to the Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up
     to 1,200,000 additional shares of Common Stock solely to cover
     over-allotments, if any. If the Underwriters exercise this option in full,
     the total Price to Public, Underwriting Discount and Proceeds to Company
     will be $          , $          and $          , respectively. See
     'Underwriting.'
 
     The shares of Common Stock are offered by the several Underwriters named
herein, subject to receipt and acceptance by them and subject to their right to
reject any order in whole or in part. It is expected that delivery of the
certificates representing such shares will be made against payment therefor at
the office of NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC on or about       , 1998.
 
                            ------------------------
NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC
                      Lehman Brothers
                                                Raymond James & Associates, Inc.
 
                                         , 1998
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     [PICTURES AND GRAPHICS SHOWING REVENUE GROWTH, REVENUE BREAKDOWN,
REPRESENTATIVE MARKETS SERVED AND REPRESENTATIVE PROJECTS. MAP SHOWING LOCATION
OF FOUNDING COMPANIES.]
 
     CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK. SUCH
TRANSACTIONS MAY INCLUDE STABILIZING, THE PURCHASE OF COMMON STOCK TO COVER
SYNDICATE SHORT POSITIONS AND THE IMPOSITION OF PENALTY BIDS. FOR A DESCRIPTION
OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE 'UNDERWRITING.'
 
                                       2


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
     Simultaneously with and as a condition to the closing of this Offering,
Enfinity Corporation will acquire, in separate transactions (the 'Mergers') in
exchange for cash and shares of its Common Stock, all of the common stock of and
ownership interests in eight energy and indoor environmental systems and
services companies (each, a 'Founding Company' and, collectively, the 'Founding
Companies'). Unless otherwise indicated, all references to the 'Company' herein
include the Founding Companies, and references to 'Enfinity' mean Enfinity
Corporation prior to the consummation of the Mergers. For more information about
the Mergers, see 'Certain Transactions.'
 
     The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read
in conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial statements and
related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. Unless otherwise
indicated, all share, per share and financial information in this Prospectus:
(i) has been adjusted to give effect to the Mergers; (ii) assumes no exercise of
the Underwriters' over-allotment option; (iii) gives effect to a 36,804.93-for-1
stock split effected in the form of a stock dividend on July 9, 1998; and (iv)
assumes an initial public offering price per share of $13.50. See 'Description
of Capital Stock.'
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
     Enfinity was formed by the Founding Companies to become the premier
provider of energy and indoor environmental systems and services to commercial,
industrial and institutional clients. The Company provides a broad range of
services throughout the life cycle of a client's energy and indoor environmental
systems, including: (i) maintenance, repair and replacement; (ii) design,
engineering and installation; and (iii) on-site and off-site management of
building systems, including control and monitoring systems.
 
     Seven of the eight Founding Companies have worked together in industry peer
groups for over 10 years. All of the Founding Companies are 'best-of-class'
service providers with specialized and complementary expertise and have been
recognized by industry organizations for their high quality service and
innovative client solutions. Six of the eight Founding Companies have been named
'Commercial Contractor of the Year,' an award presented annually by Contracting
Business magazine to the most progressive and professional organization in the
commercial heating, ventilation and air-conditioning ('HVAC') business. The
Company has established strategic partnerships with several energy providers and
financial institutions as a means to provide innovative and cost effective
energy and indoor environmental solutions to its clients. The Founding Companies
had combined revenues of $364.8 million for fiscal year 1997, representing a
compound annual growth rate of 21.9% from fiscal year 1995.
 
     The commercial, industrial and institutional HVAC and related services
industry is large, growing and highly fragmented. In 1996, over 10,000 companies
provided over $35 billion in commercial, industrial and institutional HVAC
services. Factors fueling the growth of the industry include: (i) an increasing
focus on air quality and internal environmental control in a growing number of
sealed commercial buildings; (ii) the aging of the installed base of energy and
indoor environmental systems, which has increased the demand for maintenance,
repair and replacement services; (iii) the increasing automation, sophistication
and complexity of energy and indoor environmental systems; (iv) government
restrictions on the use of refrigerants commonly used in older energy and indoor
environmental systems; (v) a desire by companies to outsource their energy and
indoor environmental services as they focus on their core competencies; and (vi)
an increasing focus by companies on managing costs and achieving energy savings
by replacing less efficient systems.
 
     An important factor affecting the energy and environmental services
industry is the deregulation of the U.S. gas and electric utility industries. As
these industries become further deregulated, the Company
 
                                       3
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

anticipates that utilities and other energy providers will continue to establish
strategic partnerships with providers of energy and indoor environmental systems
and services in order to attract utility customers in an increasingly
competitive market. These partnerships offer customers a broad range of services
and utilities on a variable cost per unit basis without the need for customers
to make significant capital expenditures on energy and indoor environmental
systems. The Company believes that these strategic partnerships will decrease
energy costs and improve marketing and customer service, resulting in increased
demand for energy and indoor environmental systems and services.
 
     The Company's goal is to create the leading national provider of energy and
indoor environmental systems and services for commercial, industrial and
institutional clients. In order to achieve this goal, the Company's business
strategy is focused on the following key principles: (i) creating a single
source provider of energy and indoor environmental systems and services; (ii)
leveraging Founding Company engineering and technical expertise; (iii) focusing
on high quality client service; (iv) attracting, training and retaining highly
qualified technicians and engineers; and (v) operating with a decentralized
management strategy.
 
     INTERNAL GROWTH STRATEGY. While the Company intends to acquire additional
energy and indoor environmental systems and services companies, strong internal
growth remains the foundation of the Company's growth strategy. The Company
believes it will be able to increase its revenues from existing clients by
taking advantage of cross-selling opportunities among the Founding Companies and
other acquired companies. Through interaction at industry peer group meetings
and their reputations as 'best-of-class' service providers, certain of the
Founding Companies have already begun to leverage their client relationships by
recommending each other for significant business opportunities. The Company also
believes that it can produce strong internal growth by expanding market coverage
to provide energy and indoor environmental systems and services on a regional
and national basis and achieving operating efficiencies through best practices
and economies of scale.
 
     STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS. The Company will seek to form additional strategic
relationships with energy providers and financial institutions to satisfy the
full range of a client's energy and indoor environmental systems needs. For
example, the Company and its strategic partners may: (i) provide a client with
gas, electrical power, cooled air or water, heat or lighting; (ii) design,
install and maintain the client's energy and indoor environmental systems; (iii)
operate central energy plants; (iv) provide financing for the design,
engineering and installation of new energy and environmental systems; and (v)
monitor the indoor air quality of the client's facility. The Company anticipates
that these partnerships will result in lower energy costs and greater client
satisfaction as a client's full range of energy and indoor environmental systems
and services needs are provided and paid for through a single source. By
creating an attractive alternative to the traditional means of satisfying a
client's needs, the Company believes that strategic partnerships will provide
the Company with an advantage over many of its competitors, additional business
opportunities and increased revenues.
 
     GROWTH THROUGH ACQUISITIONS. The Company intends to capitalize on the
highly fragmented nature of the energy and indoor environmental systems and
services industry by implementing a strategic acquisition program following this
Offering. The Company will seek to acquire companies that are 'best-of-class'
local or regional providers of energy and indoor environmental systems and
services. In order to identify 'best-of-class' providers, the Company will look
for, among other things, companies that: (i) have annual revenues of at least $8
million and a strong history of internal growth; (ii) have core competencies
that complement or add to the Company's services; (iii) have a reputation for
high levels of client service; and (iv) are constantly seeking new ways to
improve their business. The Company believes that 'best-of-class' companies
demonstrate the foregoing characteristics and each is generally a premier
provider of energy and indoor environmental systems and services in the market
it serves. Together with the Founding Companies, such acquisition targets will
expand the Company's geographic presence and serve as platforms for further
growth and consolidation and will have the client base, technical skills and
infrastructure necessary to be a core business into which other companies can be
consolidated. The Company also will attempt to leverage the existing
infrastructure by pursuing 'tuck-in' acquisitions of smaller companies whose
operations can be integrated into a platform
 
                                       4
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

company. In addition, the Company will selectively seek to acquire other
well-established businesses that provide services complementary to those
provided by the Company in order to expand its market penetration and range of
services offered.
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                              <C>
Common Stock offered by the Company............................  8,000,000 shares
Common Stock to be outstanding after this Offering.............  17,345,452 shares(1)
Use of proceeds................................................  To pay the cash portion of the purchase price
                                                                 for the Founding Companies, to repay certain
                                                                 indebtedness of the Founding Companies, to pay
                                                                 certain other amounts provided for under the
                                                                 agreements relating to the Mergers and for
                                                                 working capital and other general corporate
                                                                 purposes, including future acquisitions.(2)
Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol........................  BTU
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
   
(1) Includes 8,243,971 shares of Common Stock to be issued in connection with
    the Mergers at a value per share of $10.80 due to restrictions on
    transferability, but excludes 2,341,635 shares of Common Stock reserved for
    issuance pursuant to the Company's 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan, of which
    options to purchase 1,765,277 shares will be granted by the Company
    concurrently with the consummation of the Mergers and this Offering. See
    'Management -- 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan,' 'Certain
    Transactions -- Organization of the Company' and 'Shares Eligible for Future
    Sale.'
    
 
   
(2) Includes approximately $79.6 million (subject to adjustment) to be used to
    pay the cash portion of the purchase price for the Founding Companies;
    approximately $6.1 million to be used to pay indebtedness, accrued expenses
    and other liabilities assumed in connection with the Mergers; and
    approximately $6.6 million to be used to pay S Corporation distributions, to
    redeem preferred stock of one of the Founding Companies and to pay certain
    amounts representing excess working capital as provided in the agreements
    relating to the Mergers ('Excess Working Capital'). See 'Use of Proceeds.'
    In connection with the Mergers, the Company will record goodwill of
    approximately $115.8 million to be amortized over a period of 40 years.
    
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     The Common Stock offered hereby involves a high degree of risk. The risks
include, among others, the absence of combined operating history, the Company's
ability to acquire and integrate the operations of additional energy and indoor
environmental systems and services companies, the possible effects of
deregulation, the competitive nature of the energy and indoor environmental
systems and services industry, the impact of general economic conditions, the
Company's ability to attract and retain qualified engineers and technicians and
the material amount of intangible assets. See 'Risk Factors.'
 
                                       5
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                   SUMMARY PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
 
     Enfinity will acquire the Founding Companies simultaneously with and as a
condition to the consummation of this Offering. For financial statement
presentation purposes, Brandt Mechanical Services, Inc. ('Brandt'), one of the
Founding Companies, has been identified as the accounting acquiror. The
following unaudited summary pro forma combined financial data present certain
data for the Company, as adjusted for: (i) the consummation of the Mergers; (ii)
certain pro forma adjustments to the historical financial statements; and (iii)
the consummation of this Offering and the application of the net proceeds
therefrom. The Summary Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations Data and
Summary Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet Data should be read in conjunction with
the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements and the notes thereto and
the historical financial statements of the Founding Companies and the notes
thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    PRO FORMA COMBINED
                                                                          ---------------------------------------
                                                                                              SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                           YEAR ENDED             JUNE 30,
                                                                          DECEMBER 31,      ---------------------
                                                                              1997            1997         1998
                                                                          ------------      --------     --------
<S>                                                                       <C>               <C>          <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues..............................................................      $364,767        $148,106     $210,249
Cost of revenues......................................................       293,749         115,594      170,666
                                                                          ------------      --------     --------
     Gross profit.....................................................        71,018          32,512       39,583
Selling, general and administrative expenses..........................        49,624          23,361       26,276
Employee stock compensation (non-recurring)...........................           795           --           1,816
Amortization of goodwill, net.........................................         2,265           1,133        1,133
                                                                          ------------      --------     --------
     Income from operations...........................................        18,334           8,018       10,358
Other expense, net....................................................           821             310          681
                                                                          ------------      --------     --------
Income before provision for income taxes..............................        17,513           7,708        9,677
     Provision for income taxes.......................................         7,911           3,536        4,324
                                                                          ------------      --------     --------
Net income............................................................      $  9,602        $  4,172     $  5,353
                                                                          ------------      --------     --------
                                                                          ------------      --------     --------
Net income per share, basic and diluted...............................      $   0.56        $   0.25     $   0.31
                                                                          ------------      --------     --------
                                                                          ------------      --------     --------
Shares used in computing pro forma
  basic net income per share..........................................    17,010,813        17,010,813   17,010,813
Shares used in computing pro forma
  diluted net income per share........................................    17,056,135        17,056,135   17,056,135
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                JUNE 30, 1998
                                                                                            ---------------------
                                                                                            PRO FORMA       AS
                                                                                            COMBINED     ADJUSTED
                                                                                            ---------    --------
<S>                                                                                         <C>          <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital (deficit)................................................................   $(58,048)    $ 33,392
Total assets.............................................................................    246,053      250,254
Total long-term debt, net of current portion.............................................      8,995        4,383
Stockholders' equity.....................................................................     66,231      162,671
</TABLE>
    
 
     See the footnotes to 'Selected Financial Data' on page 22 for further
information about the assumptions used in the above data.
 
                                       6
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

               SUMMARY INDIVIDUAL FOUNDING COMPANY FINANCIAL DATA
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
     The following table presents summary operating data for each of the
Founding Companies (see 'The Company' for the complete names of each Founding
Company) on an historical basis for the periods indicated.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   SIX MONTH
                                                                                                    INTERIM
                                                                FISCAL YEARS ENDED(1)(2)        PERIODS ENDED(3)
                                                              -----------------------------    ------------------
                                                               1995       1996       1997       1997       1998
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
BRANDT(4):
     Revenues..............................................   $15,869    $38,723    $50,435    $20,079    $30,156
     Cost of revenues......................................    13,170     31,932     42,032     16,227     25,375
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
     Gross profit..........................................     2,699      6,791      8,403      3,852      4,781
     Selling, general and administrative expenses..........     2,191      6,128      4,651      2,225      2,553
     Employee stock compensation (non-recurring)...........     --         --         --         --         1,455
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
     Income from operations................................   $   508    $   663    $ 3,752    $ 1,627    $   773
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
 
AIR SYSTEMS:
     Revenues..............................................   $37,463    $55,528    $90,969    $26,894    $62,230
     Cost of revenues......................................    29,527     44,098     75,149     19,889     53,332
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
     Gross profit..........................................     7,936     11,430     15,820      7,005      8,898
     Selling, general and administrative expenses..........     6,449      8,232     11,370      4,972      5,518
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
     Income from operations................................   $ 1,487    $ 3,198    $ 4,450    $ 2,033    $ 3,380
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
 
ENERGY SYSTEMS:
     Revenues..............................................   $44,177    $48,069    $54,228    $24,134    $29,618
     Cost of revenues......................................    36,498     40,299     45,893     20,180     25,221
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
     Gross profit..........................................     7,679      7,770      8,335      3,954      4,397
     Selling, general and administrative expenses..........     6,537      6,948      6,869      3,385      3,385
     Employee stock compensation (non-recurring)...........        --         --         --         --      1,816
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
     Income (loss) from operations.........................   $ 1,142    $   822    $ 1,466    $   569    $  (804)
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
 
NEMSI:
     Revenues..............................................   $22,467    $30,457    $39,357    $18,129    $17,464
     Cost of revenues......................................    17,129     23,407     31,217     13,915     13,379
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
     Gross profit..........................................     5,338      7,050      8,140      4,214      4,085
     Selling, general and administrative expenses..........     4,617      5,448      6,502      2,801      3,028
     Employee stock compensation (non-recurring)...........        --         --        795         --         --
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
     Income from operations................................   $   721    $ 1,602    $   843    $ 1,413    $ 1,057
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
 
LEE:
     Revenues..............................................   $35,475    $34,639    $39,681    $15,874    $24,488
     Cost of revenues......................................    28,154     26,541     30,316     12,308     18,570
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
     Gross profit..........................................     7,321      8,098      9,365      3,566      5,918
     Selling, general and administrative expenses..........     6,006      6,663      7,325      2,972      4,266
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
     Income from operations................................   $ 1,315    $ 1,435    $ 2,040    $   594    $ 1,652
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                                  (table continued on next page)
 
                                       7
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

(table continued from previous page)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   SIX MONTH
                                                                                                    INTERIM
                                                                FISCAL YEARS ENDED(1)(2)        PERIODS ENDED(3)
                                                              -----------------------------    ------------------
                                                               1995       1996       1997       1997       1998
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
HILL YORK:
     Revenues..............................................   $28,667    $31,430    $34,170    $15,747    $18,883
     Cost of revenues......................................    22,526     24,121     26,551     11,901     14,673
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
     Gross profit..........................................     6,141      7,309      7,619      3,846      4,210
     Selling, general and administrative expenses..........     5,758      6,992      7,089      3,444      3,792
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
     Income from operations................................   $   383    $   317    $   530      $ 402    $   418
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
MECHANICAL SERVICES:
     Revenues..............................................   $24,938    $28,549    $28,279    $14,152    $11,528
     Cost of revenues......................................    21,884     25,121     24,511     12,408      9,789
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
     Gross profit..........................................     3,054      3,428      3,768      1,744      1,739
     Selling, general and administrative expenses..........     2,053      2,298      2,530      1,228      1,110
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
     Income from operations................................   $ 1,001    $ 1,130    $ 1,238      $ 516    $   629
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
AIRCOND:
     Revenues..............................................   $25,225    $26,830    $26,935    $13,097    $15,882
     Cost of revenues......................................    17,174     17,284     17,509      8,766     10,327
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
     Gross profit..........................................     8,051      9,546      9,426      4,331      5,555
     Selling, general and administrative expenses..........     6,273      7,487      7,731      3,824      3,908
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
     Income from operations................................   $ 1,778    $ 2,059    $ 1,695      $ 507    $ 1,647
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
(1) The fiscal years presented are as follows: Brandt, Energy Systems, NEMSI and
    Lee -- the fiscal years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997; Air
    Systems -- the fiscal years ended February 29, 1996 and February 28, 1997
    and 1998; Hill York and Mechanical Services -- the fiscal years ended March
    31, 1996 and 1997 and the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997; and
    Aircond -- the fiscal years ended September 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997.
 
(2) Selling, general and administrative expenses for the Founding Companies for
    each of the fiscal years (as defined above) in the three-year periods and
    the interim periods (as defined below) presented do not include reductions
    in compensation and benefits to certain of the stockholders of the Founding
    Companies to which they have agreed prospectively in the employment
    agreements to be entered into upon the consummation of this Offering (the
    'Compensation Differential') as indicated below.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        SIX MONTH
                                                                                         INTERIM
                                              FISCAL YEARS ENDED                     PERIODS ENDED(3)
                                          --------------------------    ------------------------------------------
                                           1995      1996      1997            1997                   1998
                                          ------    ------    ------    ------------------        -----------
<S>                                       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>                   <C>
Brandt.................................   $  404    $2,777    $  353          $  181                 $  181
Air Systems............................      213     1,223     1,407             640                    (27)
Energy Systems.........................      294       268       283             126                     97
NEMSI..................................      512       388       590             190                    211
Lee....................................    1,349     1,226     1,026             371                    969
Hill York..............................      577     1,010       968             529                    574
Mechanical Services....................      170       293       312             184                     72
Aircond................................      414       437     1,136              28                     15
                                          ------    ------    ------         -------                -------
     Total.............................   $3,933    $7,622    $6,075          $2,249                 $2,092
                                          ------    ------    ------         -------                -------
                                          ------    ------    ------         -------                -------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                              (footnotes continued on next page)
 
                                       8
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

(footnotes continued from previous page)
 
   
(3) The interim periods presented are as follows: Brandt, Energy Systems, NEMSI,
    Lee, Hill York, Mechanical Services and Aircond -- the six months ended
    June 30, 1997 and 1998; Air Systems -- the six months ended June 30, 1997
    and 1998 consisting of the three months ended May 31, 1997 and 1998 and the
    three months ended June 30, 1997 and 1998.
    
 
(4) In May 1995, management of Brandt purchased all issued and outstanding
    common stock from Brandt's former parent. Accordingly, financial information
    is presented for periods subsequent to the date of this purchase. The 1995
    results reflect the period from May 25 to December 31, 1995.
 
                                       9


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     An investment in the shares of Common Stock offered by this Prospectus
involves a high degree of risk. In addition to the other information in this
Prospectus, the following risk factors should be considered carefully in
evaluating an investment in the Common Stock.
 
ABSENCE OF COMBINED OPERATING HISTORY; RISKS OF INTEGRATION
 
     Enfinity was founded in 1997 and has conducted no operations and generated
no revenues to date. Enfinity has entered into agreements to acquire the
Founding Companies simultaneously with and as a condition to the consummation of
this Offering. Prior to the consummation of this Offering, the Founding
Companies have operated as independent entities. Currently, the Company has no
centralized financial reporting system and initially will rely on the existing
reporting systems of the Founding Companies. There can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to successfully integrate the operations of these
businesses or institute the necessary Company-wide systems and procedures to
successfully manage the combined enterprise on a profitable basis. The Company's
management group has been assembled only recently, and there can be no assurance
that the management group will be able to effectively manage the combined entity
or effectively implement the Company's internal growth strategy and acquisition
program. The combined financial statements of the Founding Companies cover
periods when the Founding Companies and Enfinity were not under common control
or management and, therefore, may not be indicative of the Company's future
financial or operating results. The inability of the Company to successfully
integrate the Founding Companies would have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See
'Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations' and 'Business -- Business Strategy.'
 
FACTORS AFFECTING INTERNAL GROWTH AND PROFITABILITY
 
     The Founding Companies have experienced revenue and earnings growth on a
pro forma combined basis over the past few years. There can be no assurance that
the Founding Companies will continue to experience internal growth comparable to
these levels, or at all. Factors affecting the ability of the Company to
continue to experience internal growth and profitability include, but are not
limited to, demand for the Company's services and the Company's ability to
expand the scope of the services offered, maintain relationships with
significant clients, recruit and retain qualified technicians and engineers,
gain access to capital, avoid cost overruns on fixed-price contracts and
cross-sell services of the Founding Companies. See 'Business -- Growth
Strategy.'
 
POSSIBLE EFFECTS OF DEREGULATION OF THE U.S. GAS AND ELECTRIC UTILITY INDUSTRIES
 
     The U.S. gas and electric utility industries have recently begun to be
deregulated on a state-by-state basis. As these industries become further
deregulated, utility companies are seeking entry into the energy and indoor
environmental systems and services industry as a method of securing utility
customers in an increasingly competitive market. Such utilities are likely to
increasingly compete with the Company for clients, strategic partners,
acquisition targets and qualified technicians and engineers. Such utility
companies may enter into partnerships or joint ventures with energy and indoor
environmental systems and services companies. If the Company is not selected as
a partner by utility companies, there could be a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition,
as utility companies may be better capitalized, have greater name recognition
and be able to provide services at a lower cost than the Company, the Company
may encounter a significant increase in competition in its efforts to achieve
its internal growth and acquisition objectives. See 'Business -- Competition.'
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH ACQUISITION STRATEGY
 
     The Company intends to increase its revenues, expand the markets it serves
and increase its service offerings in part through the acquisition of additional
energy and indoor environmental systems and services providers. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to identify, acquire or profitably
manage additional businesses or successfully integrate acquired businesses into
the Company
 
                                       10
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

without substantial costs, delays or other operational or financial problems.
Increased competition for acquisition candidates may develop, in which event
there may be fewer acquisition opportunities available to the Company as well as
escalating acquisition prices. Further, acquisitions involve a number of special
risks, including possible adverse effects on the Company's operating results,
diversion of management's attention, failure to retain key acquired personnel,
risks associated with unanticipated events or liabilities and amortization of
acquired intangible assets, some or all of which could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
Client dissatisfaction or performance problems at a single acquired company
could have an adverse effect on the reputation of the Company and render
ineffective any national sales and marketing initiatives undertaken by the
Company. There can be no assurance that potential acquisition targets will be
receptive to the Company's acquisition program. See 'Business -- Growth
Strategy.'
 
RISKS RELATED TO ACQUISITION FINANCING
 
   
     The Company intends to finance future acquisitions by using shares of its
Common Stock for a substantial portion of the consideration to be paid. In the
event that its Common Stock does not maintain a sufficient market value, or
potential acquisition candidates are otherwise unwilling to accept Common Stock
as part of the consideration for the sale of their businesses, the Company may
be required to utilize more of its cash resources, if available, in order to
initiate and maintain its acquisition program. If the Company has insufficient
cash resources, its growth could be limited unless it is able to obtain
additional capital through debt or equity financings. The Company has received a
bank commitment for a revolving credit facility of up to $100.0 million.
Although such revolving credit facility is expected to be available after the
consummation of this Offering, there can be no assurance that the Company will
be able to obtain such revolving credit facility or other financing it may need
on terms the Company deems acceptable. If the Company is unable to obtain
financing sufficient for all of its desired acquisitions, it may be unable to
implement fully its acquisition strategy. See 'Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and
Capital Resources.'
    
 
MATERIAL AMOUNT OF INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
   
     The goodwill subsequent to the Mergers of $114.6 million, representing
$115.8 million recorded in conjunction with the Mergers net of Brandt's existing
negative goodwill, was approximately 45.8% of the Company's pro forma total
assets as of June 30, 1998. Goodwill is an intangible asset that represents the
excess of purchase price over the fair value of the assets acquired. Generally
accepted accounting principles require that goodwill be amortized over the
period benefited. The Company has determined such period to be no less than 40
years. Management has concluded that the anticipated future cash flows
associated with the intangible assets recognized in the Mergers will continue
indefinitely, and that there is no persuasive evidence that any material portion
will dissipate over a period shorter than 40 years. If management were not to
give effect to factors that would result in shorter benefit periods for a
material portion of the goodwill, earnings reported in periods immediately
following the Mergers would be overstated. In later years, the Company would be
burdened by a continuing charge against earnings without the associated benefit
to income valued by management in arriving at the consideration paid for the
Founding Companies. Earnings in later years could also be significantly affected
if management determined then that the remaining balance of goodwill was
impaired.
    
 
     The amount amortized, however, will not give rise to a deduction for tax
purposes. In addition, the Company will be required to amortize the goodwill, if
any, from any future acquisitions accounted for on the purchase method of
accounting. Under accounting rules, the Company is required to periodically
evaluate goodwill for impairment by reviewing the cash flows of acquired
companies and comparing such amounts to the carrying value of the associated
goodwill. If goodwill is impaired, the Company would be required to adjust
goodwill and incur a charge to its operating results. A reduction in operating
results resulting from the amortization or write-down of goodwill could have an
adverse impact upon the market price of the Common Stock.
 
MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH
 
     The Company expects to grow internally and through strategic partnerships
and acquisitions. The Company expects to expend significant time and effort in
expanding existing businesses, in
 
                                       11
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

consummating strategic partnerships and in identifying, completing and
integrating acquisitions. There can be no assurance that the Company's systems,
procedures and controls will be adequate to support the Company's operations as
they expand. Any future growth also will impose significant added
responsibilities on members of senior management, including the need to
identify, recruit and integrate new senior level managers and executives. There
can be no assurance that such additional management will be identified and
retained by the Company. To the extent that the Company is unable to manage its
growth efficiently and effectively, or is unable to attract and retain
additional qualified management, the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations could be materially adversely affected. See
'Business -- Growth Strategy' and 'Management.'
 
EXPOSURE TO DOWNTURNS IN NEW CONSTRUCTION; GENERAL ECONOMIC CONDITIONS
 
     A substantial portion of the Company's business involves installation of
energy and indoor environmental systems in newly constructed commercial and
industrial buildings. The demand for new installation services is affected by
fluctuations in the amount of new construction of commercial and industrial
buildings in the markets in which the Company operates. Factors such as local
economic conditions and changes in interest rates can affect the amount of new
construction. Downturns in the levels of new construction could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations. General economic conditions can also cause fluctuations in demand
for the Company's services.
 
SEASONALITY AND QUARTERLY FLUCTUATIONS
 
     The Company's operations are subject to seasonal variations. In certain
parts of the United States, the demand for new installations of HVAC and other
energy and indoor environmental systems can be substantially lower during the
winter months. Maintenance, repair and replacement services are subject to
seasonality as well. The Company expects that its revenues and operating results
generally will be lower in the first and fourth calendar quarters. The energy
and indoor environmental systems and services industry is also subject to
fluctuations caused by periods of inclement weather. Prolonged extreme climate
or weather conditions may cause unpredictable fluctuations in operating results.
See 'Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations.'
 
AVAILABILITY OF QUALIFIED ENGINEERS AND TECHNICIANS
 
     The timely provision by the Company of high quality energy and indoor
environmental systems and services requires an adequate supply of engineers and
technicians. Accordingly, the Company's ability to increase its productivity and
profitability will be limited by its ability to employ, train and retain the
skilled engineers and technicians necessary to meet the Company's construction
and service requirements. From time to time, there are shortages of qualified
engineers and technicians, and there can be no assurance that the Company will
be able to maintain an adequate skilled labor force necessary to operate
efficiently, that the Company's labor expenses will not increase as a result of
a shortage in the supply of skilled engineers and technicians or that the
Company will not have to curtail its planned internal growth as a result of
skilled labor shortages. See 'Business -- Recruiting, Training and Retention'
and 'Business -- Employees.'
 
LABOR RELATIONS
 
   
     At June 30, 1998, the Company had approximately 3,345 employees, of whom
approximately 1,700 were members of labor unions. Five of the eight Founding
Companies have collective bargaining agreements, which agreements expire at
various times through April 2002. The Company's inability to negotiate
acceptable contracts with these unions could result in strikes or other work
stoppages by the affected workers and increased operating costs as a result of
higher wages or benefits paid to union members. If the unionized employees were
to engage in strikes or other work stoppages, or other employees were to become
unionized, the Company could experience a significant disruption of its
operations and higher ongoing labor costs, which could have an adverse effect on
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. In
addition, the use by some Founding Companies of unionized employees and by other
Founding Companies of non-unionized employees may make joint ventures among the
Founding Companies more difficult or may lead to conflicts between union and
non-union employees. See 'Business -- Employees.'
    
 
                                       12
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

COMPETITION
 
     The energy and indoor environmental systems and services industry is highly
competitive. Many of the Company's competitors are relatively small,
owner-operated private companies. The Company also competes with large HVAC
equipment manufacturers, such as Carrier Corporation, Trane Air Conditioning
Company and Honeywell Inc. In addition, the Company is increasingly encountering
competition from unregulated affiliates of public utilities which generally are
better capitalized, have greater name recognition and may be able to provide
services at a lower cost. The energy and indoor environmental systems and
services industry is currently undergoing rapid consolidation on both a national
and a regional level by other companies that have acquisition objectives similar
to the Company's objectives. These companies and other consolidators may have
greater financial resources than the Company to finance acquisition and internal
growth opportunities and might be willing to pay higher prices than the Company
for the same acquisition opportunities. Consequently, the Company may encounter
significant competition in its efforts to achieve its internal growth and
acquisition objectives. See 'Business -- Competition.'
 
TERMINABILITY OF CONTRACTS; CLIENT CONCENTRATION
 
     A significant percentage of the Company's revenues is derived from
maintenance, repair and replacement services provided pursuant to service
agreements or in response to service calls. The Company's service agreements are
typically terminable by either party upon 30 to 60 days' notice and there can be
no assurance that existing clients will continue to use the Company's services
at historical levels, if at all. Further, a relatively small number of clients
accounts for a significant portion of the Company's revenues. For the year ended
December 31, 1997, one client, Devcon, accounted for approximately 12.5% of the
Company's revenues and 10 clients accounted for approximately 28.6% of the
Company's revenues. There can be no assurance that these clients will continue
to engage the Company for additional projects or do so at the same revenue
levels or that the Company will be able to obtain additional clients as large
projects are completed. See 'Business -- Clients.'
 
OPERATING HAZARDS
 
     A significant portion of the Company's business consists of the assembly
and installation of energy and indoor environmental systems. This process can
cause personal injury and loss of life, severe damage to or destruction of
property and equipment and environmental damage, and may result in suspension of
operations at all or part of the facility being serviced. While the Company
maintains insurance coverage in the amounts and against the risks that it
believes are in accordance with industry practice, no assurance can be given
that this insurance will be adequate to cover all losses or liabilities the
Company may incur in its operations or that the Company will be able to maintain
insurance of the types or at levels it deems necessary or adequate or at rates
it considers reasonable.
 
RELIANCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
 
     The Company's operations are dependent on the continued efforts of its
executive officers and the senior management of the Founding Companies.
Furthermore, the Company will likely be dependent on the senior management of
any businesses acquired in the future. If any of these persons becomes unable to
continue in his or her role with the Company, or if the Company is unable to
attract and retain other qualified employees, the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
Although the Company or an individual Founding Company will enter into an
employment agreement with at least one member of senior management of each of
the Founding Companies which will include confidentiality and non-compete
provisions, there can be no assurance that any individual will continue in his
or her present capacity with the Company or such Founding Company for any
particular period of time.
 
RISKS OF YEAR 2000 NONCOMPLIANCE
 
     A significant percentage of the software that runs most of the computers
worldwide relies on two-digit codes to reflect the last two digits of a year in
performing computations and decision-making functions. Commencing on January 1,
2000, these computer programs may fail due to the inability to
 
                                       13
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
interpret date codes properly, for example, misinterpreting '00' as the year
1900 rather than 2000. Certain of the Founding Companies' computer programs are
currently partially year 2000 noncompliant. The costs of updating such programs
are expected to be approximately $1 million, but there can be no assurance that
such conversion programs will be successful at the expected cost. The Company
utilizes in its internal operations a number of computer software programs,
including programs used to manage the Company's financial, accounting, sales and
marketing activities. The inability of such programs to interpret properly data
relating to the year 2000 and beyond could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
    
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
     Energy and indoor environmental systems are subject to various
environmental statutes and regulations, including the Clean Air Act, as amended
(the 'Clean Air Act') and those regulating the production, servicing and
disposal of certain ozone-depleting refrigerants used in such systems. There can
be no assurance that the regulatory environment in which the Company operates
will not change significantly in the future. Various federal, state and local
laws and regulations impose licensing standards on technicians who install and
service energy and indoor environmental systems. The Company's failure to comply
with these laws and regulations could subject it to substantial fines and the
loss of its licenses. See 'Business -- Governmental Regulation and Environmental
Matters.'
 
CONTROL BY EXISTING MANAGEMENT AND STOCKHOLDERS
 
     Following the completion of the Mergers and this Offering, the executive
officers and directors of the Company, consultants to Enfinity and the former
stockholders of the Founding Companies will beneficially own 53.9% of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock (50.4% if the Underwriters' over-allotment
option is exercised in full). These persons, if acting in concert, will be able
to continue to exercise control over the Company's affairs, to elect the entire
Board of Directors and to control the disposition of any matter submitted to a
vote of stockholders. See 'Principal Stockholders.'
 
SUBSTANTIAL PROCEEDS OF OFFERING PAYABLE TO AFFILIATES
 
     Approximately $79.6 million, or approximately 79.2%, of the net proceeds of
this Offering will be paid as the cash portion of the purchase price for the
Founding Companies, approximately $54.6 million of which will be paid either to
stockholders of the Founding Companies who will become directors, officers, key
employees or holders of more than 5% of the Common Stock or to trusts for which
they act as trustees. Certain of the Founding Companies have incurred an
aggregate of $3.7 million of indebtedness that is personally guaranteed by their
principal stockholders and will be repaid from the net proceeds of this
Offering.
 
POTENTIAL ADVERSE EFFECT OF SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE ON PRICE OF COMMON
STOCK
 
     The market price of the Common Stock may be adversely affected by the sale,
or availability for sale, of substantial amounts of the Common Stock in the
public market following this Offering. The 8,000,000 shares being sold in this
Offering will be freely tradable unless acquired by affiliates of the Company.
 
     Upon the completion of this Offering, the holders of Common Stock who did
not purchase shares in this Offering will own 9,345,452 shares of Common Stock,
including: (i) the stockholders of the Founding Companies who will receive, in
the aggregate, 8,243,971 shares in connection with the Mergers; and (ii) the
management of and the consultants to Enfinity, who own 1,101,481 shares. These
shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the 'Securities Act'), and, therefore, may not be sold unless registered under
the Securities Act or sold pursuant to an exemption from registration, such as
the exemption provided by Rule 144. Furthermore, the stockholders who will
receive these shares have agreed with the Company to certain restrictions on the
sale, transfer or other disposition of these shares following the consummation
of this Offering. Such transfer restrictions will end: (i) as to 50% of the
shares, two years after the consummation of this Offering; (ii) as to the next
25% of the shares, 30 months after the consummation of this Offering; and (iii)
as to the remaining 25% of these shares, three years after the consummation of
this Offering. In addition, the Company has agreed to enforce on behalf of
NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC such transfer restrictions for a period of
180 days after the date of this Prospectus. The stockholders
 
                                       14
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

who will receive these shares have certain demand registration rights commencing
three years after the consummation of this Offering and piggyback registration
rights commencing immediately upon the consummation of this Offering, subject to
certain exceptions.
 
     In addition, the Company, all of its officers and directors and the holders
of all shares of Common Stock outstanding prior to this Offering have agreed not
to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common
Stock, or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for
Common Stock, for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus without
the prior written consent of NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC except for,
in the case of the Company, Common Stock issued pursuant to the Company's 1998
Long-Term Incentive Plan or in connection with acquisitions.
 
     The Company plans to register an additional 5,000,000 shares of Common
Stock under the Securities Act within 90 days after completion of this Offering
for use by the Company as consideration for future acquisitions. Upon such
registration, these shares generally will be freely tradable after issuance,
unless the resale thereof is contractually restricted or unless the holders
thereof are subject to the restrictions on resale provided in Rule 145 under the
Securities Act. The contemplated offering of such 5,000,000 additional shares
will be made only by means of a prospectus. The registration rights described
above will not apply to the registration statement to be filed with respect to
these 5,000,000 shares. See 'Shares Eligible for Future Sale' and
'Underwriting.'
 
NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE
 
     Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock and there can be no assurance that an active trading market will develop
and continue subsequent to this Offering or that the market price of the Common
Stock will not decline below the initial public offering price. The initial
public offering price for the Common Stock will be determined by negotiation
between the Company and the Representatives of the Underwriters and may bear no
relationship to the price at which the Common Stock will trade after this
Offering. See 'Underwriting' for the factors to be considered in determining the
initial public offering price. After this Offering, the market price of the
Common Stock may be subject to significant fluctuations in response to numerous
factors, including variations in the annual or quarterly financial results of
the Company or its competitors, changes by financial research analysts in their
estimates of the earnings of the Company or the failure of the Company to meet
such estimates, conditions in the economy in general or in the Company's
industry in particular, unfavorable publicity or changes in applicable laws and
regulations (or judicial or administrative interpretations thereof) affecting
the Company or its industry. Moreover, from time to time, the stock market
experiences significant price and volume volatility that may affect the market
price of the Common Stock for reasons unrelated to the Company's performance.
 
IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION
 
   
     The purchasers of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby will experience
immediate and substantial dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value of
their shares of $10.80 per share. In the event the Company issues additional
Common Stock in the future, including shares issued in connection with future
acquisitions, purchasers of Common Stock in this Offering may experience further
dilution. See 'Dilution.'
    
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECT OF CERTAIN CHARTER AND BY-LAW PROVISIONS
 
     The Board of Directors of the Company is empowered to issue preferred stock
in one or more series without stockholder action. The members of the Board of
Directors of the Company serve staggered terms. The existence of this
'blank-check' preferred stock and of the staggered Board of Directors could
render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of the Company
by means of a tender offer, merger, proxy contest or otherwise. Certain
provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law may also discourage takeover
attempts that have not been approved by the Board of Directors. The Company's
By-Laws contain other provisions that may have an anti-takeover effect. See
'Management -- Directors and Executive Officers,' 'Principal Stockholders' and
'Description of Capital Stock.'
 
                                       15
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                  THE COMPANY
 
     Enfinity was formed by the Founding Companies to provide energy and indoor
environmental systems and services to commercial, industrial and institutional
clients. The Company provides a broad range of services throughout the life
cycle of a client's energy and indoor environmental systems, including: (i)
maintenance, repair and replacement; (ii) design, engineering and installation;
and (iii) on-site and off-site management of building systems, including
automated control and monitoring systems. The Founding Companies are
'best-of-class' service providers, each of which has developed specialized and
complementary expertise. The Founding Companies have been in business for an
average of 44 years. Enfinity has entered into agreements to acquire the
Founding Companies simultaneously with and as a condition to the closing of this
Offering. For the year ended December 31, 1997, the Founding Companies had
combined revenues of approximately $364.8 million and provided services in 30
states. The following is a brief description of the Founding Companies:
 
     BRANDT. Brandt Mechanical Services, Inc., founded in 1952, focuses on
performing large design and build construction projects and turnkey industrial
and special projects. Brandt, headquartered in Dallas, Texas, also maintains
offices in Fort Worth and San Antonio, Texas, and has worked on projects in 16
states. Significant clients of Brandt include Hitachi, Fujitsu, Texas Christian
University and ARCO. Brandt's revenues for the year ended December 31, 1997 were
approximately $50.4 million.
 
   
     AIR SYSTEMS. Air Systems, Inc. ('Air Systems'), founded in 1974,
specializes in the design, engineering and installation of energy and indoor
environmental systems for commercial entities in northern California and
performs additional services in plumbing, process piping and sheet metal
construction. Air Systems has particular expertise servicing clients in the
technology sector and has built a state of the art, on-site 'clean room.' Air
Systems was recognized in 1997 as one of the '100 Fastest Growing Private
Companies' in Silicon Valley by Silicon Valley Business Journal. Air Systems,
headquartered in San Jose, California, also operates from an office in Santa
Rosa, California. Significant clients of Air Systems include Devcon, Cisco
Systems, Novellus and @Home. Air Systems' revenues for the year ended February
28, 1998 were approximately $91.0 million.
    
 
     ENERGY SYSTEMS. Energy Systems Industries, Inc. ('Energy Systems'), founded
in 1947, primarily performs outsourced facility services to its clients in 15
states, focusing on the on-site maintenance of energy and indoor environmental
systems. Energy Systems, headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts, also operates
from its offices in Hartford, Connecticut, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania and
Washington, D.C. Significant clients of Energy Systems include Sprint,
Prudential Center (Boston), Lucent Technologies, Harvard University, Blue
Cross/Blue Shield of Massachusetts, America Online and Gillette. Energy Systems'
revenues for the year ended December 31, 1997 were approximately $54.2 million.
 
     NEMSI. New England Mechanical Services, Inc. ('NEMSI'), founded in 1966,
specializes in performing design and build projects at manufacturing and
research facilities and on-site maintenance work at nuclear power plants. NEMSI
recently was named '1998 Commercial Contractor of the Year' by Contracting
Business magazine. NEMSI is headquartered in Vernon, Connecticut and has branch
offices in Boston and Springfield, Massachusetts and Hartford, Fairfield and New
London, Connecticut. Significant clients of NEMSI include Union Carbide,
Bristol-Myers Squibb, Pfizer, General Electric, Pratt & Whitney, Otis Elevator,
General RE and the United States Naval Submarine Base in Groton, Connecticut.
NEMSI's revenues for the year ended December 31, 1997 were approximately $39.4
million.
 
     LEE. Lee Company ('Lee'), founded in 1944, specializes in the design,
engineering and installation of energy and indoor environmental systems and
possesses specialized expertise relating to health care facility projects. Lee
is one of the largest mechanical services companies in Nashville, Tennessee and
has worked on projects in 25 states. Significant clients of Lee include Nissan
Motor Manufacturing, Inc., Peterbilt Motors Company, Whirlpool Corporation,
Columbia/HCA and Primus. Lee's revenues for the year ended December 31, 1997
were approximately $39.7 million.
 
                                       16
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     HILL YORK. Hill York Corporation and Hill York Service Corporation
(collectively, 'Hill York'), founded in 1936, specialize in the design,
fabrication, installation and service of energy and indoor environmental systems
in high rise luxury condominiums, hotels, universities and convention centers
throughout South Florida. Hill York, with headquarters in Fort Lauderdale,
Florida, also serves its clients from offices in Miami, West Palm Beach and
Naples, Florida. Significant clients of Hill York include Motorola, Marriott,
Sheraton, Nova Southeastern University and Century Village. Hill York's revenues
for the year ended December 31, 1997 were approximately $34.2 million.
 
     MECHANICAL SERVICES. Mechanical Services of Orlando, Inc. ('Mechanical
Services'), founded in 1974, focuses on design and build projects and provides
operation and maintenance services, primarily in Florida. Mechanical Services
has developed expertise in performing specialized mechanical service projects,
such as installing support systems for aquatic animals at Sea World in Orlando,
Florida. In addition, Mechanical Services has an Environmental Services Group
that provides indoor air quality services. Mechanical Services was named the
'1997 Commercial Contractor of the Year' by Contracting Business magazine.
Mechanical Services is headquartered in Orlando, Florida and also serves its
customers from an office in Tampa, Florida. Significant clients of Mechanical
Services include Lucent Technologies, Time Warner, Sprint, Sea World and LaSalle
Partners. Mechanical Services' revenues for the year ended December 31, 1997
were approximately $28.3 million.
 
     AIRCOND. Aircond Corporation ('Aircond'), founded in 1937, focuses on the
maintenance, repair and replacement of energy and indoor environmental systems.
With over 130 technicians, Aircond is one of the largest service providers of
such systems in the Southeast. Aircond places a strong emphasis on training and
offers a six-year formal training program for its service technicians. Aircond,
headquartered in Smyrna, Georgia, has additional offices in Dalton and LaGrange,
Georgia, Columbia and Greenville, South Carolina and Charlotte, North Carolina.
Significant clients of Aircond include Coca-Cola, American Software, Michelin
Tires and the Hughes Aircraft division of Raytheon. Aircond's revenues for the
year ended September 30, 1997 were approximately $26.9 million.
 
THE MERGERS
 
   
     The aggregate consideration to be paid by Enfinity to acquire the Founding
Companies consists of approximately $79.6 million in cash and 8,243,971 shares
of Common Stock. The Company will also assume $23.2 million in outstanding
indebtedness of the Founding Companies. See 'Certain Transactions.'
    
 
     The closing of each Merger is subject to customary conditions. These
conditions include, among others, the accuracy on the closing date of the
Mergers of the representations and warranties made by the Founding Companies,
their principal stockholders and the Company; the performance of each of their
respective covenants included in the agreements relating to the Mergers (the
'Merger Agreements'); and the nonexistence of a material adverse change in the
business, results of operations or financial condition of each Founding Company.
For a further description of the transactions pursuant to which these businesses
will be acquired, see 'Certain Transactions -- Organization of the Company.'
 
     Enfinity Corporation is a Delaware corporation. Its executive offices are
located at 400 Lake Ridge Drive, Smyrna, Georgia 30082, and its telephone number
at that address is (770) 431-1470.
 
                                       17
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
   
     The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the shares of Common Stock
offered hereby, after deducting the underwriting discount and offering expenses
of $2.0 million payable by the Company, are estimated to be approximately $98.4
million ($113.5 million if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised
in full). The Founding Companies have already paid $2.0 million of the offering
expenses. Of the net proceeds, approximately $79.6 million (subject to
adjustment) will be used to pay the cash portion of the purchase price for the
Founding Companies, of which approximately $54.6 million will be paid directly
or indirectly to stockholders of the Founding Companies who will become
officers, directors or holders of more than 5% of the Common Stock of the
Company. Approximately $1.3 million of the net proceeds will be used to redeem
preferred stock of one of the Founding Companies. An additional $615,000 of the
net proceeds will be used to pay S Corporation distributions to the stockholders
of certain of the Founding Companies, and approximately $4.7 million of the net
proceeds will be used to pay the stockholders of certain of the Founding
Companies for amounts representing Excess Working Capital. In addition,
approximately $6.1 million of the net proceeds will be used to pay indebtedness,
accrued expenses and other liabilities of the Founding Companies. Such
indebtedness matures at various times through September 2011 and bears interest
at 8.0% to 9.8% per annum. Approximately $3.7 million of such indebtedness is
guaranteed by persons who will be affiliates of the Company upon the
consummation of this Offering. Such guaranteed indebtedness matures at various
times through December 2002. See 'Certain Transactions.'
    
 
   
     The remaining $6.2 million of net proceeds will be used for working capital
and for general corporate purposes, including future acquisitions. The Company
continues to review various strategic acquisition opportunities with other
energy and indoor environmental systems and services providers. Except for the
Merger Agreements with the Founding Companies, the Company has no agreements to
effect any acquisitions. Pending such uses, the net proceeds will be invested in
short-term, interest-bearing, investment grade securities.
    
 
   
     In addition to the net proceeds of this Offering, the Company will retain
the cash balances of the Founding Companies. Such balances totaled approximately
$3.7 million as of June 30, 1998. The Company has received a commitment from
NationsBank, N.A. for a revolving credit facility of up to $100.0 million to be
used for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including future
acquisitions. Although the Company expects such revolving credit facility will
be available to it after the consummation of this Offering, there can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to obtain such revolving credit facility
or other financing it may need on terms the Company deems acceptable. See 'Risk
Factors -- Risks Related to Acquisition Financing' and 'Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and
Capital Resources.'
    
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
     The Company intends to retain all of its earnings, if any, to finance the
expansion of its business and for general corporate purposes, including future
acquisitions, and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends on its Common
Stock for the foreseeable future. In addition, in the event the Company is
successful in obtaining its proposed revolving credit facility, it is likely
that such facility will include restrictions on the ability of the Company to
pay dividends without the consent of the lender.
 
                                       18
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
   
     The following table sets forth the short-term debt and current portion of
long-term debt and the capitalization of the Company at June 30, 1998: (i) on a
pro forma combined basis to give effect to the Mergers; and (ii) as further
adjusted to give effect to this Offering and the application of the estimated
net proceeds therefrom. See 'Selected Financial Data' and 'Use of Proceeds.'
This table should be read in conjunction with the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined
Financial Statements of the Company and the notes thereto included elsewhere in
this Prospectus.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               JUNE 30, 1998
                                                                                         -------------------------
                                                                                            PRO            AS
                                                                                           FORMA        ADJUSTED
                                                                                         ---------     -----------
                                                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                      <C>           <C>
Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt.................................    $14,183       $  13,157
                                                                                         ---------     -----------
                                                                                         ---------     -----------
Long-term debt, less current portion..................................................    $ 8,995       $   4,383
Stockholders' equity:
     Preferred Stock: $0.01 par value, 500,000 shares authorized; none issued or
      outstanding.....................................................................      --             --
     Common Stock: $0.01 par value, 49,000,000 shares authorized; 9,345,452 shares
      issued and outstanding, pro forma; and 17,345,452 shares issued and outstanding,
      as adjusted(1)..................................................................         93             173
     Additional paid-in capital.......................................................     99,001         195,361
     Retained deficit.................................................................    (32,863)        (32,863)
                                                                                         ---------     -----------
          Total stockholders' equity..................................................     66,231         162,671
                                                                                         ---------     -----------
               Total capitalization...................................................    $75,226       $ 167,054
                                                                                         ---------     -----------
                                                                                         ---------     -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
   
(1) Excludes 2,341,635 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance pursuant to
    the Company's 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan, of which options to purchase
    1,765,277 shares will be granted by the Company concurrently with the
    consummation of the Mergers and this Offering. See 'Management -- 1998
    Long-Term Incentive Plan.'
    
 
                                       19
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                    DILUTION
 
   
     The deficit in pro forma net tangible book value of the Company as of June
30, 1998 was approximately $49.5 million, or $5.30 per share of Common Stock,
after giving effect to the Mergers. The deficit in pro forma net tangible book
value per share represents the Company's pro forma net tangible assets less its
total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of Common Stock to be
outstanding after giving effect to the Mergers. After giving effect to the sale
of the 8,000,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby (at an assumed initial
public offering price of $13.50 per share less the underwriting discount and
estimated expenses of this Offering) and the application of the net proceeds
therefrom, the Company's pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 1998
would have been approximately $46.9 million, or approximately $2.70 per share.
This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of
approximately $8.00 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution
of approximately $10.80 per share to new investors purchasing the shares in this
Offering. The following table illustrates this pro forma dilution per share:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                     <C>       <C>
Assumed initial public offering price................................................             $13.50
  Pro forma deficit in net tangible book value before this Offering..................   $(5.30)
  Increase in pro forma net tangible book value attributable to new investors........     8.00
                                                                                        ------
Pro forma net tangible book value after this Offering................................               2.70
                                                                                                  ------
Dilution to new investors............................................................             $10.80
                                                                                                  ------
                                                                                                  ------
</TABLE>
    
 
     The following table sets forth the number of shares of Common Stock
purchased from the Company, the total consideration paid and the average price
per share paid by existing stockholders (after giving effect to the Mergers) and
the new investors purchasing shares of Common Stock from the Company in this
Offering:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              SHARES PURCHASED                            AVERAGE
                                            ---------------------         TOTAL            PRICE
                                              NUMBER      PERCENT    CONSIDERATION(1)    PER SHARE
                                            ----------    -------    ----------------    ---------
<S>                                         <C>           <C>        <C>                 <C>
Existing stockholders....................    9,345,452      53.9%      $(47,802,000)      $ (5.12)
New investors............................    8,000,000      46.1%       108,000,000       $ 13.50
                                            ----------    -------    ----------------
     Total...............................   17,345,452     100.0%      $ 60,198,000
                                            ----------    -------    ----------------
                                            ----------    -------    ----------------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
   
(1) Total consideration paid by existing stockholders represents the combined
    stockholders' equity, including the stockholders' equity of the Founding
    Companies, before this Offering, adjusted to reflect: (i) the payment of
    $79.6 million in cash to the stockholders of the Founding Companies as part
    of the consideration for the Mergers; (ii) the assumption by a stockholder
    of a Founding Company of certain liabilities of other stockholders of such
    Founding Company in the net amount of approximately $1.3 million in
    connection with the Mergers; and (iii) distributions to be made to the
    stockholders of certain of the Founding Companies, including undistributed
    S Corporation earnings of $615,000, Excess Working Capital of $4.7 million
    and $1.3 million of liquidation value of preferred stock of one of the
    Founding Companies. See the Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined
    Financial Statements.
    
 
                                       20


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
 
   
     Enfinity will acquire the Founding Companies simultaneously with and as a
condition to the consummation of this Offering. For financial statement
presentation purposes, Brandt has been identified as the accounting acquiror.
The following selected historical financial data of Brandt as of December 31,
1996 and 1997, for the period from May 25 to December 31, 1995 and for the years
ended December 31, 1996 and 1997 have been derived from the audited financial
statements of Brandt included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The selected
historical data of Brandt as of December 31, 1995 have been derived from the
audited financial statements of Brandt not included in this Prospectus. The
following selected historical financial data for the six months ended June 30,
1997 and 1998 have been derived from unaudited financial statements of Brandt,
which have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements
and, in the opinion of Brandt, reflect all adjustments, consisting of normal
recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of such data. In May
1995, management of Brandt purchased all issued and outstanding common stock
from Brandt's former parent. Accordingly, financial information for Brandt is
presented for periods subsequent to the date of this purchase. The selected
unaudited pro forma combined financial data have been adjusted for: (i) the
consummation of the Mergers; (ii) certain pro forma adjustments to the
historical financial statements; and (iii) the consummation of this Offering and
the application of the net proceeds therefrom. See the Unaudited Pro Forma
Combined Financial Statements and the notes thereto and the historical financial
statements of Brandt and the other Founding Companies and the notes thereto
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                  YEAR ENDED                      JUNE 30,
                                 DECEMBER 31,       ------------------------------------
                                     1997                 1997                1998
                               -----------------    ----------------    ----------------
<S>                            <C>                  <C>                 <C>
PRO FORMA COMBINED(1):
     Revenues.................      $364,767                $148,106            $210,249
     Cost of revenues.........       293,749                 115,594             170,666
                               -----------------    ----------------    ----------------
          Gross profit........        71,018                  32,512              39,583
     Selling, general and
      administrative
      expenses(2).............        49,624                  23,361              26,276
     Employee stock
      compensation
      (non-recurring)(3)......           795               --                      1,816
     Amortization of goodwill,
      net(4)..................         2,265                   1,133               1,133
                               -----------------    ----------------    ----------------
          Income from
            operations........        18,334                   8,018              10,358
     Other expense, net(5)....           821                     310                 681
                               -----------------    ----------------    ----------------
     Income before provision
      for income taxes........        17,513                   7,708               9,677
     Provision for income
      taxes(6)................         7,911                   3,536               4,324
                               -----------------    ----------------    ----------------
     Net income...............      $  9,602                $  4,172            $  5,353
                               -----------------    ----------------    ----------------
                               -----------------    ----------------    ----------------
     Net income per share,
      basic and diluted.......         $0.56                   $0.25               $0.31
     Shares used in computing
      pro forma basic net
      income per share(7).....    17,010,813              17,010,813          17,010,813
     Shares used in computing
      pro forma diluted net
      income per share(7).....    17,056,135              17,056,135          17,056,135
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  PERIOD FROM               YEARS ENDED                         SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                   MAY 25 TO                DECEMBER 31,                            JUNE 30,
                                  DECEMBER 31,     ------------------------------     -------------------------------------
                                      1995             1996             1997                1997                 1998
                                  ------------     ------------     -------------     ----------------     ----------------
<S>                               <C>              <C>              <C>               <C>                  <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
BRANDT
     Revenues.................       $15,869          $38,723          $50,435             $20,079              $30,156
     Cost of revenues.........        13,170           31,932           42,032              16,227               25,375
                                  ------------     ------------     -------------     ----------------     ----------------
          Gross profit........         2,699            6,791            8,403               3,852                4,781
     Selling, general and
       administrative
       expenses...............         2,562            6,764            5,287               2,543                2,871
     Employee stock
       compensation (non-
       recurring).............        --               --               --                 --                     1,455
     Accretion of negative
       goodwill...............          (371)            (636)            (636)               (318)                (318)
                                  ------------     ------------     -------------     ----------------     ----------------
          Income from
            operations........           508              663            3,752               1,627                  773
     Other (income), net......           (77)            (161)            (164)                (28)                 (99)
                                  ------------     ------------     -------------     ----------------     ----------------
     Income before provision
       for income taxes.......           585              824            3,916               1,655                  872
     Provision for income
       taxes(8)...............            24               41           --                 --                   --
                                  ------------     ------------     -------------     ----------------     ----------------
     Net income...............       $   561          $   783          $ 3,916             $ 1,655              $   872
                                  ------------     ------------     -------------     ----------------     ----------------
                                  ------------     ------------     -------------     ----------------     ----------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                                  (table continued on next page)
 
                                       21
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

(table continued from previous page)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               BRANDT                       COMBINED COMPANIES
                                -------------------------------------   ---------------------------
                                                                                 JUNE 1998
                                      DECEMBER 31,                      ---------------------------
                                -------------------------   JUNE 30,     PRO FORMA          AS
                                 1995     1996     1997       1998      COMBINED(9)     ADJUSTED(10)
                                ------   ------   -------   ---------   -----------     -----------
<S>                             <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>         <C>             <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
     Working capital
       (deficit)..............  $3,562   $3,499   $ 5,866    $ 4,829     $ (58,048)(11)  $  33,392
     Total assets.............   7,381    9,909    16,344     14,109       246,053         250,254
     Total long-term debt, net
       of current portion.....     207      121     --         --            8,995           4,383
     Stockholders' equity.....   1,357    1,345     4,548      3,983        66,231         162,671
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
(1)  The pro forma combined statement of operations data assume that the Mergers
     and this Offering were consummated on January 1, 1997 and are not
     necessarily indicative of the results the Company would have obtained had
     these events actually then occurred and should not be construed as
     representative of future operating results.
 
   
(2)  The pro forma combined statement of operations data reflect pro forma
     reductions in salaries, bonuses and benefits to the stockholders and
     management of the Founding Companies that have been agreed to
     prospectively. Such reductions include the Compensation Differential,
     adjusted for increases in prospective compensation resulting from
     agreements with management of the Company, of $4.9 million, $1.6 million
     and $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1997 and the six months
     ended June 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively, a non-recurring compensation
     charge of $1.5 million related to stock options issued to certain employees
     of Brandt for the six months ended June 30, 1998, and a non-recurring
     compensation charge of $5.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 1998
     related to stock issued to management of Enfinity. Additionally, the pro
     forma combined statement of operations reflects the elimination of excess
     profit sharing contributions in accordance with the Merger Agreements
     totalling $237,000, $142,000 and $93,000 for the year ended December 31,
     1997 and the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively.
    
 
   
(3)  The data do not reflect the elimination of non-recurring compensation
     charges resulting from the issuance of stock to employees of $795,000 at
     NEMSI for the year ended December 31, 1997 and $1.8 million at Energy
     Systems for the six months ended June 30. Excluding such non-recurring
     charges, net income per share, basic and diluted, would have been $0.59 for
     the year ended December 31, 1997 and $0.38 for the six months ended June
     30, 1998.
    
 
   
(4)  Reflects the amortization of $115.8 million of goodwill to be recorded as a
     result of the Mergers over a 40-year period and computed on the basis
     described in the Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial
     Statements, net of Brandt's existing negative goodwill.
    
 
   
(5)  Reflects a reduction of interest expense associated with certain debt to be
     repaid from the proceeds of this Offering and debt to be repaid by a
     Founding Company stockholder pursuant to the Merger Agreements. This
     adjustment amounted to $749,000, $304,000 and $384,000 for the year ended
     December 31, 1997 and for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1998,
     respectively.
    
 
(6)  Assumes all income is subject to a corporate income tax rate of 40% and all
     goodwill is non-deductible.
 
   
(7)  Shares used to calculate pro forma basic earnings per share include: (i)
     1,101,481 shares issued to management of and consultants to Enfinity; (ii)
     8,243,971 shares to be issued to the owners of the Founding Companies; and
     (iii) 7,665,361 shares, representing the number of shares sold in this
     Offering necessary to pay the $79.6 million cash portion of the
     consideration for the Mergers, repay $6.1 million of indebtedness of the
     Founding Companies, pay distributions of $5.3 million to certain Founding
     Company stockholders, pay $1.3 million of liquidation value of preferred
     stock of one of the Founding Companies and pay the underwriting discount
     and the expenses of this Offering. In addition, the number of shares used
     to compute pro forma diluted net income per share includes 45,321 shares
     (using the treasury stock method) related to dilution attributable to
     options to purchase Common Stock of the Company at an exercise price below
     the assumed initial offering price. The options will be issued by the
     Company in exchange for existing options to purchase shares of common stock
     of one of the Founding Companies. See 'Certain Transactions.'
    
 
(8)  Brandt did not record income tax expense in 1997 due to its status
     (beginning January 1, 1997) as an S Corporation.
 
   
(9)  The pro forma combined balance sheet data assume that the Mergers were
     consummated on June 30, 1998 and are not necessarily indicative of the
     financial position that would have been achieved had these events actually
     then occurred and should not be construed as representative of future
     financial position.
    
 
(10) Adjusted to reflect the sale of the 8,000,000 shares of Common Stock
     offered hereby and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom.
     See 'Use of Proceeds.'
 
   
(11) Reflects $86.2 million payable to the owners of the Founding Companies,
     representing the cash portion of the consideration for the Mergers to be
     paid from a portion of the net proceeds of this Offering, S Corporation
     distributions to be made to the stockholders of certain of the Founding
     Companies, redemption of preferred stock of one of the Founding Companies
     and payment of certain Excess Working Capital amounts. See 'Use of
     Proceeds,' 'Certain Transactions -- Organization of the Company' and the
     Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements.
    
 
                                       22


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     This Prospectus contains certain forward-looking statements which involve
risks and uncertainties. The Company's actual results could differ materially
from the results anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of
certain of the factors set forth under 'Risk Factors' and elsewhere in this
Prospectus. The following should be read in conjunction with 'Risk Factors,'
'Selected Financial Data,' the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements
of the Company and the notes thereto and the historical financial statements of
the Founding Companies and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
 
INTRODUCTION
 
  General
 
     Enfinity was formed in 1997 by the Founding Companies to provide energy and
indoor environmental systems and services to commercial, industrial and
institutional clients. Enfinity has conducted no operations and generated no
revenues to date and has entered into agreements to acquire the eight Founding
Companies simultaneously with the closing of this Offering. All references to
the 'Company' in the following discussion includes the Founding Companies as if
the Mergers had occurred during the periods discussed.
 
     The Company's revenues are derived from providing a broad range of services
throughout the life cycle of a client's energy and indoor environmental systems,
including (i) maintenance, repair and replacement; (ii) design, engineering and
installation; and (iii) on-site and off-site management of building systems,
including control and monitoring systems. The Company derived approximately
52.5% of its pro forma combined 1997 revenues from maintenance, repair and
replacement services, 36.6% from design, engineering and installation services
and 10.9% from the on-site and off-site management of building systems.
 
     The time to complete the Company's design, engineering and installation
projects generally ranges from a period of 30 days to 18 months. Design,
engineering and installation projects are accounted for under the
percentage-of-completion method of accounting, whereby revenues are recognized
based on the percentage of costs incurred to total estimated costs for each
contract. Cost of revenues consists of direct labor, raw materials, HVAC
components, subcontracted labor and an allocation of indirect costs, including
supervisory labor, equipment depreciation and materials.
 
     Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts
are recorded as an asset and billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings
on uncompleted contracts are recorded as a liability on the balance sheet.
Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are made in the period
in which such losses are determined. Changes in job performance, job conditions,
estimated profitability and final contract settlements may result in revisions
to costs and income, and their effects are recognized in the period in which the
revisions are determined.
 
   
     The balances billed but not currently paid by clients pursuant to retainage
provisions in construction contracts generally are due upon completion of the
contracts and acceptance by the client. Based on the Company's experience with
similar contracts in recent years, the retainage portion of accounts receivable
outstanding at June 30, 1998 is expected to be collected within one year.
    
 
     Maintenance, repair and replacement revenues are recognized as services are
performed or over the life of the contract. Cost of revenues is similar to the
costs for design, engineering and installation services, consisting of direct
labor, raw materials, HVAC components and an allocation of indirect costs,
including supervisory labor and equipment depreciation.
 
     On-site and off-site management of building systems, including control and
monitoring systems on an outsourced basis, are performed under service contracts
averaging from one to three years, and generally are terminable by either party
upon 30 to 60 days' notice. These contracts provide for periodic billings, and
revenues are recognized over the life of the contract. Cost of revenues consists
primarily of direct labor.
 
                                       23
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of
compensation and benefits to management, sales and administrative employees,
expenses relating to facilities, including depreciation, and professional
expenses.
 
     The Company's operations are subject to seasonal variations. In certain
parts of the United States, the demand for new installations of HVAC and other
energy and indoor environmental systems can be substantially lower during the
winter months. Maintenance, repair and replacement services are subject to
seasonality as well. The Company expects that its revenues and operating results
generally will be lower in the first and fourth calendar quarters. The energy
and indoor environmental systems and services industry is also subject to
fluctuations caused by periods of inclement weather. Prolonged extreme climate
or weather conditions may cause unpredictable fluctuations in operating results.
 
   
     Following the Mergers, the Company expects to realize certain savings as a
result of: (i) operating efficiencies and purchasing economies of scale in areas
such as system components, raw materials, service vehicle related expenses and
telecommunications; (ii) consolidation of insurance, employee benefits and other
administrative expenses; and (iii) the Company's ability to borrow at interest
rates lower than those at which most of the Founding Companies have borrowed
historically. The Company has not and cannot quantify these savings until
completion of the Mergers and integration of the Founding Companies. The Company
also expects to incur additional costs associated with public ownership,
corporate management and administration. However, these costs, like the savings
they offset, cannot be quantified accurately at this time. Accordingly, except
for prospective compensation payable pursuant to agreements with management of
the Company, neither the expected savings nor the expected costs have been
included in the pro forma combined financial information of the Company. These
various costs and possible cost savings may make comparison of future operating
results with historical operating results difficult.
    
 
   
     Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 97 ('SAB
97') requires the application of purchase accounting when three or more
substantive operating entities combine in a single business combination effected
by the issuance of stock just prior to or contemporaneously with an initial
public offering and the combination does not meet the pooling-of-interests
criteria of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 16. Brandt has been
identified as the accounting acquiror in accordance with the provisions of SAB
97, which states that the recipient of the largest portion of voting rights in
the combined corporation is presumed to be the accounting acquiror for financial
statement presentation purposes. Accordingly, the excess purchase price over the
fair value of the net assets acquired from Air Systems, Energy Systems, NEMSI,
Lee, Hill York, Mechanical Services and Aircond of approximately $115.8 million
will be amortized over a period of 40 years as a non-cash charge to the
Company's income statement. This amortization is approximately $2.8 million per
year. The amount of goodwill to be recorded and the related amortization expense
will depend in part on the initial public offering price.
    
 
  The Compensation Differential
 
     The Founding Companies have operated as independent, privately-owned
entities throughout the periods presented. Their results of operations reflect
varying historical levels of owners' compensation. Certain owners of the
Founding Companies have agreed prospectively in employment agreements to be
entered into upon the consummation of this Offering to certain reductions of
their compensation and benefits in connection with the Mergers (the
'Compensation Differential'). Pursuant to the Merger Agreements, members of
senior management of the Founding Companies have agreed, simultaneously with the
closing of the Mergers, to enter into employment agreements with their
respective Founding Companies that provide for specified annual salaries in
addition to certain benefits, including vacation, health and insurance benefits.
Pursuant to the terms of the employment agreements, the owners of the Founding
Companies will be eligible for performance-based bonuses. The bonuses paid
historically to the owners of the Founding Companies were awarded based on the
owners' discretion, and compensation expense has been reduced accordingly in the
pro forma adjustments. On a prospective basis, the Company expects that bonuses
will only be paid if earnings increase to a level substantially in excess of pro
forma combined earnings for the year ended December 31, 1997. See 'Management --
Executive Compensation; Employment Agreements; Covenants-Not-To-Compete.' The
Compensation
 
                                       24
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
Differentials for 1997 and for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1998,
adjusted for increases in prospective compensation resulting from agreements
with management of the Company, were approximately $4.9 million, $1.6 million
and $1.5 million, respectively. These amounts have been reflected as a pro forma
adjustment in the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations.
    
 
   
     In September 1997, Enfinity sold an aggregate of 552,074 shares of Common
Stock to consultants for nominal consideration. In February 1998, Enfinity sold
an aggregate of 35,000 shares of Common Stock to a consultant for nominal
consideration and 74,074 shares of Common Stock to management for nominal
consideration. In May 1998, as previously agreed, Enfinity sold an aggregate of
425,333 shares of Common Stock to management for nominal consideration. In June
1998, Enfinity sold an aggregate of 15,000 shares of Common Stock to management
for nominal consideration. As a result, the Company's financial statements
reflect a non-recurring, non-cash compensation charge of $5.6 million for the
six months ending June 30, 1998. The value of such shares was based upon the
assumed initial public offering price per share, less a 20% discount due to the
significant restrictions on transferability of these shares.
    
 
   
     In November 1997, Brandt entered into option agreements with certain
employees allowing for the purchase of a total of 60 shares of Brandt's Class B
common stock from the stockholders. On May 14, 1998, the options vested, giving
rise to compensation expense of $1.5 million for the six months ended June 30,
1998.
    
 
  Amortization of Intangible Assets
 
   
     The goodwill subsequent to the Mergers of $114.6 million, representing
$115.8 million recorded in conjunction with the Mergers net of Brandt's existing
negative goodwill, was approximately 45.8% of the Company's pro forma total
assets as of June 30, 1998. The Company plans to evaluate continually whether
events or circumstances have occurred that indicate that the remaining useful
life of goodwill may warrant revision. Additionally, in accordance with the
provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ('SFAS') No. 121,
'Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to
be Disposed Of,' the Company will evaluate any potential goodwill impairments by
reviewing the future cash flows of the respective acquired entities' operations
and comparing these amounts with the carrying value of the associated goodwill.
    
 
  Recently Issued Accounting Standards
 
     Reporting Comprehensive Income. In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130,
'Reporting Comprehensive Income.' SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for
reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components (revenues,
expenses, gains and losses) in a full set of general purpose financial
statements. SFAS No. 130 requires that all items that are required to be
recognized under accounting standards as components of comprehensive income be
reported in a financial statement that is displayed with the same prominence as
other financial statements. SFAS No. 130 is effective for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 1997. Reclassification of financial statements for earlier
periods provided for comparative purposes is required. The Company intends to
adopt SFAS No. 130 in 1998.
 
     Segment Reporting. In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131, 'Disclosures
About Segments of An Enterprise and Related Information.' SFAS No. 131
establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments in
annual financial statements and in interim financial reports issued to
stockholders. It also establishes standards for related disclosures about
products and services, geographic areas and major customers. In general, such
information must be reported for externally in the same manner used for internal
management purposes. SFAS No. 131 is effective for financial statements issued
for periods beginning after December 15, 1997. In the initial year of adoption,
comparative information for earlier years must be restated. Since SFAS No. 131
only requires disclosure of certain information, adoption will not affect the
Company's financial position or results of operations.
 
     Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. In June 1998,
the Financial Accounting Standards Board ('FASB') issued SFAS No. 133,
'Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.' SFAS No. 133
establishes a new model for accounting for derivatives and hedging activities
and supercedes and amends a number of existing standards. SFAS No. 133 is
effective
 
                                       25
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999, but earlier adoption is
permitted. Upon initial application, all derivatives are required to be
recognized in the statement of financial position as either assets or
liabilities and measured at fair value. Recognition of changes in fair value
depends on whether the derivative is designated and qualifies as a hedge, and
the type of hedging relationship that exists. The Company does not currently,
nor does it expect to, hold any derivative instruments or participate in any
hedging activities.
 
   
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
    
 
   
     Each of the Founding Companies has conducted a review of its computer
systems and devices with date-related functionality used in its business, and
has taken, or is in the process of taking, all steps that it believes are
necessary or appropriate to ensure that such systems and devices accurately
process all dates, including those before, on or after January 1, 2000, without
loss of functionality or performance.
    
 
   
     The Company estimates that the aggregate cost of investigating and
remediating (where required) any Year 2000 issues relating to its businesses
will be less than $1 million, of which the Company already incurred
approximately $605,000. In most cases, the Company believes that the only
remediation measures required to address the Year 2000 issue are widely
available software upgrades for its purchase and accounting applications. The
Company does not currently have information concerning the Year 2000 compliance
of its clients and suppliers. Since the Company's computer systems interface
with those of certain clients, the failure of such clients to achieve Year 2000
compliance could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition or results of operations.
    
 
   
     Currently, certain of the Founding Companies' computer programs are
partially Year 2000 non-compliant. The Company believes that it is taking all
appropriate steps to ensure Year 2000 compliance and that all Founding Companies
should be compliant by January 1999. The Company currently does not have a
contingency plan to deal with Year 2000 problems that may arise in the future.
The Company intends to create a contingency plan within the next six months. The
Company does not anticipate that the Year 2000 problem will have a material
adverse effect on its business, financial condition or results of operations.
    
 
PRO FORMA COMBINED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
   
     The following table sets forth the pro forma combined operating results of
the Company for the year ended December 31, 1997 and for the six months ended
June 30, 1997 and 1998. For a discussion of the pro forma adjustments, see the
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements and the notes thereto included
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                            YEAR ENDED           --------------------------------------------
                                                         DECEMBER 31, 1997              1997                     1998
                                                        -------------------      -------------------      -------------------
                                                                               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>           <C>
Revenues..............................................  $364,767      100.0%     $148,106      100.0%     $210,249      100.0%
Cost of revenues......................................   293,749       80.5       115,594       78.1       170,666       81.2
                                                        --------      -----      --------      -----      --------      -----
Gross profit..........................................    71,018       19.5        32,512       22.0        39,583       18.8
Selling, general and administrative expenses..........    49,624       13.7        23,361       15.8        26,276       12.5
Employee stock compensation (non-recurring)...........       795        0.2         --          --           1,816        0.9
Amortization of goodwill, net.........................     2,265        0.6         1,133        0.8         1,133        0.5
                                                        --------      -----      --------      -----      --------      -----
Income from operations................................  $ 18,334        5.0%     $  8,018        5.4%     $ 10,358        4.9%
                                                        --------      -----      --------      -----      --------      -----
                                                        --------      -----      --------      -----      --------      -----
</TABLE>
    
 
   
PRO FORMA COMBINED RESULTS FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998 COMPARED TO
THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
    
 
   
     Revenues. Revenues increased $62.1 million, or 42.0%, from $148.1 million
for the six months ended June 30, 1997 to $210.2 million for the six months
ended June 30, 1998. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase of
approximately $36.4 million in the design, engineering and installation business
at Air Systems, Brandt, Lee and Hill York, and $28.7 million in maintenance,
repair and replacement services and on-site and off-site management of building
systems at Brandt, Air Systems, Energy Systems, Lee, Hill York and Aircond.
These increases were partially offset by a $2.4
    
 
                                       26
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
million decrease in the design, engineering and installation business at
Mechanical Services due to several very large installation projects which were
in process during the six months ended June 30, 1997, as well as a slight
decrease at NEMSI due to delays in the scheduled start dates of certain new
projects.
    
 
   
     Gross profit. Gross profit increased $7.1 million, or 21.7%, from $32.5
million for the six months ended June 30, 1997 to $39.6 million for the six
months ended June 30, 1998. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit decreased
from 22.0% for the six months ended June 30, 1997 to 18.8% for the six months
ended June 30, 1998, as a result of a significant increase in replacement and
design, engineering and installation projects, which generally have lower
margins than maintenance and repair services.
    
 
   
     Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased $2.9 million, or 12.5%, from $23.4 million for
the six months ended June 30, 1997 to $26.3 million for the six months ended
June 30, 1998. This increase was primarily attributable to increases at several
entities attributable to the hiring of additional employees to support increased
volume of transactions as well as increases in general and administrative
expenses associated with revenue growth. As a percentage of revenues, selling,
general and administrative expenses decreased from 15.8% for the six months
ended June 30, 1997 to 12.5% for the six months ended June 30, 1998 as revenues
increased without a commensurate increase in infrastructure. In addition, a
non-recurring employee stock compensation expense of $1.8 million was recorded
for the six months ended June 30, 1998 due to a grant of stock to an executive
at Energy Systems during such quarter.
    
 
PRO FORMA COMBINED LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
   
     The Founding Companies' principal sources of liquidity have historically
been cash flows from operating activities. After the consummation of the Mergers
and this Offering, the Company will have approximately $10.0 million of cash. It
is expected that certain short-term and long-term debt of the Founding
Companies, totaling approximately $6.1 million as of June 30, 1998, will be
repaid from the net proceeds of this Offering and approximately $1.3 million
will be repaid by a stockholder of one of the Founding Companies.
    
 
   
     The Company has received a bank commitment for a revolving credit facility
of up to $100.0 million. Although such revolving credit facility is expected to
be available after the consummation of this Offering, there can be no assurance
that the Company will be able to obtain such revolving credit facility or other
financing it may need on terms the Company deems acceptable. It is expected that
such facility, if obtained, will require the Company to comply with various loan
covenants, including: (i) maintenance of certain financial ratios, including
minimum tangible net worth; (ii) restrictions on additional indebtedness; and
(iii) restrictions on liens, guarantees, advances and dividends. Such facility
is intended to be used for acquisitions, capital expenditures and general
corporate purposes.
    
 
   
     The Founding Companies' capital expenditures were $8.6 million for the year
ended December 31, 1997 and $2.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 1998.
A significant portion of the 1997 expenditures was for purchases of equipment
and the construction of a new facility for Lee. Expenditures for the six months
ended June 30, 1998 were primarily for the purchase of equipment. The Company
believes that cash flow from operations, borrowings under the proposed credit
facilities and the unallocated net proceeds of this Offering will be sufficient
to fund the Company's expected working capital needs, debt service requirements
and planned capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months.
    
 
     The Company intends to pursue selected acquisition opportunities. The
timing or success of any acquisition efforts is unpredictable. Accordingly, the
Company is unable to accurately estimate its expected capital commitments.
Funding for future acquisitions will likely come from a combination of the net
proceeds of this Offering, cash flow from operations, borrowings under
anticipated revolving credit facilities and the issuance of additional equity.
The Company plans to register 5,000,000 shares of its Common Stock under the
Securities Act after the completion of this Offering for use by the Company as
consideration for future acquisitions. The contemplated offering of such
5,000,000 additional shares will be made only by means of a prospectus.
 
                                       27
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- BRANDT
 
     Founded in 1952, Brandt focuses on performing large design and build
construction projects and turnkey industrial and special projects. In May 1995,
all of the operating subsidiary's issued and outstanding common stock was
purchased by Brandt management from Brandt's former parent. Accordingly,
financial information is presented for periods subsequent to the date of this
purchase.
 
   
     For the year ended December 31, 1997, approximately 61.5% of Brandt's
revenues was derived from maintenance, repair and replacement services and 38.5%
was derived from design, engineering and installation services. For the six
months ended June 30, 1998, approximately 54.8% of Brandt's revenues was derived
from maintenance, repair and replacement services and 45.2% was derived from
design, engineering and installation services.
    
 
     The following table sets forth selected statement of operations data for
Brandt, and such data as a percentage of revenues for the periods indicated:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 PERIOD FROM
                                  MAY 25 TO             YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                DECEMBER 31,       -----------------------------------     -----------------------------------
                                    1995                1996                1997                1997                1998
                               ---------------     ---------------     ---------------     ---------------     ---------------
                                                                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                            <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Revenues...................... $15,869   100.0%    $38,723   100.0%    $50,435   100.0%    $20,079   100.0%    $30,156   100.0%
Cost of revenues..............  13,170    83.0      31,932    82.5      42,032    83.3      16,227    80.8      25,375    84.1
                               -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----
Gross profit..................   2,699    17.0       6,791    17.5       8,403    16.7       3,852    19.2       4,781    15.9
Selling, general and
  administrative expenses.....   2,562    16.1       6,764    17.4       5,287    10.4       2,543    12.7       2,871     9.5
Employee stock compensation
  (non-recurring).............   --       --         --       --         --       --         --       --         1,455     4.8
Accretion of negative
  goodwill....................    (371)   (2.3)       (636)   (1.6)       (636)   (1.3)       (318)   (1.6)       (318)   (1.0)
                               -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----
Income from operations........ $   508     3.2%    $   663     1.7%    $ 3,752     7.4%    $ 1,627     8.1%    $   773     2.6%
                               -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----
                               -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----
</TABLE>
    
 
   
RESULTS FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998 COMPARED TO THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30, 1997 -- BRANDT
    
 
   
     Revenues. Revenues increased $10.1 million, or 50.2%, from $20.1 million
for the six months ended June 30, 1997 to $30.2 million for the six months ended
June 30, 1998, primarily as a result of a higher level of service activity and
an increase in the number of new installation projects.
    
 
   
     Gross profit. Gross profit increased $929,000, or 24.1%, from $3.9 million
for the six months ended June 30, 1997 to $4.8 million for the six months ended
June 30, 1998. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit decreased from 19.2%
for the six months ended June 30, 1997 to 15.9% for the six months ended June
30, 1998, as a result of an increase in projects performed under cost-plus
contracts, which generally have lower margins than design and build projects,
and a significant increase in replacement and design, engineering and
installation projects, which also generally have lower margins.
    
 
   
     Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased $328,000, or 12.9%, from $2.5 million for the
six months ended June 30, 1997 to $2.9 million for the six months ended June 30,
1998. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses
decreased from 12.7% for the six months ended June 30, 1997 to 9.5% for the six
months ended June 30, 1998. Excluding the Compensation Differential of $181,000
for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and $181,000 for the six months ended
June 30, 1998, selling, general, and administrative expenses as a percentage of
revenues decreased from 11.8% to 8.9%, as revenues increased without a
commensurate increase in infrastructure. In addition, non-recurring employee
stock compensation expense of $1.5 million was recorded in the six months ended
June 30, 1998 related to stock options granted to certain employees.
    
 
RESULTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1996 -- BRANDT
 
     Revenues. Revenues increased $11.7 million, or 30.2%, from $38.7 million
for the year ended December 31, 1996 to $50.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 1997, primarily as a result of
 
                                       28
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

growth in new installation and retrofit projects. This growth was driven by
strong market conditions and management's focus on new business development.
 
     Gross profit. Gross profit increased $1.6 million, or 23.7%, from $6.8
million for the year ended December 31, 1996 to $8.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 1997. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit decreased from
17.5% for the year ended December 31, 1996 to 16.7% for the year ended December
31, 1997, primarily as a result of a trend towards projects performed under
cost-plus contracts, which generally have lower margins than design and build
projects. While the trend toward projects performed under cost-plus contracts is
expected to continue, margins are expected to remain consistent with recent
periods.
 
     Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses decreased $1.5 million, or 21.8%, from $6.8 million for
the year ended December 31, 1996 to $5.3 million for the year ended December 31,
1997, primarily due to a reduction in shareholder bonuses in 1997 compared to
1996. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses
decreased from 17.4% for the year ended December 31, 1996 to 10.4% for the year
ended December 31, 1997. Excluding the Compensation Differential of $2.8 million
for 1996 and $353,000 for 1997, selling, general and administrative expenses as
a percentage of revenues decreased from 10.3% to 9.8%.
 
RESULTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO THE PERIOD FROM MAY 25,
1995 (INCEPTION) TO DECEMBER 31, 1995 -- BRANDT
 
     Revenues. Revenues were $15.9 million for the period from May 25, 1995 to
December 31, 1995 and $38.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. This
increase in revenues was primarily due to the comparison of a seven month period
to a twelve month period, as well as growth in the design, engineering and
installation revenues as a result of new business development subsequent to the
acquisition by Brandt management on May 25, 1995.
 
     Gross profit. Gross profit was $2.7 million for the period from May 25 to
December 31, 1995 and $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. As a
percentage of revenues, gross profit remained relatively consistent at 17.0% for
the period from May 25, 1995 to December 31, 1995 and 17.5% for the year ended
December 31, 1996.
 
     Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses were $2.6 million for the period from May 25, 1995 to
December 31, 1995 and $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. As a
percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses increased
from 16.1% for the period from May 25, 1995 to December 31, 1995 to 17.4% for
the year ended December 31, 1996. Excluding the Compensation Differential of
$404,000 for 1995 and $2.8 million for 1996, selling, general and administrative
expenses decreased as a percentage of revenues from 13.6% to 10.3% as Brandt was
able to generate operating leverage by maintaining relatively constant selling,
general and administrative expenses despite the increased activity.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- BRANDT
 
   
     Brandt generated approximately $1.2 million in net cash from operating
activities for the year ended December 31, 1997 and $135,000 for the six months
ended June 30, 1998. Increased revenues of $11.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 1997 resulted in corresponding increases in both trade and
retainage accounts receivable as well as in billings in excess of costs and
estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts at December 31, 1997. Brandt used
$920,000 in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 1997,
consisting of $207,000 for payments on long-term debt and $713,000 for
distributions to stockholders. The Company used $2.9 million in financing
activities for the six months ended June 30, 1998 for distributions to
stockholders.
    
 
   
     At June 30, 1998, Brandt had working capital of $4.8 million and no
long-term debt.
    
 
                                       29
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- AIR SYSTEMS
 
     Founded in 1974, Air Systems specializes in the design, engineering and
installation of energy and indoor environmental systems for commercial entities
in northern California and performs additional services in plumbing, process
piping and sheet metal construction.
 
     For the year ended February 28, 1998, approximately 61.9% of Air Systems'
revenues was derived from maintenance, repair and replacement services and 38.1%
was derived from design, engineering and installation services. For the three
months ended May 31, 1998, approximately 58.8% of Air Systems' revenues was
derived from maintenance, repair and replacement services and 41.2% was derived
from design, engineering and installation services.
 
     The following table sets forth selected statement of operations data for
Air Systems, and such data as a percentage of revenues for the periods
indicated:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 YEAR ENDED
                                FEBRUARY 29,            YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 28,               THREE MONTHS ENDED MAY 31,
                               ---------------     -----------------------------------     -----------------------------------
                                    1996                1997                1998                1997                1998
                               ---------------     ---------------     ---------------     ---------------     ---------------
                                                                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                            <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Revenues...................... $37,463   100.0%    $55,528   100.0%    $90,969   100.0%    $13,180   100.0%    $31,048   100.0%
Cost of revenues..............  29,527    78.8      44,098    79.4      75,149    82.6       9,651    73.2      26,355    84.9
                               -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----
Gross profit..................   7,936    21.2      11,430    20.6      15,820    17.4       3,529    26.8       4,693    15.1
Selling, general and
  administrative expenses.....   6,449    17.2       8,232    14.8      11,370    12.5       2,492    18.9       2,629     8.5
                               -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----
Income from operations........ $ 1,487     4.0%    $ 3,198     5.8%    $ 4,450     4.9%    $ 1,037     7.9%    $ 2,064     6.6%
                               -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----
                               -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----
</TABLE>
 
RESULTS FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MAY 31, 1998 COMPARED TO THE THREE MONTHS
ENDED MAY 31, 1997 -- AIR SYSTEMS
 
     Revenues. Revenues increased $17.9 million, or 135.6%, from $13.2 million
for the three months ended May 31, 1997 to $31.0 million for the three months
ended May 31, 1998, primarily due to an increase of approximately $17.3 million
from design, engineering and installation and maintenance, repair and
replacement projects for two existing clients in the electronics industry.
 
     Gross profit. Gross profit increased $1.2 million, or 33.0%, from $3.5
million for the three months ended May 31, 1997 to $4.7 million for the three
months ended May 31, 1998. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit decreased
from 26.8% to 15.1% due primarily to a higher percentage of revenues coming from
design, engineering and installation projects, which generally have lower
margins, and the impact of one project in which costs are expected to exceed
contract revenues by approximately $600,000.
 
   
     Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased $137,000, or 5.5%, from $2.5 million for the
three months ended May 31, 1997 to $2.6 million for the three months ended May
31, 1998. As a percentage of revenues, these expenses decreased from 18.9% to
8.5%. The decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses as a
percentage of revenues was due to increased design, engineering and installation
revenues without a commensurate increase in infrastructure. Excluding the
Compensation Differential of $320,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1997
and $49,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1998, selling, general and
administrative expenses decreased as a percentage of revenues from 16.5% to
8.3%.
    
 
RESULTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1998 COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED
FEBRUARY 28, 1997 -- AIR SYSTEMS
 
     Revenues. Revenues increased $35.4 million, or 63.8%, from $55.5 million
for the year ended February 28, 1997 to $91.0 million for the year ended
February 28, 1998, primarily due to an increase of approximately $28.6 million
from two existing clients and $3.6 million as a result of two new clients. The
increase in Air Systems' revenue was primarily related to projects performed for
clients in the electronics industry. Approximately 41% and 50%, respectively, of
Air Systems' revenues for the fiscal years ended February 28, 1997 and 1998 were
generated by one client.
 
                                       30
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     Gross profit. Gross profit increased $4.4 million, or 38.4%, from $11.4
million for the year ended February 28, 1997 to $15.8 million for the year ended
February 28, 1998. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit decreased from
20.6% for the year ended February 28, 1997 to 17.4% for the year ended February
28, 1998, due primarily to the impact of one project in which costs are expected
to exceed contract revenues by approximately $1.2 million.
 
     Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased $3.1 million, or 38.1%, from $8.2 million for
the year ended February 28, 1997 to $11.4 million for the year ended February
28, 1998. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative
expenses decreased from 14.8% to 12.5%. This decrease in selling, general and
administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues was primarily due to an
increase in administrative personnel time associated with specific contracts,
which are allocated to cost of revenues. Excluding the Compensation Differential
of $1.2 million for 1997 and $1.4 million for 1998, selling, general and
administrative expenses decreased as a percentage of revenues from 12.6% to
11.0%.
 
RESULTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1997 COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED
FEBRUARY 29, 1996 -- AIR SYSTEMS
 
     Revenues. Revenues increased $18.1 million, or 48.2%, from $37.5 million
for the year ended February 29, 1996 to $55.5 million for the year ended
February 28, 1997. This increase was primarily due to new relationships with two
significant clients. These relationships were developed through increased sales
and marketing efforts targeted at general contractors with which Air Systems had
not previously done business. Approximately 30% and 41%, respectively, of Air
Systems' revenues for the fiscal years ended February 29, 1996 and February 28,
1997 were generated by one client.
 
     Gross profit. Gross profit increased $3.5 million, or 44.0%, from $7.9
million for the year ended February 29, 1996 to $11.4 million for the year ended
February 28, 1997. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit decreased from
21.2% for the year ended February 29, 1996 to 20.6% for the year ended February
28, 1997, primarily due to the entry by Air Systems into additional large volume
contracts with lower overall margins.
 
     Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased $1.8 million, or 27.6%, from $6.4 million for
the year ended February 29, 1996 to $8.2 million for the year ended February 28,
1997. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses
decreased from 17.2% to 14.8% as Air Systems was able to generate operating
leverage by maintaining relatively constant selling, general and administrative
expenses despite the increased activity. Excluding the Compensation Differential
of $213,000 for 1996 and $1.2 million for 1997, selling, general and
administrative expenses decreased as a percentage of revenues from 16.6% to
12.6%.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- AIR SYSTEMS
 
   
     Air Systems used $5.2 million in net cash from operating activities for the
year ended February 28, 1998 and generated $2.8 million for the three months
ended May 31, 1998. Net cash used in investing activities was approximately $3.5
million and $487,000 for the year ended February 28, 1998 and the three months
ended May 31, 1998, respectively, principally for property and equipment
purchases. Net cash provided by financing activities was $8.7 million for the
year ended February 28, 1998, principally from proceeds from its line of credit
and long-term debt. Net cash used in financing activities for the three months
ended May 31, 1998 was $2.3 million, principally from a decreased cash overdraft
and repayments on its line of credit.
    
 
     At May 31, 1998, Air Systems had working capital of $4.5 million and $9.7
million of total debt outstanding.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- ENERGY SYSTEMS
 
     Founded in 1947, Energy Systems primarily performs outsourced facility
services for its clients in 15 states, focusing on the on-site maintenance of
energy and indoor environmental systems.
 
                                       31
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
     For the year ended December 31, 1997, approximately 68.2% of Energy
System's revenues was derived from the on-site and off-site management of
building systems, and 31.8% was derived from maintenance, repair and replacement
services. For the six months ended June 30, 1998, approximately 68.7% of Energy
Systems' revenues was derived from the on-site and off-site management of
building systems, and 31.3% was derived from maintenance, repair and replacement
services.
    
 
     The following table sets forth selected statement of operations data for
Energy Systems, and such data as a percentage of revenues for the periods
indicated:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                          SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                 -------------------------------------------------------     -----------------------------------
                                      1995                1996                1997                1997                1998
                                 ---------------     ---------------     ---------------     ---------------     ---------------
                                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                              <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Revenues.......................  $44,177   100.0%    $48,069   100.0%    $54,228   100.0%    $24,134   100.0%    $29,618   100.0%
Cost of revenues...............   36,498    82.6      40,299    83.8      45,893    84.6      20,180    83.6      25,221    85.2
                                 -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----
Gross profit...................    7,679    17.4       7,770    16.2       8,335    15.4       3,954    16.4       4,397    14.8
Selling, general and
  administrative expenses......    6,537    14.8       6,948    14.5       6,869    12.7       3,385    14.0       3,385    11.4
Employee stock compensation
  (non-recurring)..............    --       --         --       --         --       --         --       --         1,816     6.1
                                 -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----
Income (loss) from
  operations...................  $ 1,142     2.6%    $   822     1.7%    $ 1,466     2.7%    $   569     2.4%    $  (804)   (2.7)%
                                 -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----
                                 -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----
</TABLE>
    
 
   
RESULTS FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998 COMPARED TO THE
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 -- ENERGY SYSTEMS
    
 
   
     Revenues. Revenues increased $5.5 million, or 22.7%, from $24.1 million for
the six months ended June 30, 1997 to $29.6 million for the six months ended
June 30, 1998. This was primarily due to increases of $3.1 million in on-site
and off-site management of building systems, with the remainder of the increase
attributable to maintenance, repair and replacement services.
    
 
   
     Gross profit. Gross profit increased $443,000, or 11.2%, from $4.0 million
for the six months ended June 30, 1997 to $4.4 million for the six months ended
June 30, 1998. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit decreased from 16.4%
for the six months ended June 30, 1997 to 14.8% for the six months ended June
30, 1998. This decrease was the result of the revenue growth generated by
on-site and off-site management of building systems, which typically have lower
margins for Energy Systems. Management expects this current mix of business to
continue for the foreseeable future.
    
 
   
     Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses remained constant at $3.4 million for the six month
periods ended June 30, 1997 and 1998. As a percentage of revenues, selling,
general and administrative expenses decreased from 14.0% for the six months
ended June 30, 1997 to 11.4% for the six months ended June 30, 1998, as revenues
increased without a commensurate increase in infrastructure. In addition,
non-recurring employee stock compensation expense of $1.8 million was recorded
in the six months ended June 30, 1998 related to stock options granted to
certain employees.
    
 
RESULTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1996 -- ENERGY SYSTEMS
 
     Revenues. Revenues increased $6.2 million, or 12.8%, from $48.1 million for
the year ended December 31, 1996 to $54.2 million for the year ended December
31, 1997, primarily due to an increase of approximately $4.5 million in revenues
generated from on-site and off-site management of building systems. Of this
increase, the majority was generated by a new client contract which began in May
1997. The remaining increase in revenues was attributable to additional plan and
spec projects.
 
     Gross profit. Gross profit increased $565,000, or 7.3%, from $7.8 million
for the year ended December 31, 1996 to $8.3 million for the year ended December
31, 1997. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit decreased from 16.2% for the
year ended December 31, 1996 to 15.4% for the year ended December 31, 1997 as a
result of an increase in on-site and off-site maintenance of building systems
which, although a recurring source of revenues, has lower margins.
 
                                       32
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses remained at $6.9 million for each of the years ended
December 31, 1996 and 1997. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and
administrative expenses decreased from 14.5% for the year ended December 31,
1996 to 12.7% for the year ended December 31, 1997 as Energy Systems was able to
generate operating leverage by maintaining the same level of selling, general
and administrative expenses despite the increased revenues. Excluding the
Compensation Differential of $268,000 for 1996 and $283,000 for 1997, selling,
general and administrative expenses decreased as a percentage of revenues from
13.9% to 12.1%.
 
RESULTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1995 -- ENERGY SYSTEMS
 
     Revenues. Revenues increased $3.9 million, or 8.8%, from $44.2 million for
the year ended December 31, 1995 to $48.1 million for the year ended December
31, 1996, primarily due to an increase of $3.5 million in revenues generated
from on-site and off-site management of building systems. Energy Systems was
able to obtain several on-site and off-site maintenance contracts in an expanded
geographic area during 1996 through further development of an existing client
relationship.
 
     Gross profit. Gross profit increased $91,000, or 1.2%, from $7.7 million
for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $7.8 million for the year ended December
31, 1996. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit decreased from 17.4% for the
year ended December 31, 1995 to 16.2% for the year ended December 31, 1996 as a
result of the changing revenue mix. In 1996, more revenues were generated from
on-site and off-site management of building systems and plan and spec projects,
both of which have lower margins.
 
     Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased $411,000, or 6.3%, from $6.5 million for the
year ended December 31, 1995 to $6.9 million for the year ended December 31,
1996. This increase is due to expansion of Energy System's infrastructure in
order to support the continued growth of the business. As a percentage of
revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased slightly from
14.8% for the year ended December 31, 1995 to 14.5% for the year ended December
31, 1996. Excluding the Compensation Differential of $294,000 for 1995 and
$268,000 for 1996, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased as a
percentage of revenues from 14.1% to 13.9%.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- ENERGY SYSTEMS
 
   
     Energy Systems used net cash from operating activities of $646,000 for the
year ended December 31, 1997, primarily due to an increase in receivables, and
used net cash of $669,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1998, primarily due
to a decrease in accounts payable. Net cash used in investing activities was
$21,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997 and net cash provided by financing
activities was $9,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1998. Net cash provided
by financing activities in 1997 was $533,000, primarily as a result of $436,000
used to purchase treasury stock and $980,000 borrowed under long-term debt
obligations. Net cash provided by financing activities for the six months ended
June 30, 1998 was $660,000, primarily due to borrowings under long-term debt
obligations.
    
 
   
     At June 30, 1998, Energy Systems had $2.4 million of working capital and
$3.1 million of total debt outstanding.
    
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- NEMSI
 
     Founded in 1966, NEMSI specializes in performing design and build projects
at manufacturing and research facilities and on-site maintenance work at nuclear
power plants.
 
   
     For the year ended December 31, 1997, approximately 59.8% of NEMSI's
revenues was derived from maintenance, repair and replacement services, 32.9%
was derived from design, engineering and installation services and 7.3% was
derived from on-site and off-site management of building systems. For the six
months ended June 30, 1998, approximately 63.8% of NEMSI's revenues was derived
from
    
 
                                       33
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
maintenance, repair and replacement services, 28.1% was derived from design,
engineering and installation services and 8.1% was derived from on-site and
off-site management of building systems.
    
 
     The following table sets forth selected statement of operations data for
NEMSI, and such data as a percentage of revenues for the periods indicated:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                  -----------------------------------     -----------------------------------
                                                       1996                1997                1997                1998
                                                  ---------------     ---------------     ---------------     ---------------
                                                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                               <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Revenues........................................  $30,457   100.0%    $39,357   100.0%    $18,129   100.0%    $17,464   100.0%
Cost of revenues................................   23,407    76.9      31,217    79.3      13,915    76.8      13,379    76.6
                                                  -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----
Gross profit....................................    7,050    23.1       8,140    20.7       4,214    23.2       4,085    23.4
Selling, general and administrative expenses....    5,448    17.8       6,502    16.5       2,801    15.4       3,028    17.3
Employee stock compensation (non-recurring).....       --      --         795     2.1          --      --          --      --
                                                  -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----
Income from operations..........................  $ 1,602     5.3%    $   843     2.1%    $ 1,413     7.8%    $ 1,057     6.1%
                                                  -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----
                                                  -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----
</TABLE>
    
 
   
RESULTS FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998 COMPARED TO THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30, 1997 -- NEMSI
    
 
   
     Revenues. Revenues decreased $665,000, or 3.7%, from $18.1 million for the
six months ended June 30, 1997 to $17.5 million for the six months ended June
30, 1998, primarily due to a lower backlog of work at the beginning of the six
months ended June 30, 1998 and delays in the scheduled start dates of certain
new projects.
    
 
   
     Gross profit. Gross profit was $536,000 lower for the six months ended
June 30, 1998 compared to the six months ended June 30, 1997. As a percentage of
revenues, gross profit increased from 23.2% to 23.4%, primarily due to a shift
in sales mix towards maintenance, repair and replacement services which
generally have higher margins for NEMSI than design, engineering and
installation projects.
    
 
   
     Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased $227,000, or 8.1%, from $2.8 million for the
six months ended June 30, 1997 to $3.0 million for the six months ended June 30,
1998. As a percentage of revenues, these expenses increased from 15.4% to 17.3%,
primarily due to the hiring of additional supervisory and sales personnel during
1997 in order to support the long-term growth of the business. Excluding the
Compensation Differential of $190,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and
$211,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1998, selling, general and
administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues increased from 14.4% to
16.1%.
    
 
RESULTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1996 -- NEMSI
 
     Revenues. Revenues increased $8.9 million, or 29.2%, from $30.5 million for
the year ended December 31, 1996 to $39.4 million for the year ended December
31, 1997. Revenues increased primarily as a result of a robust construction
market due to continued strength in the economy of the northeast United States.
 
     Gross profit. Gross profit increased $1.1 million, or 15.5%, from $7.1
million for the year ended December 31, 1996 to $8.1 million for the year ended
December 31, 1997. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit decreased from
23.1% to 20.7%, primarily due to the impact of one project in which costs are
expected to exceed contract revenues by approximately $500,000. To a lesser
degree, the gross profit percentage decreased due to a changed sales mix, with
more revenues being generated from lower margin construction and installation
services.
 
   
     Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased $1.1 million, or 19.3%, from $5.4 million for
the year ended December 31, 1996 to $6.5 million for the year ended December 31,
1997. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses
decreased from 17.8% for the year ended December 31, 1996 to 16.5% for the year
ended December 31, 1997 as revenues increased without a commensurate increase in
infrastructure. In addition, non-recurring employee stock compensation expense
of $795,000 was recorded in the year ended December 31, 1997 related to stock
options granted to certain employees.
    
 
                                       34
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- NEMSI
 
   
     NEMSI generated $809,000 in net cash from operating activities for the year
ended December 31, 1997, including $664,000 of stock compensation. The Company
generated $491,000 in net cash from operating activities for the six months
ended June 30, 1998. For the year ended December 31, 1997 and the six months
ended June 30, 1998, net cash used in investing activities was approximately
$772,000 and $239,000, principally for equipment purchases. Net cash provided by
financing activities for the year ended December 31, 1997 was approximately
$48,000, representing net borrowings. Net cash used in financing activities for
the six months ended June 30, 1998 was approximately $386,000, consisting
principally of payments on debt.
    
 
   
     At June 30, 1998, NEMSI had working capital of $1.6 million and $4.0
million of total debt outstanding (including capital leases).
    
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- LEE
 
     Founded in 1944, Lee specializes in the design, engineering and
installation of energy and indoor environmental systems and possesses
specialized expertise relating to health care facility projects.
 
   
     For the year ended December 31, 1997, approximately 64.0% of Lee's revenues
was derived from design, engineering and installation services and 36.0% was
derived from maintenance, repair and replacement services. For the six months
ended June 30, 1998, approximately 64.8% of Lee's revenues was derived from
design, engineering and installation services and 35.2% was derived from
maintenance, repair and replacement services.
    
 
     The following table sets forth selected statement of operations data for
Lee, and such data as a percentage of revenues for the periods indicated:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                  -----------------------------------     -----------------------------------
                                                       1996                1997                1997                1998
                                                  ---------------     ---------------     ---------------     ---------------
                                                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                               <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Revenues........................................  $34,639   100.0%    $39,681   100.0%    $15,874   100.0%    $24,488   100.0%
Cost of revenues................................   26,541    76.6      30,316    76.4      12,308    77.5      18,570    75.8
                                                  -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----
Gross profit....................................    8,098    23.4       9,365    23.6       3,566    22.5       5,918    24.2
Selling, general and administrative expenses....    6,663    19.3       7,325    18.5       2,972    18.7       4,266    17.4
                                                  -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----
Income from operations..........................  $ 1,435     4.1%    $ 2,040     5.1%    $   594     3.8%    $ 1,652     6.7%
                                                  -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----
                                                  -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----
</TABLE>
    
 
   
RESULTS FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998 COMPARED TO THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30, 1997 -- LEE
    
 
   
     Revenues. Revenues increased $8.6 million, or 54.3%, from $15.9 million for
the six months ended June 30, 1997 to $24.5 million for the six months ended
June 30, 1998 primarily due to an increase of approximately $6.1 million related
to design, engineering and installation projects, primarily for clients in the
healthcare and energy services sectors, and an increase of approximately $2.5
million related to maintenance, repair and replacement services.
    
 
   
     Gross profit. Gross profit increased $2.4 million, or 66.0%, from $3.6
million for the six months ended June 30, 1997 to $5.9 million for the six
months ended June 30, 1998. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit increased
from 22.5% for the six months ended June 30, 1997 to 24.2% for the six months
ended June 30, 1998. This increase was the result of a smaller percentage
increase in direct labor expense as compared to the percentage increase in
revenues.
    
 
   
     Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling general and
administrative expenses increased $1.3 million, or 43.5%, from $3.0 million for
the six months ended June 30, 1997 to $4.3 million for the six months ended
June 30, 1998. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative
expenses decreased from 18.7% for the six months ended June 30, 1997 to 17.4%
for the six months ended June 30, 1998, as Lee was able to generate increased
revenues without commensurate increases in infrastructure. Excluding the
Compensation Differential of $371,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and
$969,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1998, selling, general and
administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased from 16.4% to
13.5%.
    
 
                                       35
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

RESULTS FOR YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1996 -- LEE
 
     Revenues. Revenues increased $5.0 million, or 14.6%, from $34.6 million for
the year ended December 31, 1996 to $39.7 million for the year ended December
31, 1997, due to an increase of approximately $3.0 million attributable to new
design, engineering and installation projects and approximately $2.0 million
attributable to maintenance, repair and replacement services. The increase was
primarily related to new design, engineering and installation projects,
generally related to clients in the healthcare and energy services industries,
which occurred generally during the third and fourth quarters of the year ended
December 31, 1997. Lee's additional revenues from maintenance, repair and
replacement services resulted from hiring additional sales and marketing
personnel to more successfully target its selling efforts and resulted in an
increase in trade accounts receivable at December 31, 1997.
 
     Gross profit. Gross profit increased $1.3 million, or 15.6%, from $8.1
million for the year ended December 31, 1996 to $9.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 1997. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit remained relatively
constant.
 
     Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased $662,000, or 9.9%, from $6.7 million for the
year ended December 31, 1996 to $7.3 million for the year ended December 31,
1997 as a result of additional commissions paid to new sales personnel. As a
percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased
from 19.3% for the year ended December 31, 1996 to 18.5% for the year ended
December 31, 1997 as Lee was able to generate additional revenues without a
commensurate increase in infrastructure. Excluding the Compensation Differential
of $1.2 million for 1996 and $1.0 million for 1997, selling, general and
administrative expenses increased as a percentage of revenues from 15.7% to
15.9%.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- LEE
 
   
     Lee used $563,000 in net cash in operating activities for the year ended
December 31, 1997. Accounts receivable increased from December 31, 1996 to
December 31, 1997, reflecting the increase in revenues which, for new
construction projects, was weighted more heavily toward the third and fourth
quarters of 1997. Lee generated net cash from operating activities of $1.8
million for the six months ended June 30, 1998 primarily as a result of
operating income and a reduction in trade and retainage accounts receivable. Net
cash used in investing activities was approximately $301,000 for the year ended
December 31, 1997 and $166,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1998,
principally for property and equipment purchases. Net cash provided by financing
activities was $899,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997, principally from
proceeds of Lee's revolving credit agreement and the sale of its new corporate
headquarters building. Net cash used in financing activities was $1.4 million
for the six months ended June 30, 1998, principally due to net repayments on its
line of credit.
    
 
   
     At June 30, 1998, Lee had working capital of $3.9 million and no debt
outstanding.
    
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- HILL YORK
 
     Founded in 1936, Hill York specializes in the design, fabrication,
installation and service of energy and indoor environmental systems in high rise
luxury condominiums, hotels, universities and convention centers throughout
South Florida.
 
   
     For the year ended December 31, 1997, approximately 76.8% of Hill York's
revenues was derived from design, engineering and installation services and
23.2% was derived from maintenance, repair and replacement services. For the six
months ended June 30, 1998, approximately 76.6% of Hill York's revenues was
derived from design, engineering and installation services and 23.4% was derived
from maintenance, repair and replacement services.
    
 
                                       36
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     The following table sets forth selected statement of operations data for
Hill York, and such data as a percentage of revenues for the periods indicated:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        YEARS ENDED MARCH 31,              NINE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31,             SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                 -----------------------------------     -----------------------------------     -----------------------------------
                      1996                1997                1996                1997                1997                1998
                 ---------------     ---------------     ---------------     ---------------     ---------------     ---------------
                                                               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>              <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Revenues.......  $28,667   100.0%    $31,430   100.0%    $23,123   100.0%    $25,863   100.0%    $15,747   100.0%   $18,883   100.0%
Cost of
  revenues.....   22,526    78.6      24,121    76.7      18,002    77.9      20,432    79.0      11,901    75.6     14,673    77.7
                 -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----    -------   -----
Gross profit...    6,141    21.4       7,309    23.3       5,121    22.1       5,431    21.0       3,846    24.4      4,210    22.3
Selling,
  general and
 administrative
  expenses.....    5,758    20.1       6,992    22.3       4,985    21.5       5,082    19.7       3,444    21.9      3,792    20.1
                 -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----    -------   -----
Income from
  operations...  $   383     1.3%    $   317     1.0%    $   136     0.6%    $   349     1.3%    $   402     2.5%   $   418     2.2%
                 -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----    -------   -----
                 -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----    -------   -----
</TABLE>
    
 
   
RESULTS FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998 COMPARED TO THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30, 1997 -- HILL YORK
    
 
   
     Revenues. Revenues increased $3.1 million, or 19.9%, from $15.7 million for
the six months ended June 30, 1997 to $18.9 million for the six months ended
June 30, 1998, primarily due to an increase in the average size of new
construction projects and an increase in maintenance contracts as a result of
Hill York's geographic expansion.
    
 
   
     Gross profit. Gross profit increased $364,000, or 9.5%, from $3.8 million
for the six months ended June 30, 1997 to $4.2 million for the six months ended
June 30, 1998. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit decreased from 24.4% to
22.3% due to a shift in sales mix from design, engineering and installation
revenues to maintenance, repair and replacement services which generally have
lower margins.
    
 
   
     Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased $348,000, or 10.1%, from $3.4 million for the
six months ended June 30, 1997 to $3.8 million for the six months ended June 30,
1998. As a percentage of revenues, these expenses decreased from 21.9% to 20.1%,
primarily as a result of larger bonuses paid in the six months ended June 30,
1997. Excluding the Compensation Differential of $529,000 for the six months
ended June 30, 1997 and $574,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1998,
selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues
decreased from 18.5% to 17.0%.
    
 
RESULTS FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 COMPARED TO THE NINE MONTHS
ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 -- HILL YORK
 
     Revenues. Revenues increased $2.7 million, or 11.8%, from $23.1 million for
the nine months ended December 31, 1996 to $25.9 million for the nine months
ended December 31, 1997. This increase was primarily attributable to revenues
from two large condominium projects.
 
     Gross profit. Gross profit increased $310,000, or 6.1%, from $5.1 million
for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 to $5.4 million for the nine months
ended September 30, 1997. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit decreased
from 22.1% for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 to 21.0% for the nine
months ended September 30, 1997. The decrease in gross profit as a percentage of
revenues was primarily attributable to the impact of one project in which costs
are expected to exceed contract revenues by approximately $125,000.
 
     Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased $97,000, or 1.9%, from $5.0 million for the
nine months ended September 30, 1996 to $5.1 million for the nine months ended
September 30, 1997. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and
administrative expenses decreased from 21.5% for the nine months ended September
30, 1996 to 19.7% for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 as Hill York was
able to generate additional revenues without a commensurate increase in
infrastructure. Excluding the Compensation Differential of $658,000 for 1996 and
$616,000 for 1997, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased as a
percentage of revenues from 18.7% to 17.3%.
 
                                       37
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

RESULTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
1996 -- HILL YORK
 
     Revenues. Revenues increased by $2.8 million, or 9.6%, from $28.7 million
for year ended March 31, 1996 to $31.4 million for the year ended March 31, 1997
as a result of additional sales and marketing efforts.
 
     Gross profit. Gross profit increased $1.2 million, or 19.0%, from $6.1
million for the year ended March 31, 1996 to $7.3 million for the year ended
March 31, 1997. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit increased from 21.4%
for the year ended March 31, 1996 to 23.3% for the year ended March 31, 1997.
The increase in gross profit as a percentage of revenues was primarily
attributable to an improved mix of projects with higher margins.
 
     Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased $1.2 million, or 21.4%, from $5.8 million for
the year ended March 31, 1996 to $7.0 million for the year ended March 31, 1997.
As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses
increased from 20.1% for the year ended March 31, 1996 to 22.3% for the year
ended March 31, 1997. Excluding the Compensation Differential of $577,000 for
1996 and $1.0 million for 1997, selling, general and administrative expenses
increased as a percentage of revenues from 18.1% to 19.0%.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- HILL YORK
 
   
     Hill York used $20,000 in net cash from operating activities for the nine
months ended December 31, 1997 and generated $104,000 in net cash from operating
activities for the six months ended June 30, 1998. Net cash used in investing
activities was $128,000 for the nine months ended December 31, 1997 and $141,000
for the six months ended June 30, 1998, principally resulting from purchases of
property and equipment. Net cash used in financing activities was $54,000 for
the nine months ended December 31, 1997 and net cash provided by financing
activities was $23,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1998.
    
 
   
     At June 30, 1998, Hill York had working capital of $1.2 million and total
debt outstanding of $770,000, including capital leases.
    
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- MECHANICAL SERVICES
 
     Founded in 1974, Mechanical Services focuses on design and build projects
and provides operation and maintenance services, primarily in Florida.
 
   
     For the year ended December 31, 1997, approximately 54.6% of Mechanical
Services' revenues was derived from maintenance, repair and replacement services
and approximately 45.4% were derived from design engineering and installation
services. For the six months ended June 30, 1998, approximately 60.3% of
Mechanical Services' revenues was derived from maintenance, repair and
replacement services and 39.7% was derived from design, engineering and
installation services.
    
 
     The following table sets forth selected statement of operations data for
Mechanical Services, and such data as a percentage of revenues for the periods
indicated:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                               YEAR ENDED        --------------------------------------
                                                            DECEMBER 31, 1997          1997                 1998
                                                            -----------------    -----------------    -----------------
                                                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>
Revenues.................................................   $28,279    100.0%    $14,152    100.0%    $11,528    100.0%
Cost of revenues.........................................    24,511     86.7      12,408     87.7       9,789     84.9
                                                            -------    -----     -------    -----     -------    -----
Gross profit.............................................     3,768     13.3       1,744     12.3       1,739     15.1
Selling, general and administrative expenses.............     2,530      8.9       1,228      8.7       1,110      9.6
                                                            -------    -----     -------    -----     -------    -----
Income from operations...................................   $ 1,238      4.4%    $   516      3.6%    $   629      5.5%
                                                            -------    -----     -------    -----     -------    -----
                                                            -------    -----     -------    -----     -------    -----
</TABLE>
    
 
   
RESULTS FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998 COMPARED TO THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30, 1997 -- MECHANICAL SERVICES
    
 
   
     Revenues. Revenues decreased $2.6 million, or 18.5%, from $14.2 million for
the six months ended June 30, 1997 to $11.5 million for the six months ended
June 30, 1998, principally as a result of a reduction in the number of large
installation jobs during the six months ended June 30, 1998 compared to the
prior period.
    
 
   
     Gross profit. Gross profit remained consistent at $1.7 million for the six
months ended June 30, 1997 and June 30, 1998. As a percentage of revenues, gross
profit increased from 12.3% to 15.1% due
    
 
                                       38
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
to a shift in sales mix towards maintenance, repair and replacement services,
which generally have higher margins than design, engineering and installation
projects, an increase in the number of smaller projects, which generally have
higher margins, and a reduction in direct material costs on several large
projects with owner furnished materials.
    
 
   
     Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses decreased $118,000, or 9.6%, from $1.2 million for the
six months ended June 30, 1997 to $1.1 million for the six months ended June 30,
1998 due to decreased discretionary bonuses to employees and management as well
as increased cost reduction efforts by Mechanical Services during the six months
ended June 30, 1998. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and
administrative expenses increased from 8.7% to 9.6%.
    
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- MECHANICAL SERVICES
 
   
     Mechanical Services used $605,000 in net cash from operating activities for
the year ended December 31, 1997 and used $96,000 for the six months ended June
30, 1998. Net cash used in investing activities was $235,000 for the year ended
December 31, 1997 and $142,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1998,
principally for property and equipment purchases. Net cash provided by financing
activities was $42,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997 and $220,000 for the
six months ended June 30, 1998, representing borrowings under a revolving credit
agreement.
    
 
   
     At June 30, 1998, Mechanical Services had working capital of $3.6 million
and $274,000 of total debt outstanding.
    
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- AIRCOND
 
     Founded in 1937, Aircond focuses on the maintenance, repair and replacement
of energy and indoor environmental systems. With over 130 technicians, Aircond
is one of the largest service providers of such systems in the Southeast.
 
   
     For the year ended December 31, 1997, approximately 92.9% of Aircond's
revenues was derived from maintenance, repair and replacement services and 7.1%
was derived from design, engineering and installation services. For the nine
months ended June 30, 1998, approximately 91.9% of Aircord's revenues was
derived from maintenance, repair and replacement services and 8.1% was derived
from design, engineering and installation services.
    
 
     The following table sets forth selected statement of operations data for
Aircond, and such data as a percentage of revenues for the periods indicated:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                         NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                -------------------------------------------------------     -------------------------------------
                                     1995                1996                1997                1997                  1998
                                ---------------     ---------------     ---------------     ---------------      ----------------
                                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                             <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues......................  $25,225   100.0%    $26,830   100.0%    $26,935   100.0%    $18,695   100.0%     $22,193    100.0%
Cost of revenues..............   17,174    68.1      17,284    64.4      17,509    65.0      12,355    66.1       14,489     65.3
                                -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----      -------    -----
Gross profit..................    8,051    31.9       9,546    35.6       9,426    35.0       6,340    33.9        7,704     34.7
Selling, general and
  administrative expenses.....    6,273    24.9       7,487    27.9       7,731    28.7       5,665    30.3        5,817     26.2
                                -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----      -------    -----
Income from operations........  $ 1,778     7.0%    $ 2,059     7.7%    $ 1,695     6.3%    $   675     3.6%     $ 1,887      8.5%
                                -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----      -------    -----
                                -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----      -------    -----
</TABLE>
    
 
   
RESULTS FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998 COMPARED TO THE NINE MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 -- AIRCOND
    
 
   
     Revenues. Revenues increased $3.5 million, or 18.7%, from $18.7 million for
the nine months ended June 30, 1997 to $22.2 million for the nine months ended
June 30, 1998, principally as a result of increased sales of maintenance, repair
and replacement services to existing clients.
    
 
   
     Gross profit. Gross profit increased $1.4 million, or 21.5%, from $6.3
million for the nine months ended June 30, 1997 to $7.7 million for the nine
months ended June 30, 1998. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit increased
from 33.9% to 34.7% due to a shift in sales mix towards maintenance, repair and
replacement services, which generally have higher margins than design,
engineering and installation projects.
    
 
   
     Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses decreased $152,000, or 2.7%, from $5.7 million for the
nine months ended June 30, 1997 to $5.8 million for the nine months ended June
30, 1998. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative
    
 
                                       39
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
expenses decreased from 30.3% for the nine months ended June 30, 1997 to 26.2%
for the nine months ended June 30, 1998 as revenues increased without a
commensurate increase in infrastructure. Excluding the Compensation Differential
of $42,000 for 1997 and $33,000 for 1998, selling, general and administrative
expenses decreased as a percentage of revenues from 30.1% to 26.1%.
    
 
RESULTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 -- AIRCOND
 
     Revenues. Revenues remained constant at $26.8 million for the year ended
September 30, 1996 and $26.9 million for the year ended September 30, 1997.
 
     Gross profit. Gross profit decreased $120,000, or 1.3%, from $9.5 million
for the year ended September 30, 1996 to $9.4 million for the year ended
September 30, 1997. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit decreased from
35.6% to 35.0%, due to increased labor costs.
 
     Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased $244,000, or 3.3%, from $7.5 million for the
year ended September 30, 1996 to $7.7 million for the year ended September 30,
1997. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses
increased from 27.9% to 28.7% due to increased discretionary bonuses to
management. Excluding the Compensation Differential of $437,000 for the year
ended September 30, 1996 and $1.1 million for the year ended September 30, 1997,
selling, general and administrative expenses decreased as a percentage of
revenues from 26.3% to 24.5%.
 
RESULTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 -- AIRCOND
 
     Revenues. Revenues increased $1.6 million, or 6.4%, from $25.2 million for
the year ended September 30, 1995 to $26.8 million for the year ended September
30, 1996. This increase in revenues was primarily attributable to successful
sales efforts targeted to obtaining more maintenance, repair and replacement
services and Aircond expanding its geographic penetration in North Carolina and
South Carolina markets.
 
     Gross profit. Gross profit increased $1.5 million, or 18.6%, from $8.1
million for the year ended September 30, 1995 to $9.5 million for the year ended
September 30, 1996. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit increased from
31.9% to 35.6% as a result of Aircond's ability to support higher levels of
maintenance, repair and replacement services with consistent numbers of service
and repair technicians.
 
     Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased $1.2 million, or 19.4%, from $6.3 million for
the year ended September 30, 1995 to $7.5 million for the year ended September
30, 1996. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative
expenses increased from 24.9% for the year ended September 30, 1995 to 27.9% for
the year ended September 30, 1996 as a result of increased commissions,
management incentives and bonuses. Excluding the Compensation Differential of
$414,000 for 1996 and $437,000 for 1995, selling, general and administrative
expenses increased as a percentage of revenues from 23.2% to 26.3%.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- AIRCOND
 
   
     Aircond generated net cash from operating activities of approximately $1.6
million and $909,000, respectively, for the year ended September 30, 1997 and
the nine months ended June 30, 1998. Net cash used in investing activities for
the year ended September 30, 1997 was approximately $183,000, principally
resulting from purchases of property and equipment. Net cash provided by
investing activities for the nine months ended June 30, 1998 was approximately
$491,000, principally resulting from the cash surrender value of approximately
$556,000 from the redemption of a life insurance policy. Net cash used in
financing activities was $1.4 million for the year ended September 30, 1997 and
$1.6 million for the nine months ended June 30, 1998, representing repayment of
capital lease obligations of $653,000 and $528,000, respectively, and
distributions to stockholders of approximately $772,000 and $1.1 million,
respectively.
    
 
   
     At June 30, 1998, Aircond had working capital of $5.6 million and $5.6
million of total debt outstanding.
    
 
                                       40


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                    BUSINESS
 
INTRODUCTION
 
     Enfinity was formed by the Founding Companies to become the premier
provider of energy and indoor environmental systems and services to commercial,
industrial and institutional clients. The Company provides a broad range of
services throughout the life cycle of a client's energy and indoor environmental
systems, including: (i) maintenance, repair and replacement; (ii) design,
engineering and installation; and (iii) on-site and off-site management of
building systems, including control and monitoring systems.
 
     Seven of the eight Founding Companies have worked together in industry peer
groups for over 10 years. All of the Founding Companies are 'best-of-class'
service providers with specialized and complementary expertise and have been
recognized by industry organizations for their high-quality service and
innovative client solutions. Six of the eight Founding Companies have been named
'Commercial Contractor of the Year,' an award presented annually by Contracting
Business magazine to the most progressive and professional organization in the
commercial HVAC business. The Company has established strategic partnerships
with several energy providers and financial institutions as a means to provide
innovative and cost effective energy and indoor environmental solutions to its
clients. The Founding Companies had combined revenues of $364.8 million for
fiscal year 1997, representing a compound annual growth rate of 21.9% from
fiscal year 1995. The Company's business and internal growth strategies, as well
as its emphasis on strategic partnerships and acquisitions, are focused on
achieving its goal of becoming the leading national provider of energy and
indoor environmental systems and services.
 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
     The commercial, industrial and institutional HVAC and related services
industry is large, growing and highly fragmented. In 1996, over 10,000 companies
provided over $35 billion in commercial, industrial and institutional HVAC
services. Factors fueling the growth of the industry include: (i) an increasing
focus on air quality and internal environmental control in a growing number of
sealed commercial buildings; (ii) the aging of the installed base of energy and
indoor environmental systems, which has increased the demand for maintenance,
repair and replacement services; (iii) the increasing automation, sophistication
and complexity of energy and indoor environmental systems; (iv) government
restrictions on the use of refrigerants commonly used in older energy and indoor
environmental systems; (v) a desire by companies to outsource their energy and
indoor environmental services as they focus on their core competencies; and (vi)
an increasing focus by companies on managing costs and achieving energy savings
by replacing less efficient systems.
 
     There are two broad segments of the HVAC and related services industry: (i)
the maintenance, repair and replacement segment, representing approximately 66%
of industry revenues; and (ii) the design, engineering and installation segment,
representing approximately 34% of industry revenues. Maintenance and repair
services are typically performed on either a fixed schedule under service
contracts or on an as needed basis in response to service calls. Replacement
services include full or partial replacement of HVAC and other energy and indoor
environmental systems, or components thereof. Design, engineering and
installation projects are obtained either on a negotiated design and build basis
('design and build') or on a low bid or plan specification basis ('plan and
spec'). In design and build projects, the service provider works directly with
the end user of the system and designs, engineers and installs a system
specifically tailored to the client's needs. In plan and spec projects, the
system is designed by an architect or engineer, who has primary responsibility
for the client relationship and who selects an energy and indoor environmental
systems and services firm to assemble and install the system based on a
competitive bid process. Typically, design and build projects require a higher
level of technical expertise, result in closer client relationships and create
greater opportunities to provide value-added services that often generate higher
margins.
 
     The two broad segments of the industry are complemented by a wide range of
outsourced facility services. As businesses focus on their core competencies and
as indoor environmental systems become more expensive, complex and technical,
clients are increasingly outsourcing their HVAC and other
 
                                       41
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

mechanical service needs to experienced providers of such services. Such
providers offer an array of outsourced mechanical services and expertise,
including the ongoing operation, maintenance and monitoring of energy and indoor
environmental systems and the performance of related energy management
functions. Outsourced facility operation and maintenance services are generally
provided for a monthly or quarterly fee, and are often a source of significant
new business opportunities to provide additional services to the client,
including maintenance, repair and replacement services and design, engineering
and installation services.
 
     An important factor affecting the energy and indoor environmental services
industry is the deregulation of the U.S. gas and electric utility industries. As
these industries become further deregulated, the Company anticipates that
utilities and other energy providers will continue to establish strategic
partnerships with providers of energy and indoor environmental systems and
services in order to attract utility customers in an increasingly competitive
market. These partnerships are offering customers a broad range of services and
utilities on a variable cost per unit basis without the need for customers to
make significant capital expenditures on energy and indoor environmental
systems. The Company believes that these strategic partnerships will decrease
energy costs and improve marketing and customer service, resulting in increased
demand for energy and indoor environmental systems and services.
 
     The energy and indoor environmental services industry has been undergoing
significant consolidation. Factors fueling consolidation include: (i) the
fragmented nature of the industry, which has been typified by small owner
operated businesses that are located in a single geographic area and that have
limited access to capital for modernization and expansion; (ii) the increasing
desire of companies to limit the number of energy and indoor environmental
service companies with which they contract; (iii) the threat of increased
competition from larger entities with greater financial resources, resulting in
part from the deregulation of the U.S. gas and electric utility industries; and
(iv) consolidation in the ownership and management of commercial real estate.
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
     The Company's goal is to create the leading national provider of energy and
indoor environmental systems and services for commercial, industrial and
institutional clients. In order to achieve this goal, the Company has a focused
business strategy based upon the following key principles:
 
     Create a Single Source Provider of Energy and Indoor Environmental Systems
and Services. The Company intends to capitalize on the increasing desire of
clients for a single source of service for all of their energy and indoor
environmental systems and services requirements. Upon the completion of this
Offering, the Company will be able to provide clients with a broad range of
bundled and complementary services, including the design, engineering and
installation of energy and indoor environmental systems, the subsequent
maintenance and repair of such installed systems, the monitoring and maintenance
of internal air quality control levels and the eventual replacement of equipment
at the end of each system's useful life. The Company believes that by focusing
on contracts to operate and maintain all of a client's energy and indoor
environmental systems and by providing a broad array of complementary services,
it will generate significant additional revenues from its projects, realize a
recurring stream of revenues and continue to foster long-term relationships with
its clients.
 
     Strategic Partnerships. The Company will seek to form additional strategic
relationships with utilities and other energy providers to satisfy the full
range of a client's energy and indoor environmental systems needs. For example,
the Company and its strategic partners may: (i) provide a client with gas,
electrical power, cooled air or water, heat or lighting; (ii) design, install
and maintain the client's energy and indoor environmental systems; (iii) operate
central energy plants; (iv) provide financing for the design, engineering and
installation of new energy and environmental systems; and (v) monitor the indoor
air quality of the client's facility. The Company anticipates that these
partnerships will result in lower energy costs and greater client satisfaction
as a client's full range of energy and indoor environmental systems and services
needs are provided and paid for through a single source. By creating an
attractive alternative to the traditional means of satisfying a client's needs,
the Company believes that strategic partnerships will provide the Company with
an advantage over many of its competitors, additional business opportunities and
increased revenues.
 
                                       42
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     The following is an example of the benefits of strategic partnering among
energy providers and providers of indoor environmental systems and services:
 
   
          Lee has a strategic relationship with Enron Energy Services, Inc., an
     unregulated, national energy services provider. Through this relationship,
     a Nashville-based non-woven fabrics manufacturer was able to take advantage
     of Enron's ability to integrate energy, finance and Lee's contracting
     expertise to provide compressed air and chilled water services to support a
     new manufacturing expansion project. Rather than the manufacturer making a
     capital investment for the compressed air and chilled water plant, the
     system was financed by Enron, with the repayment of capital included in the
     monthly payment for compressed air and chilled water services, along with
     the charges for energy, maintenance and operations. Maintenance and
     operations for the plant is being provided by Lee through a 10-year service
     agreement with Enron.
    
 
The Company anticipates that as deregulated utilities seek to access clients
directly, they will enter the energy and indoor environmental systems and
services market through these types of strategic partnerships. The Company
intends to seek out and participate in a variety of strategic partnerships with
utilities.
 
     Leverage Founding Company Engineering and Technical Expertise. Each of the
Founding Companies has a specialized expertise and a strong reputation in its
offerings of energy and indoor environmental systems and services. Hill York,
for example, has extensive experience in the design, engineering and
installation of energy and indoor environmental systems in high rise
condominiums and hotels. Mechanical Services and Air Systems have specialized
expertise in the design, engineering and installation of indoor environmental
systems for high tech industrial clients, including the highly specialized
construction of 'clean rooms,' and Air Systems has technical expertise with high
purity and toxic gas process piping. The Company believes that by leveraging the
engineering and technical expertise of the Founding Companies and subsequently
acquired businesses, the Company will be able to more effectively secure new
contracts, better service existing client needs and continue to develop
significant long-term client relationships.
 
     Focus on High Quality Client Service. The Company believes that maintaining
a high level of service and satisfaction is integral to attracting and retaining
clients. The Founding Companies have a strong commitment to quality and client
satisfaction and conduct regular client performance reviews. The Company
believes that the quality of its services enables it to establish and maintain
long-term relationships with many of its clients. The Company further believes
that its reputation for creating high quality solutions directed at a client's
specific requirements is an important differentiating factor from its
competitors and enables the Company to compete on a basis other than price.
 
     Attract, Train and Retain Highly Qualified Technicians and Engineers. The
Company is focused on attracting and retaining a highly trained and motivated
workforce in order to consistently deliver innovative client solutions and
high-quality service. The Company's strategy is to become the employer of choice
in each of the markets in which it operates by offering its employees: (i)
comprehensive ongoing internal technical training programs throughout their
careers; (ii) competitive compensation and employee benefits; (iii) career
development opportunities; and (iv) equity participation in the Company's
success. The Company believes that it has the training expertise and capital
resources to better attract and retain a highly qualified work force than its
competitors.
 
     Operate With a Decentralized Management Strategy. The Company believes that
the experienced management teams at the Founding Companies have a valuable
understanding of their respective markets and businesses and have existing
client relationships upon which they will continue to capitalize. Accordingly,
the Company expects to continue to operate with a decentralized management
strategy. Senior management at the Founding Companies will remain empowered to
make most of the day-to-day operating decisions at each location and will be
primarily responsible for the profitability and growth of their business.
Although the Company intends to allow management at the Founding Companies to
operate with a high degree of autonomy, the Company believes that regular
communication between the individual businesses and the Company's executive
management team will be integral to realizing the benefits afforded by the
consolidation of these businesses into a single company.
 
                                       43
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

GROWTH STRATEGY
 
     The Company believes that there are significant opportunities to expand its
business and further penetrate the market for energy and indoor environmental
systems and services. The significant elements of the Company's growth
strategies are as follows:
 
     Internal Growth. While the Company intends to acquire additional energy and
indoor environmental systems service companies, strong internal growth remains
the core of the Company's growth strategy. The key elements for such internal
growth are as follows:
 
          Cross-Selling of Client Services. The Company believes it will be able
     to increase its revenues from existing clients by taking advantage of
     cross-selling opportunities among the Founding Companies and other acquired
     companies. Through interaction at industry peer group meetings and their
     reputations as 'best-of-class' service providers, certain of the Founding
     Companies have already begun to leverage their client relationships by
     recommending each other for significant business opportunities. For
     example, in connection with Lee's mechanical construction contract to
     design, build and install the air conditioning, plumbing and process piping
     systems for an industrial plant of SKF U.S.A., Inc. ('SKF'), a motor
     bearings manufacturer in South Carolina, Lee sought a reliable regional
     service provider to manage the one-year warranty offered by Lee in
     connection with the project. Lee chose Aircond to manage such warranty and,
     based upon the subsequent relationship that developed between Aircond and
     SKF, Aircond is currently negotiating a service contract with SKF for the
     ongoing maintenance and repair of the installed systems beyond the one-year
     warranty period.
 
          Expand Market Coverage. The Company believes that significant demand
     exists from large national companies to utilize the services of a single
     company capable of providing comprehensive energy and indoor environmental
     systems and services on a regional or national basis. Many of the Founding
     Companies already provide local or regional coverage to companies with
     locations nationwide, such as commercial real estate developers and
     managers, real estate investment trusts, hotels and retail establishments,
     including a number of Fortune 500 companies. The Company believes these
     existing relationships can be expanded as the Company develops a nationwide
     network. In addition, the Company may open new offices in order to meet the
     potential needs of new and existing clients and local market demand.
 
          Achieve Operating Efficiencies through Best Practices and Economies of
     Scale. The Company believes that there are significant opportunities to
     achieve operating efficiencies and cost savings and to provide superior
     client service through the adoption of 'best practices' operating programs.
     The Company intends to establish a program in which it will periodically
     review its operations and training programs at the local and regional
     levels in order to identify those practices that can be successfully
     implemented throughout its nationwide operations. For example, the Company
     intends to use the highly regarded training program of Aircond as a model
     for all the Founding Companies and other acquired companies. The Company
     also expects to achieve operating efficiencies and cost savings through
     purchasing economies of scale. The Company intends to use its increased
     purchasing power to gain volume discounts in areas such as system
     components, raw materials, service vehicles, telecommunications,
     advertising, bonding and insurance.
 
     Growth Through Acquisitions. The Company intends to capitalize on the
highly fragmented nature of the energy and indoor environmental systems and
services industry by implementing a strategic acquisition program following this
Offering. The Company will seek to acquire companies that are 'best-of-class'
local or regional providers of energy and indoor environmental systems and
services. In order to identify 'best-of-class' providers, the Company will look
for, among other things, companies that: (i) have annual revenues of at least $8
million and a strong history of internal growth ; (ii) have core competencies
that complement or add to the Company's services; (iii) have a reputation for
high levels of client service; and (iv) are constantly seeking new ways to
improve their business. The Company believes that 'best-of-class' companies
demonstrate the foregoing characteristics and each is generally a premier
provider of energy and indoor environmental systems and services in the market
it serves.
 
                                       44
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     Together with the Founding Companies, acquisitions of 'best-of-class'
companies will expand the Company's geographic presence and serve as platforms
for further growth and consolidation and will have the client base, technical
skills and infrastructure necessary to be a core business into which other
companies can be consolidated. The Company also will attempt to leverage the
existing infrastructure by pursuing 'tuck-in' acquisitions of smaller companies
whose operations can be integrated into a platform company. In addition, in
order to expand its market penetration and range of services offered, the
Company will selectively seek to acquire other well-established energy and
indoor environmental services businesses that provide services complementary to
those provided by the Company.
 
     The Company believes that the opportunity to be acquired by the Company
will be attractive to many providers of energy and indoor environmental systems
and services. The Company offers owners of potential acquisition candidates:
(i) significant opportunities to enhance the growth of their businesses through
cross-selling the Company's wide range of services; (ii) access to the Company's
technical and engineering expertise; (iii) the Company's financial strength and
visibility as a public company; (iv) a decentralized management structure; (v)
the ability to compete in a rapidly consolidating environment; and (vi)
near-term liquidity. The Company believes that the experience, reputation and
relationships of the Founding Companies' management will be of significant value
as the Company seeks additional acquisition candidates.
 
     As consideration for future acquisitions, the Company intends to use
various combinations of its Common Stock, cash and notes. Following the
completion of this Offering, the Company intends to register 5,000,000
additional shares of Common Stock under the Securities Act for its use in
connection with future acquisitions. The offering of such 5,000,000 additional
shares will be made only by means of a prospectus.
 
OPERATIONS AND SERVICES PROVIDED
 
   
     The Company provides energy and indoor environmental systems and services
to commercial, industrial and institutional clients. The Company's services are
provided throughout the life cycle of a client's energy and indoor environmental
systems and include: (i) maintenance, repair and replacement; (ii) design,
engineering and installation; and (iii) on-site and off-site management of
building systems, including automated control and monitoring systems. The
Company develops long-term relationships with its clients by acting as a single
source provider of a broad range of energy and indoor environmental services,
and by providing these services in a high quality and reliable manner. The
development of long-term client relationships often results in both a recurring
revenue stream from maintenance services, and ongoing opportunities to provide
repair and replacement services and initiate new design, engineering and
installation projects. For the year ended December 31, 1997, the Company
generated approximately $193.0 million in combined revenues from maintenance,
repair and replacement services, which represented 52.5% of the Company's total
combined revenues; approximately $133.5 million in combined revenues from
design, engineering and installation services, which represented 36.6% of the
Company's total combined revenues; and approximately $38.3 million in combined
revenues from management of on-site and off-site building systems, which
represented 10.9% of the Company's total combined revenues.
    
 
     Maintenance, Repair and Replacement Services. The Company provides
maintenance, repair and replacement services either pursuant to a service
agreement or in response to service calls. The Company's maintenance, repair and
replacement services typically include certified evaluation and testing of
system performance, cleaning and replacement of filters and other components and
retrofitting existing building energy and indoor environmental systems. The
Company replaces and upgrades filtration, air distribution, ventilation, air
pre-treatment, building automation and other systems.
 
     The Company's service offerings involve working with a client to develop a
preventive maintenance program that details all of the equipment to be serviced
and generates a schedule of regular service calls. Company technicians then make
scheduled visits, servicing the equipment and performing repair or replacement
services as needed. Service offerings include remote monitoring of temperature,
pressure, humidity and air flow through the use of direct digital control
technology. If the system is not operating within the specifications established
by the client and cannot be remotely adjusted, a service
 
                                       45
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

crew is dispatched to analyze and repair the system as appropriate. Maintenance
calls not covered under an ongoing service agreement generally are coordinated
by client service representatives or dispatchers who use computer and
communications technology to process orders, arrange service calls, communicate
with clients, dispatch technicians and generate invoices.
 
     The following is an example of one of the significant maintenance, repair
and replacement contracts performed by the Company:
 
          Aircond provides services to a 14 building, one million square foot,
     office complex located in Atlanta, Georgia. This annual contract provides
     the client with an on-site technician dedicated to the client for 40 hours
     a week. The technician performs daily preventive maintenance procedures on
     the many different energy and indoor environmental systems at the office
     complex and addresses any problems that may arise with such systems. The
     on-site technician is also capable of using the Andover Direct Digital
     Control system (installed in all of the buildings serviced by Aircond) to
     troubleshoot problems and change temperature settings and schedules
     relating to the energy and indoor environmental systems at the office
     complex. In addition to mechanical and digital control support, Aircond
     performs water treatment services and refrigerant management services under
     this contract. On a monthly basis, Aircond's water treatment technicians
     sample the water used in the heating and cooling systems and make
     adjustments to the chemical treatment schedule as needed. Optimizing
     chemical treatment of water systems maintains proper efficiency levels and
     extends the life of the equipment. The client also relies on Aircond to
     store, maintain and document the use of chlorofluorocarbon ('CFC')
     refrigerants. The use and storage of these types of refrigerants is
     regulated by the EPA.
 
     Service agreements result in recurring revenue streams and often provide a
source of new business opportunities for the Company. The Company's service
agreements typically have terms of one to three years, with automatic annual
renewals, and are terminable by either party upon 30 to 60 days' notice. Service
agreements are generally billed on a fixed fee basis per month or quarter, with
additional fees charged for repair or replacement services. Service calls not
covered under ongoing maintenance programs are billed on a time and materials
basis, based on a rate schedule established by the Company.
 
     Design, Engineering and Installation Services. The Company designs,
engineers and installs a variety of complex energy and indoor environmental
systems for its commercial, industrial and institutional clients, including
comfort heating and cooling systems, process cooling systems, high purity
filtration systems, industrial ventilation systems, control and monitoring
systems and industrial process piping. The Company's design, engineering and
installation projects are obtained either on a design and build or plan and spec
basis.
 
     In a design and build project, the Company is a member of a team that works
closely with the client to understand its energy and indoor environmental needs
in order to engineer and design an entire system to be installed within an
existing or new facility. Company engineers and other technical personnel
analyze the requirements of the proposed system and estimate the time,
materials, equipment and labor required to complete the project. The Company
also considers other indoor environmental features that may be desirable for a
particular client, such as advanced automated monitoring devices or specialized
indoor air quality control technology. The Company negotiates the final design,
cost and timing of the design and build project with the client and enters into
a definitive agreement.
 
     In a plan and spec project, engineers or architects design the system and
then solicit bids for the assembly and installation of the system. Companies are
selected primarily on a lowest bid basis. The Company prefers to concentrate on
design and build, rather than plan and spec, projects because the Company
believes that design and build projects generally require a higher level of
technical expertise, result in closer client relationships and create greater
opportunities to provide value-added services that often generate higher
margins. However, the plan and spec projects in which the Company is engaged
often give the Company an entry point to provide future maintenance, repair and
replacement services as well as enhance the Company's reputation within a local
market.
 
     Materials and equipment required for a typical design, engineering and
installation project include ductwork, chillers, compressors, blowers, cooling
towers and air handling equipment, as well as pipes and pumps required to
connect the component parts of the system. The Company performs design,
 
                                       46
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

engineering and installation services in commercial office buildings, high rise
apartment buildings, hotels, government and educational facilities, hospitals
and manufacturing plants. Most of the Company's commercial and industrial
design, engineering and installation projects take between one month and 18
months to complete. Projects are billed as phases are completed or as costs are
incurred.
 
     The Company designs, engineers and installs process cooling systems, high
purity filtration systems, industrial ventilation systems, industrial process
piping and control and monitoring systems. Process cooling systems are used
primarily in industrial facilities to provide heating or cooling to precise
temperature and humidity standards for products being manufactured and for
manufacturing equipment. High purity filtration systems are used in facilities
requiring specific air quality standards and industrial ventilation systems are
used to capture and dispose of airborne particulate. Industrial process piping
is used in manufacturing facilities to convey raw materials, utilities and
finished products. Control systems are used in order to maintain pre-established
temperature or climate standards for commercial, industrial or institutional
facilities. These systems use direct digital technology integrated with computer
terminals. Control systems are capable not only of controlling a facility's
entire HVAC system, often on a room-by-room basis, but can be programmed to
integrate energy management, security, fire, card key access, lighting and
overall facility monitoring. Diagnosis of potential problems and remote
adjustment of the control system can be performed from either an on-site or
off-site computer terminal.
 
     The following are examples of significant design, engineering and
installation projects performed by the Company:
 
          Brandt has undertaken an $11.7 million design and build renovation
     project for Texas Christian University ('TCU') in Fort Worth, Texas. This
     project, which is 95% complete, includes the design and construction of a
     15,000 square foot, 5,600 ton central utility plant which uses ice storage
     for demand side utility management. This plant serves more than 20 academic
     and residence halls through approximately 10,000 feet of underground
     piping. Additionally, 40 new air handling units were installed for improved
     indoor air quality. A new high efficiency lighting system was installed
     with a new high voltage electrical system and over 26,000 light fixtures.
     By engaging Brandt on this project rather than pursuing an alternative
     proposed by a competitor, TCU has saved more than $1.5 million in capital
     costs. TCU is also projecting annual operating and maintenance cost savings
     of more than $600,000.
 
          Mechanical Services installed the mechanical systems for the latest
     expansion of Sea World of Florida, a Busch Entertainment complex in
     Orlando, Florida. This new attraction, 'Atlantis-The Lost Continent,'
     opened in April 1998 and is one of the largest single projects ever
     developed by Busch Entertainment at the Florida site. Mechanical Services
     provided all of the comfort heating and cooling systems for the project
     along with the process utilities, such as compressed air and hydraulic
     systems, required to support the ride system that operates within the
     structure.
 
     Management of Building Systems. As businesses focus on their core
competencies, and as energy and indoor environmental systems become more
expensive, complex and technologically oriented, clients are increasingly
outsourcing their energy and indoor environmental systems and other mechanical
systems needs to experienced providers of such services. In response to this
demand, the Company offers an array of outsourced mechanical services and
expertise provided by qualified technicians, including ongoing operation,
maintenance and monitoring of indoor energy and environmental systems and
performance of related energy management functions. Outsourced facility
operations and maintenance services are generally provided pursuant to a
management agreement and are often a source of significant new opportunities to
provide additional services to the client.
 
     The following are examples of significant building systems management
services performed by the Company:
 
          Energy Systems provides outsourced facility services to the Prudential
     Center Complex (the 'Complex') in Boston, Massachusetts. The Complex
     consists of approximately six million square feet located over 31 acres and
     includes three 26-story apartment buildings, a 30-story office building,
     three blocks of retail outlets and the 52-story Prudential Tower. In 1984,
     Energy Systems was hired to perform a broad range of outsourced facility
     services for the Complex, including
 
                                       47
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     maintenance of HVAC systems, operation of the steam-powered centrifugal
     chillers and operation of the energy management system and all related
     control systems. In addition, Energy Systems maintains the infrastructure
     of the Complex and provides a variety of mechanical services, including
     maintenance of electrical and plumbing systems and carpentry work. To
     fulfill its obligations to the Complex, Energy Systems uses an on-site
     staff of 50 full-time engineers, service technicians, electricians,
     plumbers and carpenters.
 
          NEMSI provides outsourced facility services to the Bristol-Myers
     Squibb facility in Wallingford, Connecticut. The facility consists of
     approximately 800,000 square feet and is a state-of-the-art pharmaceutical
     research building with more than 100 research laboratories. The facility
     has a separate building that operates as a central plant, providing all of
     the utilities to the entire facility. NEMSI provides a technical workforce
     to maintain and operate all mechanical systems in the facility, including a
     24-hour-a-day on-site maintenance crew for the central utility plant. NEMSI
     also provides a daily maintenance crew at the main research facility for
     mechanical systems operations, including building automation systems and
     building security systems.
 
     The Company's facility management service agreements typically have terms
of one to three years and are terminable by either party upon 30 to 60 days'
notice. Such agreements are billed on a fixed fee basis per month, with separate
fees charged if additional services are required.
 
CLIENTS
 
     The Company's client base includes a broad array of commercial, industrial
and institutional users of energy and indoor environmental systems and services.
Representative clients to which the Company has provided services in the past 12
months include: Devcon, Hitachi, Fujitsu, TCU, Sprint, Lucent Technologies,
Harvard College, Union Carbide, Pfizer, General Electric, General RE, Nissan
Motor Manufacturing, Inc., Prudential Center (Boston), Bristol-Myers Squibb,
Novellus, Marriott, Whirlpool Corporation, Photocircuits, Cirent Technologies,
Time Warner, Peterbilt Motors, Hewlett Packard, BankBoston, Cisco Systems and
Sea World.
 
     Consistent with its growth strategy, the Company believes that its success
is dependent on its ability to foster long-term relationships with its clients.
The Company has found that these well-developed relationships often lead to
significant new opportunities to provide additional services to clients. The
Company does not seek to be the lowest cost service provider in a given market
in which it operates. Instead, it focuses on maximizing client satisfaction by
providing a full complement of high-quality services to clients in a timely and
reliable fashion.
 
     For the year ended December 31, 1997, the Company's top 10 clients
accounted for 28.6% of the Company's combined revenues. No single client
accounted for as much as 5.0% of the Company's combined revenues, except for
Devcon, a general contractor, which accounted for 12.5% of the Company's
combined revenues.
 
SOURCES OF SUPPLY
 
     The raw materials and components used by the Company include HVAC system
components, ductwork, steel, sheet metal and copper tubing and piping. These raw
materials and components are generally available from a variety of domestic or
foreign suppliers at competitive prices. Delivery times are typically short for
most raw materials and standard components, but during periods of peak demand
may take a month or more to obtain. Chillers for large units typically have the
longest delivery time and generally have lead times of up to six months. The
major components of the Company's HVAC systems are compressors and chillers that
are manufactured primarily by York Heating and Air Conditioning Corporation
('York'), Carrier Corporation ('Carrier') and Trane Air Conditioning Company
('Trane'). The Company's major suppliers of control systems are Honeywell, Inc.,
Johnson Controls, Inc., York, Automated Logic Controls, Trane Tracer and Andover
Control Corporation.
 
                                       48
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

SALES AND MARKETING
 
   
     As of June 30, 1998, the Company had approximately 110 marketing and sales
personnel. The Company intends to market its services through the sales forces
at each of the Founding Companies. This approach will allow each Founding
Company to market its services independently or in combination to provide
solutions to a client's specific energy and indoor environmental systems needs.
The senior executives of the Founding Companies have historically been the
persons principally responsible for sales and marketing at such companies and
will continue to act in this capacity. The Company intends to appoint a Vice
President of Marketing to coordinate marketing efforts on a Company-wide basis
and promote cross-selling among the Founding Companies and any other acquired
companies. The Company also intends to add sales and marketing personnel at the
Founding Company level to assist senior executives in increasing the number of
new clients and the amount of business generated from existing clients.
    
 
     The Company generates sales leads through referrals from clients, responses
to requests for proposals, strategic partnerships with complementary companies,
industry seminars, trade shows, direct telephone and mail campaigns,
advertisements in trade journals and Internet websites and associated links. In
addition, the Company intends to leverage the experience and reputation within
the energy and indoor environmental systems and services industry of the senior
management of the Founding Companies.
 
RECRUITING, TRAINING AND RETENTION
 
     The Company's future success will depend, in part, on its ability to
continue to attract, develop, motivate and retain qualified service technicians.
The Company believes that its success in retaining qualified employees will be
based on the quality of its recruiting, training, compensation, employee
benefits programs and opportunities for advancement. The Company recruits at
colleges and universities for energy and environmental engineers. The Company
recruits its technicians at local technical schools and community colleges,
where students focus on learning basic energy and indoor environmental systems
and services skills.
 
     The Company places a strong emphasis on training, motivating and retaining
its employees. The Company intends to use a highly regarded training program
developed by Aircond as a model for all the Founding Companies and other
acquired companies. This formalized six-year training program includes classroom
and laboratory instruction two days per month during the fall and winter months
in a variety of theoretical and practical course offerings. Technicians are paid
for classroom time, which also focuses on safety programs and client relations
skills. Service technicians are also closely supervised by experienced field
supervisors to develop their skills.
 
COMPETITION
 
     The Company's industry is highly competitive. The Company believes that the
principal competitive factors in the commercial, industrial and institutional
markets for energy and indoor environmental systems and services are: (i)
long-term client relationships; (ii) quality, timeliness and reliability of
services provided; (iii) range of services provided; and (iv) market share and
visibility. To a lesser degree, the Company competes on price; however, the
Company does not seek to be the lowest cost system or service provider in the
markets in which it operates, focusing instead on maximizing client satisfaction
by providing a full complement of high-quality services to clients in a timely
and reliable fashion. The Company believes that its strategy of becoming a
leading national provider of energy and indoor environmental systems and
services directly addresses these factors. Specifically, the Company's strategy
to focus on highly consultative design and build installation services and
maintenance, repair and replacement services, as well as its strategy to operate
on a decentralized basis, should promote the development and strengthening of
long-term client relationships. In addition, the Company's focus on attracting,
training and retaining quality engineers and technicians by using professionally
managed recruiting, training and benefits programs should allow it to
competitively offer high quality, comprehensive energy and indoor environmental
systems and services. The Company's
 
                                       49
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

strategy to become a single source provider of such systems and services for its
clients exemplifies the Company's commitment to offering a wide range of
integrated services and environmental solutions.
 
     Many of the Company's competitors are relatively small, owner-operated
companies that typically operate in a limited geographic area. Certain of these
companies are affiliated with the owners or operators of the facilities in which
the Company provides its services. The Company also competes with large HVAC
equipment manufacturers, such as Carrier, Trane and Honeywell. In addition, the
Company is increasingly encountering competition from unregulated affiliates of
public utilities. Certain of the Company's competitors and potential competitors
may have greater financial resources than the Company to finance acquisition and
development opportunities, to pay higher prices for the same opportunities or to
develop and support their own operations.
 
     The fragmented nature of the energy and indoor environmental systems and
services industry and the trend toward consolidation will affect the market for
potential acquisitions. There are currently several public companies that are
focused on providing energy and indoor environmental systems and services in
some of the same service lines provided by the Company and whose strategy is to
consolidate similar service providers on a regional or national basis. With
other companies seeking to make acquisitions in an effort to consolidate, the
Company will encounter significant competition as it attempts to implement its
acquisition strategy.
 
GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
     The Company's operations are subject to various federal, state and local
laws and regulations, including: (i) licensing requirements applicable to
service technicians; (ii) building and HVAC codes and zoning ordinances; (iii)
laws and regulations relating to consumer protection; and (iv) regulations
relating to worker safety and protection of the environment. The Company
believes it has all required licenses to conduct its operations and is in
substantial compliance with applicable regulatory requirements. Failure of the
Company to comply with applicable regulations could result in substantial fines
or revocation of the Company's operating licenses.
 
     Many state and local regulations governing the HVAC services trades require
permits and licenses to be held by individuals. In some cases, a required permit
or license held by a single individual may be sufficient to authorize specified
activities for all the Company's service technicians who work in the state or
county that issued the permit or license. The Company intends to implement a
policy to ensure that, where possible, any such permits or licenses that may be
material to the Company's operations in a particular geographic region are held
by at least two Company employees within that region. In Florida, warranties
provided for in the Company's residential service agreements subject the Company
and such agreements to some aspects of that state's insurance laws and
regulations. Specifically, the Company is required to maintain funds on deposit
with the Florida Office of Insurance Commissioner and Treasurer, the amount of
which is not material to the Company's business. The Company is in compliance
with these deposit requirements.
 
     The Company's operations are subject to numerous federal, state and local
environmental laws and regulations, including those governing the use and
handling of refrigerants. These laws are administered by the United States
Environmental Protection Agency, the Coast Guard, the Department of
Transportation and various state and local governmental agencies. The technical
requirements of these laws and regulations are becoming increasingly complex,
and the costs of complying with them can be significant. Federal and state
environmental laws include statutes intended to allocate the cost of remedying
contamination among specifically identified parties. The Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 ('CERCLA' or
'Superfund') can impose strict, joint and several liability on past and present
owners or operators of facilities at, from or to which a release of hazardous
substances has occurred, on parties who generated hazardous substances that were
released at such facilities and on parties who arranged for the transportation
of hazardous substances to such facilities. A majority of states have adopted
Superfund statutes comparable to, and in some cases more stringent than, CERCLA.
None of the Founding Companies has been identified as a potentially responsible
party or a responsible party under CERCLA or any similar statute. If the Company
were to be found to be a responsible party under CERCLA or a similar state
statute, the Company could be held liable for all investigative and remedial
costs associated with addressing such contamination, even
 
                                       50
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

though the releases were caused by a prior owner or operator or third party. In
addition, claims alleging personal injury or property damage may be brought
against the Company as a result of alleged exposure to hazardous substances
resulting from the Company's operations.
 
     The most significant environmental law that the Company's operations are
subject to is the Clean Air Act, which governs air emissions and imposes
specific requirements on the use and handling of CFCs and certain other
refrigerants. Clean Air Act regulations require the certification of service
technicians involved in the service or repair of equipment containing these
refrigerants and also regulate the containment and recycling of these
refrigerants. These requirements have increased the Company's training expenses
and expenditures for containment and recycling equipment. The Clean Air Act is
intended ultimately to eliminate the use of CFCs in the United States and to
require alternative refrigerants to be used in replacement HVAC systems. As a
result, the number of conversions or replacements of existing HVAC systems which
use CFCs to systems using alternative refrigerants is expected to increase.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
   
     As of June 30, 1998, the Company had approximately 3,345 employees,
including approximately 180 management personnel, approximately 2,750 engineers
and service and installation technicians, approximately 110 marketing and sales
personnel and approximately 280 administrative personnel. In the course of
performing installation work, the Company may use the services of
subcontractors. Five of the Founding Companies are parties to collective
bargaining agreements with unions which cover, in the aggregate, approximately
1,700 employees. Such collective bargaining agreements have terms expiring at
various times through April 2002. Under certain of these agreements, payments
are made to multi-employer pension plans. The Company believes its relationships
with its employees and union representatives are satisfactory.
    
 
FACILITIES AND VEHICLES
 
     The Company has 26 facilities in 10 states, three of which are owned and 23
of which are leased with remaining lease terms ranging from month-to-month to 20
years. The Company leases or owns approximately 400,000 square feet of
commercial property.
 
   
     The Company operates a fleet of approximately 1,040 service trucks, vans
and support vehicles, of which approximately 620 are leased and approximately
425 are owned.
    
 
     After the closing of this Offering, the Company will lease its principal
executive and administrative offices in Atlanta, Georgia and is currently in the
process of obtaining office space for this purpose.
 
     Following the Mergers, certain of the Founding Companies will continue to
lease operating space from certain stockholders of the Founding Companies, some
of whom are or will become executive officers and directors of the Company upon
the consummation of this Offering. See 'Certain Transactions -- Other
Transactions.'
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
     The Company is, from time to time, a party to litigation arising in the
normal course of its business, most of which involves claims for personal injury
and property damage incurred in connection with its operations. The Company is
not currently involved in any litigation, nor is the Company aware of any
threatened litigation, that the Company believes is likely to have a material
adverse effect on its business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
                                       51


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND KEY EMPLOYEES
 
     The following table sets forth information concerning those persons who are
or upon the consummation of this Offering will become the Company's directors,
executive officers and key employees. In addition to the persons named as
directors below, it is anticipated that two additional independent directors
will be elected to the Company's board at or prior to the consummation of the
Offering. The Company is in the process of selecting these two individuals.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            NAME                AGE                                     POSITION
- -----------------------------   ---   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>   <C>
Rodney C. Gilbert............   59    Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer; Director
William M. Dillard...........   50    President and Chief Operating Officer; Director
Marty R. Kittrell(1).........   41    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; Director
Nicholas J. Costanza.........   43    Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Charles A. Chesnutt..........   39    Vice President and Treasurer
Alan L. Barnes, Sr.(1).......   55    President and Chief Executive Officer -- Aircond; Director
John W. Davis(1).............   53    President -- Air Systems; Director
Robert S. Lafferty(1)........   63    Chairman of the Board -- Hill York; Director
William B. Lee(1)............   38    President and Chief Executive Officer -- Lee; Director
Charles P. Reagan(1).........   48    President and Chief Executive Officer -- NEMSI; Director
Anthony I. Shaker(1).........   54    President and Chief Executive Officer -- Energy Systems; Director
Mark A. Zilbermann(1)........   46    President -- Brandt; Director
William J. Lynch.............   56    Director
Kathleen A. Murray(1)........   46    Director
Charles R. Scott(1)..........   70    Director
Ronald C. Erbetta(2).........   52    Vice President, Corporate Development -- Western Region
Phillip M. Tucker(2).........   46    Vice President, Corporate Development -- Eastern Region
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
(1) Appointment as a director will become effective upon the consummation of
    this Offering.
 
(2) Key employee.
 
     RODNEY C. GILBERT has been Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
Officer of the Company since May 1998. Since December 1997, Mr. Gilbert has
served as a consultant to the Company and has assisted with its business
strategy and development. Mr. Gilbert was President and Chief Executive Officer
of Rust International, Inc., an environmental services corporation, from January
1993 through March 1997. He also served as Vice President, Technology
Development for WMX Technologies, Inc., the parent company of Rust
International, Inc., from February 1995 to December 1996. From November 1985 to
January 1993, Mr. Gilbert served as President and Chief Operating Officer of
Wheelabrator Technologies Inc., an environmental services company that is a
subsidiary of WMX Technologies, Inc. Mr. Gilbert currently serves on the Board
of Directors of AmSouth Bancorporation. Mr. Gilbert received a bachelor of
science degree in engineering from the University of Alabama.
 
     WILLIAM M. DILLARD has been President and a director of the Company since
September 1997 and has been Chief Operating Officer since May 1998. Mr. Dillard
has been the Chief Executive Officer of Mechanical Services since 1974. He will
resign as such, effective upon the consummation of this Offering. In addition
Mr. Dillard is an active member of the American Society of Heating,
Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers ('ASHRAE'), where he is a recent
recipient of the ASHRAE Distinguished Service Award. Mr. Dillard received an
associates degree in HVAC technologies from Dekalb College.
 
     MARTY R. KITTRELL has been Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer since May 1998 and will become a director of the Company upon the
consummation of this Offering. Since March 1998, Mr. Kittrell has served as a
consultant to the Company. Mr. Kittrell was Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer and Treasurer of Exide Electronics Group, Inc., a manufacturer of
uninterruptible power supplies, from 1989 to 1997. He also served as Vice
President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of WearEver-Proctor Silex from
1983 to 1989. Mr. Kittrell was employed by Price Waterhouse LLP from
 
                                       52
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
1977 to 1983 and is a certified public accountant. Mr. Kittrell received a
bachelor of science degree in accounting from Lipscomb University.
    
 
     NICHOLAS J. COSTANZA has been Executive Vice President, General Counsel and
Secretary of the Company since June 1998. Mr. Costanza was employed by Exide
Electronics Group, Inc. from 1980 to March 1998, during which time he served as
General Counsel and Secretary from 1983 to 1998, Vice President from 1986 to
1998 and Chief Administrative Officer from 1995 to 1998. Mr. Costanza received a
bachelor of arts degree in history from Rutgers College and a juris doctor
degree from Villanova University.
 
     CHARLES A. CHESNUTT has been Vice President and Treasurer of the Company
since June 1998. From 1997 to June 1998, Mr. Chesnutt served as a Financial
Manager for Andersen Consulting. Mr. Chesnutt was employed by Rock-Tenn Company,
a manufacturer of recycled paperboard, from 1988 to 1997, where he served in
various positions, including Assistant Treasurer. Mr. Chesnutt was employed by
Ernst & Young LLP from 1981 to 1984 as a certified public accountant. Mr.
Chesnutt received a bachelor of science degree in accounting from the University
of Alabama and a masters degree in business administration from Georgia State
University.
 
     ALAN L. BARNES, SR. will become a director of the Company upon the
consummation of this Offering. Mr. Barnes has served as President and Chief
Executive Officer of Aircond since 1982. In addition, from 1990 to 1997, Mr.
Barnes held various positions in Air Conditioning Contractors of America, a
leading industry association, including Director, President, Vice President and
Senior Vice President. Mr. Barnes received a bachelor of science degree in
industrial engineering from Georgia Institute of Technology and a masters degree
in business administration from Georgia State University.
 
     JOHN W. DAVIS will become a director of the Company upon the consummation
of this Offering. Mr. Davis has served as President of Air Systems since 1974,
when he founded Air Systems. Mr. Davis received a bachelor of science degree in
business administration from San Jose State University.
 
     ROBERT S. LAFFERTY will become a director of the Company upon the
consummation of this Offering. Mr. Lafferty has been Chairman of the Board and
Secretary of Hill York since 1964. Mr. Lafferty received a bachelor of science
degree in mechanical engineering from the University of Florida.
 
     WILLIAM B. LEE will become a director of the Company upon the consummation
of this Offering. Mr. Lee has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of
Lee since July 1992. From 1981 to 1992, Mr. Lee held various positions at Lee,
including estimator, project engineer, project manager and Vice President. Mr.
Lee received a bachelor of science degree in mechanical engineering from Auburn
University.
 
     CHARLES P. REAGAN will become a director of the Company upon the
consummation of this Offering. Mr. Reagan has been President and Chief Executive
Officer of NEMSI since 1989. From 1983 to 1989, he held various positions in
NEMSI, including Executive Vice President. Mr. Reagan received an associates
degree in applied sciences-mechanical engineering from Onondaga Community
College in Syracuse, New York.
 
     ANTHONY I. SHAKER will become a director of the Company upon the
consummation of this Offering. Mr. Shaker has been President and Chief Executive
Officer of Energy Systems since 1994, and held various other executive positions
at Energy Systems from 1976 to 1994. Mr. Shaker was a board member of United
Service Alliance, a network of service contractors throughout the United States,
from 1995 to 1997 and has been a member of the board of Air Conditioning &
Refrigeration Contractors of America since 1994. Mr. Shaker received a bachelor
of science degree in mechanical engineering from Syracuse University.
 
     MARK A. ZILBERMANN will become a director of the Company upon the
consummation of this Offering. Mr. Zilbermann has been the President of Brandt
since 1991. Mr. Zilbermann has also been President of the Mechanical Contractors
Association of Dallas since 1997 and was President of the Texas Environmental
Balancing Bureau from September 1994 to September 1996. Mr. Zilbermann received
a bachelor of science degree from Yale University and a masters degree in
science from the University of Texas.
 
                                       53
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     WILLIAM J. LYNCH has been a director of the Company since May 1998. He has
been a Managing Director of Capstone Partners, LLC ('Capstone'), a venture firm
specializing in consolidation transactions, since March 1996. From October 1989
to February 1996, he was a Partner in the law firm of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius
LLP. Mr. Lynch is a director of Coach USA, Inc. and Staffmark, Inc. Mr. Lynch
received a bachelor of science degree in English from Holy Cross and a juris
doctor degree from Harvard Law School.
 
     KATHLEEN A. MURRAY will become a director of the Company upon the
consummation of this Offering. Since 1977, Ms. Murray has held various positions
in Aetna Inc. (formerly named Aetna Life and Casualty Co.), a provider of health
and retirement plans. Among other things, Ms. Murray has served as Vice
President of Customer Services/Operations for Aetna Retirement Services (a
division of Aetna Inc.) since May 1998, Chief Operating Officer of Aetna
Business Resources (a division of Aetna Inc.) since December 1994 and Vice
President of Aetna Business Resources since May 1989. Ms. Murray received a
bachelor of arts degree in mathematics and general science from the University
of Rochester and graduated from the Advanced Management Program at Harvard
Business School.
 
     CHARLES R. SCOTT will become a director of the Company upon the
consummation of this Offering. Mr. Scott has been the sole owner and Chairman of
Leadership Centers, USA, Inc., d/b/a The Executive Committee of Florida, a
continuing education and networking organization for chief executives, since his
purchase of such company in March 1995. Mr. Scott was Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer of Actava Group (formerly named Fuqua Industries, Inc.) from
1991 to 1996 and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Intermark, Inc. from
1971 to 1991, each of which is a holding company for approximately 20 companies
in various industries. Mr. Scott has been a director of PSS World Medical, Inc.,
a distributor of medical supplies, since April 1998. Mr. Scott received a
bachelor of arts degree in journalism from The University of Texas - Austin.
 
     RONALD C. ERBETTA has been Vice President of Corporate
Development -- Western Region of the Company since July 1998. From 1997 to June
1998, Mr. Erbetta was the Regional Development Manager of ServiCenter USA, a
consolidator of HVAC companies. From 1995 to 1997, Mr. Erbetta served as Vice
President and General Manager of Mainco San Diego Mechanical, an HVAC company.
From 1985 to 1994, Mr. Erbetta was Vice President of Jackson & Blanc, an HVAC
Company. Mr. Erbetta received a bachelor of science degree in business
administration from Marquette University.
 
   
     PHILLIP M. TUCKER will become Vice President of Corporate
Development -- Eastern Region of the Company in August 1998. Since October 1993,
Mr. Tucker has been Vice President of Strategic Development and Vice
President-Controller of Pameco Corporation, a wholesale distributor of HVAC
systems and equipment and refrigeration products. Mr. Tucker was Vice President
of Finance for Acme Decal Company, a manufacturer of labels and decals, and
Eastern Electric Apparatus Repair, Inc. a manufacturer and repair service
provider of electrical equipment, from November 1990 to October 1993 and from
August 1987 to October 1990, respectively. Mr. Tucker received a bachelor of
business administration in accounting from the University of Georgia and has
been a certified public accountant since 1977.
    
 
     All officers serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors.
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
     After the consummation of the Mergers, the Board of Directors of the
Company will consist of 15 directors divided into three classes. At each annual
meeting of stockholders commencing in 1999, directors will be elected to
three-year terms by the holders of the Common Stock to succeed those directors
whose terms are expiring. Directors whose terms will expire in 1999 are Rodney
C. Gilbert Robert S. Lafferty, Sr., John W. Davis, Charles R. Scott and William
J. Lynch; directors whose terms will expire in 2000 are Marty R. Kittrell, Alan
L. Barnes, Sr., William B. Lee and Charles P. Reagan; and directors whose terms
will expire in 2001 are William M. Dillard, Anthony I. Shaker, Kathleen A.
Murray and Mark A. Zilbermann.
 
     Board Committees. The Board of Directors intends to establish an Audit
Committee and a Compensation Committee, effective upon the consummation of this
Offering. The Audit Committee will review the results and scope of the audit and
other services provided by the Company's
 
                                       54
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
independent accountants. The Compensation Committee will approve salaries and
certain incentive compensation for management and key employees of the Company,
and will administer the 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan. The Audit Committee and
the Compensation Committee will be comprised of Mr. Lynch, Ms. Murray and Mr.
Scott.
    
 
     Director Compensation. Directors who are also employees of the Company or
one of its subsidiaries will not receive additional compensation for serving as
directors. Each director who is not an employee of the Company or one of its
subsidiaries will receive an annual retainer of $10,000 and will receive $500
for each meeting attended. In addition, under the Company's 1998 Long-Term
Incentive Plan, each person serving or who has agreed to serve as a non-employee
director at the commencement of this Offering will be granted automatically an
option to acquire 10,000 shares of Common Stock, and thereafter each person who
becomes a non-employee director will be granted automatically an initial option
to acquire 10,000 shares upon such person's initial election as a director. In
addition, each such non-employee director will be granted, subject to a certain
exception, an annual option to acquire 5,000 shares at each annual meeting of
the Company's stockholders thereafter at which such director is re-elected or
remains a director. Each such option will have an exercise price equal to the
fair market value per share of Common Stock on the date of grant. See ' -- 1998
Long-Term Incentive Plan.' Directors also will be reimbursed for out-of-pocket
expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board of Directors or committees
thereof.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION; EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS; COVENANTS-NOT-TO-COMPETE
 
     The Company was incorporated in September 1997, has conducted no operations
and generated no revenues to date and did not compensate any of its executive
officers for services rendered in 1997.
 
     Each of Messrs. Gilbert, Kittrell and Costanza will enter into an
employment agreement with the Company providing for an annual base salary of
$250,000, $200,000 and $185,000, respectively. Mr. Gilbert's employment
agreement provides for a bonus to be determined annually equal to 50% of the
employee's base salary if specified criteria and performance standards are met
and 100% of the base salary if such specified criteria are exceeded by an amount
equal to or greater than 30%. Each of Mr. Kittrell's and Mr. Costanza's
employment agreements provides for an annual bonus equal to 40% of the
employee's base salary if specified criteria and performance standards are met
and 80% of the base salary if such specified criteria are exceeded by an amount
equal to or greater than 30%. Such specified criteria and performance standards
will be established by the Compensation Committee following the consummation of
this Offering.
 
     Each of Messrs. Dillard, Barnes, Lafferty, Lee, Reagan, Shaker, Zilbermann
and Davis will enter into an employment agreement with a Founding Company (with
the Company in the case of Mr. Dillard) providing for an annual base salary of
$150,000 ($200,000 in the case of Mr. Dillard and $250,000 in the case of Mr.
Davis), and a bonus to be determined annually in accordance with an annual bonus
program of the Company for senior executives, which bonus shall be contingent
upon the achievement of certain corporate or individual performance goals
established by the Compensation Committee.
 
     Each of the foregoing employment agreements will provide that, in the event
of a termination of employment by the Company without cause or by the employee
for good reason (including (i) a material diminution during the Employment
Period in the employee's office, duties or responsibilities (including following
a Change in Control) or (ii) a material breach by the Company of his Employment
Agreement (other than by death or disability), the employee shall receive from
the Company, in a lump-sum payment due on the effective date of termination, an
amount equal to two times his then applicable base salary, plus any accrued
salary and declared but unpaid bonus and reimbursement of expenses. In addition,
upon any termination of the employee's employment agreement, other than by the
Company for good cause or by the employee without cause, any options or rights
to purchase securities of the Company shall immediately vest and remain
exercisable until the ten year anniversary of the date of the grant of such
options or rights.
 
     Each of the foregoing employment agreements will be effective as of the
consummation of this Offering for a term of three years with automatic renewals
for additional one-year periods on the same
 
                                       55
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

terms and conditions existing at the time of renewal unless, not later than
three months prior to each such respective date, either party shall have given
notice to the other party that the term shall not be so extended.
 
     Mr. Gilbert's employment agreement requires the Company to extend medical
coverage for Mr. Gilbert, his spouse and eligible dependent family members
beyond the Employment Period at Mr. Gilbert's expense. Pursuant to the
agreement, should Mr. Gilbert become liable for certain income taxes with
respect to the shares of Common Stock he purchased from the Company, he would be
paid an amount to compensate him for such income taxes.
 
     Each employment agreement contains a covenant-not-to-compete with the
Company without the prior approval of the Board of Directors of the Founding
Company or the Company for a period of two years following termination of
employment. Under this covenant, the executive is prohibited from: (i) directly
or indirectly engaging in any business in competition with the Company or in any
community in which the Company is doing business; or (ii) soliciting or
encouraging any employee of the Company or any current or future subsidiary
thereof to terminate his or her employment. The covenant may be enforced by
injunctions, specific performance or other equitable relief to prevent any
violations of the employee's obligations to the Company.
 
1998 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
 
     In December 1997, the Board of Directors and the Company's stockholders
approved the Company's 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the 'Plan'). The purpose
of the Plan is to provide a means by which the Company can attract, retain and
award officers, employees, directors, consultants and other service providers
and to compensate such persons in a way that provides additional incentives and
enables such persons to increase their ownership interests in the Company.
Individual awards under the Plan may take the form of one or more of: (i) either
incentive stock options ('ISOs') or non-qualified stock options ('NQSOs'); (ii)
stock appreciation rights ('SARs'); (iii) restricted or deferred stock; (iv)
dividend equivalents; (v) bonus shares and awards in lieu of Company obligations
to pay cash compensation; and (vi) other awards the value of which is based in
whole or in part upon the value of the Common Stock.
 
     The Plan will generally be administered by a committee (the 'Committee'),
which will initially be the Compensation Committee of the Board, except that the
Board will itself perform the Committee's functions under the Plan for purposes
of grants of awards to non-employee directors, and may perform any other
function of the Committee as well. The Committee generally is empowered to
select the individuals who will receive awards and the terms and conditions of
those awards, including exercise prices for options and other exercisable
awards, vesting and forfeiture conditions (if any), performance conditions, the
extent to which awards may be transferable and periods during which awards will
remain outstanding. Awards may be settled in cash, shares, other awards or other
property, as determined by the Committee.
 
     The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to
outstanding awards under the Plan will not exceed 13.5% of the aggregate number
of shares of Common Stock outstanding (2,341,635 as of the time of the
consummation of this Offering) minus the number of shares previously issued
pursuant to awards granted under the Plan. The number of shares deliverable upon
exercise of ISOs is limited to 2,200,000. The Plan also provides that no
participant may be granted in any calendar year (i) options or SARs exercisable
for more than 750,000 shares, or (ii) other awards that may be settled by
delivery of more than 750,000 shares, and limits payments under cash-settled
awards in any calendar year to an amount equal to the fair market value of that
number of shares as of the date of grant or the date of settlement of the award,
whichever is greater.
 
     In addition to authorizing grants of awards to any eligible person in the
discretion of the Committee, the Plan authorizes automatic grants of NQSOs to
non-employee directors. Under these provisions, each person serving or who has
agreed to serve as a non-employee director at the commencement of this Offering
will be granted an initial option to purchase 10,000 shares, and thereafter each
person who becomes a non-employee director will be granted an initial option to
purchase 10,000 shares upon such person's initial election as a director. In
addition, these provisions
 
                                       56
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

provide for the automatic annual grant to each non-employee director of an
option to purchase 5,000 shares at each annual meeting of stockholders following
this Offering; provided, however, that a director will not be granted an annual
option if he or she was granted an initial option during the preceding three
months. The number of shares to be subject to initial or annual options to be
granted after the first annual meeting of stockholders following this Offering
may be altered by the Board of Directors. These options will have an exercise
price equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant
(in the case of options granted to the initial non-employee directors, the
exercise price will be the initial public offering price), and the options will
expire at the earlier of 10 years after the date of grant or one year after the
date the person ceases to serve as a director of the Company for any reason.
These options generally will become exercisable one year after the date of
grant, except that an option will be may be forfeited upon a participant's
termination of service as a director for reasons other than death or disability
less than 11 months after the date of grant.
 
   
     In connection with this Offering, in addition to the options to be granted
automatically to non-employee directors, options in the form of NQSOs to
purchase a total of 1,735,277 shares of Common Stock will be granted to
executive officers of the Company and to employees of the Company and the
Founding Companies as follows: 200,000 shares to Mr. Gilbert, 100,000 shares to
Mr. Kittrell, 75,000 shares to Mr. Costanza, 35,000 shares to Mr. Chesnutt and
1,325,277 shares to the other employees of the Company and the Founding
Companies. Each of the foregoing options will have an exercise price equal to
the initial public offering price, and will vest as to one-fourth on the date of
the consummation of this Offering and on each of the first, second and third
anniversaries of the date of the consummation of this Offering. Unvested options
generally will be forfeited upon a termination of employment that is voluntary
by the participant. Upon a change of control of the Company (as defined in the
Plan), vesting will be accelerated. The options generally will expire on the
earlier of 10 years after the date of grant or three months after termination of
employment (immediately in the event of a termination for cause), unless
otherwise determined by the Committee.
    
 
     In connection with the Mergers, the Company will assume options to acquire
shares of common stock of one of the Founding Companies which, following the
Mergers, will constitute options to purchase an aggregate of 119,500 shares of
Common Stock of the Company at an exercise price equal to $8.38. The other terms
of such options will be the same as the terms of the options described in the
preceding paragraph.
 
     The Plan will remain in effect until terminated by the Board of Directors.
The Plan may be amended by the Board of Directors without the consent of the
stockholders of the Company, except that any amendment, although effective when
made, will be subject to stockholder approval if required by any Federal or
state law or regulation or by the rules of any stock exchange or automated
quotation system on which the Common Stock may then be listed or quoted. The
number of shares reserved or deliverable under the Plan, the annual
per-participant limits, the number of shares subject to options automatically
granted to non-employee directors, and the number of shares subject to
outstanding awards are subject to adjustment in the event of stock splits, stock
dividends and other extraordinary corporate events.
 
     The Company generally will be entitled to a tax deduction equal to the
amount of compensation realized by a participant through awards under the Plan,
except (i) no deduction is permitted in connection with ISOs if the participant
holds the shares acquired upon exercise for the required holding periods; and
(ii) deductions for some awards could be limited under the $1.0 million
deductibility cap of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. This
limitation, however, should not apply to awards granted under the Plan during a
grace period of approximately three years following this Offering, and should
not apply to certain options, SARs and performance-based awards granted
thereafter if the Company complies with certain requirements under Section
162(m).
 
                                       57
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
ORGANIZATION OF THE COMPANY
 
   
     Enfinity was formed in September 1997. The Founding Companies and Capstone
have agreed to advance the expenses to be incurred by the Company in connection
with the Mergers and this Offering in proportion to their respective equity
interests in the Company prior to this Offering. These advances aggregated $2.0
million as of June 30, 1998. The Company anticipates that additional amounts
will be advanced prior to the consummation of this Offering. All amounts
advanced will be repaid out of the proceeds of this Offering. As a result of a
36,804.93-for-1 stock split effected in the form of a stock dividend on July 9,
1998, the 15 shares of Common Stock initially issued by Enfinity to Capstone and
its principals will aggregate 552,074 shares on the closing of this Offering.
    
 
   
     Simultaneously with the closing of this Offering, Enfinity will acquire by
merger all of the issued and outstanding stock of the eight Founding Companies,
at which time each Founding Company will become a wholly owned subsidiary of the
Company. The aggregate consideration to be paid by Enfinity in the Mergers
consists of (i) approximately $79.6 million in cash, subject to adjustment, and
(ii) 8,243,971 shares of Common Stock. The Company will assume indebtedness of
the Founding Companies in connection with the Mergers. Such indebtedness
aggregated $23.2 million at June 30, 1998. The Company also will assume options
to purchase shares of common stock of a Founding Company which, following the
Mergers, will constitute options to purchase an aggregate of 119,500 shares of
Common Stock at an exercise price of $8.38 per share. See 'Management -- 1998
Long-Term Incentive Plan.' The Founding Company stockholders, as a group, formed
Enfinity, determined that they would collectively own the combined entity (minus
only the percentage of the overall value that they determined would be sold in
this Offering or allocated to consultants or management) and negotiated with
each other the consideration for each of the Founding Companies based on a
number of factors. The factors considered in determining the consideration to be
paid included, among others, the historical operating results, the net worth,
the amount and type of indebtedness and the future prospects of the Founding
Companies. Such stockholders further determined that the shares to be received
by them would have a value equal to the initial public offering price per share,
less a 20% discount due to the significant restrictions on transferability
imposed by them on such shares. Each Founding Company was represented by
independent counsel in the negotiation of the terms and conditions of the
Mergers.
    
 
     The aggregate consideration paid by Enfinity for each of the Founding
Companies and the total debt to be assumed by the Company are as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  SHARES OF                   VALUE OF
               FOUNDING COMPANY                  COMMON STOCK    CASH(1)      OPTIONS     DEBT ASSUMED
- ----------------------------------------------   ------------    -------      --------    ------------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                              <C>             <C>          <C>         <C>
Brandt........................................     1,523,173     $13,385       $--          $ --
Air Systems...................................     1,402,397(2)   18,932        1,103          9,952
Energy Systems................................       720,566       5,638        --             3,104
NEMSI.........................................       841,275       8,085        --             3,464
Lee...........................................     1,296,275      11,664        --            --
Hill York.....................................       821,208       7,122        --               777
Mechanical Services...........................       678,948       6,111        --               274
Aircond.......................................       960,129       8,641        --             5,589
                                                 ------------    -------      --------    ------------
     Total....................................     8,243,971     $79,578       $1,103       $ 23,160
                                                 ------------    -------      --------    ------------
                                                 ------------    -------      --------    ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
(1) The number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to the stockholders of the
    Founding Companies is fixed. The stockholders of the Founding Companies were
    given the right to receive up to 40% of their total consideration in cash,
    except for the stockholders of Air Systems, who were given the right to
    receive up to 50% of their total consideration in cash. Pursuant to a
    purchase price formula set forth in the Merger Agreements, the Company is
    selling approximately 5.9 million
 
                                              (footnotes continued on next page)
 
                                       58
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

(footnotes continued from previous page)
    shares in this Offering to pay the cash consideration to the stockholders of
    the Founding Companies. The 5.9 million share amount is fixed and is not
    contingent upon the initial public offering price. The cash amounts in the
    table above assume an initial public offering price per share of $13.50. If
    the initial public offering price per share is higher or lower than $13.50,
    the cash consideration will vary proportionately. For example, a $1.00
    increase over such $13.50 initial public offering price will result in a
    $5.9 million increase (out of the $7.4 million of additional net proceeds)
    in the aggregate cash consideration paid to the Founding Company
    stockholders. The cash consideration will not vary if there are additional
    net proceeds of this Offering due to the Underwriters' exercise of the
    over-allotment option. Pursuant to the Merger Agreements, the aggregate cash
    consideration paid to such stockholders will in no event be less than $73.6
    million.
 
(2) Does not include 119,500 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise
    of options to be issued to holders of options to purchase common stock of
    Air Systems.
 
   
     Immediately prior to the Mergers, certain of the Founding Companies will
make distributions of approximately $6.6 million, representing S Corporation
distributions payable to the stockholders of certain of the Founding Companies,
redemption of preferred stock of one of the Founding Companies and Excess
Working Capital amounts. See 'Selected Financial Data' and the Unaudited Pro
Forma Combined Financial Statements of the Company and the notes thereto.
    
 
     The closing of each Merger is subject to customary conditions. These
conditions include, among others, the accuracy on the closing date of the
representations and warranties made by the Founding Companies, their principal
stockholders and by the Company; the performance of each of their respective
covenants included in the Merger Agreements; and the nonexistence of a material
adverse change in the business, results of operations or financial condition of
any Founding Company which would constitute a material adverse change with
respect to the Company as a whole. There can be no assurance that the conditions
to the Mergers will be satisfied or waived or that the Merger Agreements will
not be terminated prior to consummation.
 
     Pursuant to the Merger Agreements, the stockholders of the Founding
Companies have agreed not to compete with the Company for four years, commencing
on the date of closing of this Offering.
 
     Certain of the Founding Companies have incurred indebtedness which has been
personally guaranteed by their stockholders. Specifically, certain stockholders
of Brandt (including Mr. Zilbermann) have personally guaranteed Brandt's $1.5
million line of credit; Mr. Dillard and his spouse have personally guaranteed
Mechanical Services' $1.6 million revolving line of credit; Mr. Davis has
personally guaranteed all of Air Systems' debt and lease obligations; Mr. Barnes
has personally guaranteed a $1.2 million note issued by Aircond; and Mr.
Lafferty has personally guaranteed Hill York's $1.7 million line of credit. The
Company has agreed to use its best efforts to have the personal guarantees of
this indebtedness released within 90 days after the closing of this Offering
and, in the event that any guarantee cannot be released, to repay or refinance
such indebtedness. See 'Use of Proceeds.'
 
     In connection with the Mergers, and as consideration for their interests in
the Founding Companies, certain executive officers, directors and persons who
will hold more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company
upon the consummation of this Offering will
 
                                       59
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

receive, directly or indirectly, cash (calculated at an assumed initial public
offering price per share of $13.50) and shares of Common Stock of the Company as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                SHARES OF
                           NAME                                 CASH         COMMON STOCK(1)
- ----------------------------------------------------------   -----------     ---------------
<S>                                                          <C>             <C>
Alan L. Barnes, Sr. ......................................   $ 6,048,815          672,090
John W. Davis.............................................    17,985,736        1,332,277
William M. Dillard........................................     6,110,536          678,948
Robert S. Lafferty........................................     4,372,502          323,889
William B. Lee............................................     3,776,715          476,342
Charles P. Reagan.........................................     8,035,248          727,471
Anthony I. Shaker.........................................     3,308,786          564,201
Mark A. Zilbermann........................................     5,008,524          574,497
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) See 'Principal Stockholders.'
 
OTHER TRANSACTIONS
 
     Air Systems leases its primary office and warehouse space from the family
trust of Mr. Davis, the President and controlling stockholder of Air Systems.
The leases expire in December 2001, with rents totaling approximately $29,000
per month. The Company believes that the rent for such property does not exceed
the fair market rental thereof.
 
     Air Systems has reimbursed Mr. Davis approximately $300,000 worth of
personal expenses for the fiscal year ended February 29, 1998, including with
respect to the operation and maintenance of a motor home, vacation residences
and a personal residence and for race car expenses.
 
     Aircond leases real property from New Visions Properties I, LLLP, a Georgia
limited liability limited partnership in which Alan L. Barnes, Sr. and his wife
are general partners. The lease is for a term of 15 years ending on October 1,
2012 and provides for an annual rent of $300,000. The Company believes that the
rent for such property does not exceed the fair market rental thereof.
 
     In September 1996, Aircond redeemed all of the outstanding shares of
Preferred Stock from Fayoline Paul, the mother of Mr. Barnes, in exchange for a
note in the principal amount of $1.2 million, which bears interest at an annual
rate of 9% through August 2011. Mr. Barnes has personally guaranteed the
payments under such note. This note will be repaid out of the proceeds of this
Offering.
 
     ZMR Capital Ltd., a partnership of which Mr. Zilbermann is a 40% owner,
leases a building and certain equipment to Brandt. The current total aggregate
annual rental payments due under these leases amount to $233,000. Prior to the
consummation of this Offering, the annual lease payments will be reduced to
approximately $193,000. The Company believes that the reduced rent for such
property is at least as favorable as the Company would expect to negotiate with
unaffiliated third parties.
 
     Hill York has related party receivables in the aggregate principal amount
of $298,000 as of December 31, 1997 from certain companies that have officers
and stockholders in common with Hill York. Such amounts are guaranteed by Mr.
Lafferty. This guarantee will continue in effect following the consummation of
this Offering.
 
     Hill York leases office and warehouse space from 3921 Associates, a general
partnership of which Robert S. Lafferty and Hill York Service Corporation are
partners. The lease is for a period of five years, expiring on September 30,
2002, and requires monthly payments of approximately $5,000. The Company
believes that the rent for such property is at least as favorable as the Company
would expect to negotiate with unaffiliated third parties.
 
   
     Hill York and Mr. Lafferty have entered into an agreement of indemnity
providing for cross indemnities on any surety bonds or guarantees issued by an
insurance company on behalf of Hill York or its affiliates. This general
agreement of indemnity was terminated on November 24, 1997; however, the
indemnity is in full force and effect with respect to all bonds written prior to
such date.
    
 
                                       60
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
     Lee sold real property for $2.7 million in October 1997 to Three Springs
Development, LLC ('Three Springs'), in which Mr. Lee has a one-third interest.
Three Springs took out a mortgage in the amount of $2,400,000, which was
guaranteed by Lee. Lee was released from such guarantee in June 1998. In
addition, Three Springs paid $300,000 to Lee in the third quarter of 1998. The
Company believes that the purchase price for the property is at least as
favorable as the Company would expect to negotiate with unaffiliated third
parties. In addition, Lee leases the property from Three Springs under a 10 year
lease for an annual rent of approximately $350,000, which will be adjusted for
inflation after five years. The Company believes that the rent for such property
is at least as favorable as the Company would expect to negotiate with
unaffiliated third parties.
    
 
   
     As of June 30, 1998, Lee held a note receivable from Mr. Lee in the amount
of $75,000 used to finance the purchase of shares of Lee common stock from
another stockholder. Lee issued its own note to a commercial bank which provided
funds for this transaction. The notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 8.78% and
have a term of five years ending October 1, 1999. The note to Lee will be repaid
prior to the consummation of this Offering.
    
 
     Mr. Dillard and his spouse lease real property to Mechanical Services under
a five-year lease which expires in 2002. The lease provides for annual rental
payments of approximately $130,000. The Company believes that the rent for such
property does not exceed the fair market rental value thereof.
 
     Prior to the consummation of the Offering, Mr. Reagan will purchase NEMSI's
headquarters from NEMSI for $1,350,000, the value of such property as appraised
by a third party. NEMSI will enter into a long-term lease for such property with
annual rental payments of approximately $175,560. The Company believes that the
rent for such property does not exceed the fair market rental value thereof.
 
     Air Systems has guaranteed a $155,000 loan to the John W. Davis Family
Trust. The purpose of the loan was to purchase property that the trust then
leased to Air Systems. Air Systems guaranteed such loan because such loan was a
small business loan and required a guarantee by a small business. Such loan
matures on August 1, 2017 and bears interest at a rate of approximately 6.9% per
annum.
 
COMPANY POLICY
 
     Certain related-party transactions described above under 'Other
Transactions' were not entered into on an arm's-length basis. Following the
consummation of this Offering, the Company does not expect to make advances and
reimbursements of the types described above. In any event, it is the Company's
policy that any future transactions with officers, directors and affiliates will
be approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of
Directors, and will be made on terms no less favorable to the Company than could
be obtained from unaffiliated third parties.
 
                                       61
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
     The following table sets forth, after giving effect to the Mergers and this
Offering, certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of the
Common Stock of the Company by (i) each person known by the Company to
beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock; (ii)
each director and person who will become a director upon the consummation of
this Offering (collectively, 'named directors'); (iii) each executive officer;
and (iv) all executive officers, directors and named directors as a group. All
persons listed have sole voting and investment power with respect to their
shares unless otherwise indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                SHARES TO BE
                                                                                             BENEFICIALLY OWNED
                                                                                               AFTER OFFERING
                                                                                           -----------------------
NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER(1)                                                      NUMBER        PERCENT
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------      -------
<S>                                                                                        <C>             <C>
Rodney C. Gilbert(2)....................................................................      475,333         2.7%
William M. Dillard(3)...................................................................      678,948         3.9
Marty R. Kittrell(4)....................................................................       99,074        *
Nicholas J. Costanza(5).................................................................       33,750        *
Charles A. Chesnutt(6)..................................................................        8,750        *
Alan L. Barnes, Sr.(7)..................................................................      672,090         3.9
John W. Davis(8)........................................................................    1,332,277         7.7
Robert S. Lafferty......................................................................      323,889         1.9
William B. Lee..........................................................................      476,342         2.7
Charles P. Reagan.......................................................................      727,471         4.2
Anthony I. Shaker(9)....................................................................      564,201         3.3
Mark A. Zilbermann(10)..................................................................      574,497         3.3
William J. Lynch(11)....................................................................      257,634         1.5
Kathleen A. Murray......................................................................       --            --
Charles R. Scott........................................................................       --            --
All executive officers, directors and named directors as a group (15 persons)(12).......    6,224,256        35.8%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
*    Less than 1.0%
 
(1)  Unless otherwise indicated, the address of the beneficial owners is c/o
     Enfinity Corporation, 400 Lake Ridge Drive, Smyrna, Georgia 30082.
 
(2)  Includes 50,000 shares issuable in connection with options that are
     exercisable within 60 days of the consummation of this Offering.
 
(3)  An aggregate of 339,474 of these shares are owned of record by the William
     Mason Dillard Revocable Trust, of which Mr. Dillard is the trustee. An
     aggregate of 339,474 of these shares are owned by the Deborah K. Dillard
     Revocable Trust, of which Deborah K. Dillard, Mr. Dillard's spouse, is the
     trustee.
 
(4)  Includes 25,000 shares issuable in connection with options that are
     exercisable within 60 days of the consummation of this Offering.
 
(5)  Includes 18,750 shares issuable in connection with options that are
     exercisable within 60 days of the consummation of this Offering.
 
(6)  Includes 8,750 shares issuable in connection with options that are
     exercisable within 60 days of the consummation of this Offering.
 
(7)  An aggregate of 188,761 of these shares are owned of record by Mr. Barnes'
     spouse.
 
(8)  The 1,332,277 shares are owned by the John Davis Family Trust, of which
     Mr. Davis is a trustee.
 
(9)  An aggregate of 358,348 shares are owned of record by The Energy Systems
     Industries, Inc. Stock Sharing Trust, of which Mr. Shaker is a trustee and
     shares voting power and investment power with the other trustees with
     respect to such shares.
 
(10) An aggregate of 8,997 of these shares are owned by the Douglas Zilbermann
     1997 Trust, of which Mr. Zilbermann's spouse is the trustee. An aggregate
     of 8,997 of these shares are owned by the Aaron Zilbermann 1997 Trust, of
     which Mr. Zilbermann's spouse is the trustee.
 
                                              (footnotes continued on next page)
 
                                       62
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

(footnotes continued from previous page)
 
(11) Includes 147,220 shares owned of record by Mr. Lynch and 110,414 shares
     owned of record by Capstone, of which Mr. Lynch is a principal. Does not
     include an aggregate of 294,440 shares owned of record by two other
     principals of Capstone, as to which shares Mr. Lynch disclaims beneficial
     ownership.
 
(12) Includes 102,500 shares issuable in connection with options that are
     exercisable within 60 days of the consummation of this Offering.
 
                                       63
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
GENERAL
 
     The Company's authorized capital stock consists of 49,000,000 shares of
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, and 500,000 shares of undesignated
preferred stock, par value $.01 per share (the 'Preferred Stock'). After giving
effect to the Mergers and the completion of this Offering, the Company will have
outstanding 17,345,452 shares of Common Stock and no shares of Preferred Stock.
See 'Shares Eligible for Future Sale.'
 
     The following statements are brief summaries of certain provisions with
respect to the Company's capital stock contained in its Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation (the 'Certificate of Incorporation') and By-Laws,
copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement of
which this Prospectus is a part. The following is qualified in its entirety by
reference thereto.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
     The holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share on all
matters voted upon by stockholders, including the election of directors. Subject
to the rights of any then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the holders of
Common Stock are entitled to such dividends as may be declared in the discretion
of the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor. See 'Dividend
Policy.' Holders of Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in the net assets
of the Company upon liquidation after payment or provision for all liabilities
and any preferential liquidation rights of any Preferred Stock then outstanding.
The holders of Common Stock have no preemptive rights to purchase shares of
stock of the Company. Shares of Common Stock are not subject to any redemption
provisions and are not convertible into any other securities of the Company,
except as provided in the following paragraph. All outstanding shares of Common
Stock are, and the shares of Common Stock to be issued pursuant to this Offering
will be upon payment therefor, fully paid and non-assessable.
 
     The Common Stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock
Exchange under the symbol 'BTU,' subject to official notice of issuance.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
     The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of
Directors in one or more series. Subject to the provisions of the Company's
Certificate of Incorporation and limitations prescribed by law, the Board of
Directors is expressly authorized to adopt resolutions to issue the shares, to
fix the number of shares and to change the number of shares constituting any
series and to provide for or change the voting powers, designations, preferences
and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, qualifications,
limitations or restrictions thereof, including dividend rights (including
whether dividends are cumulative), dividend rates, terms of redemption
(including sinking fund provisions), redemption prices, conversion rights and
liquidation preferences of the shares constituting any series of the Preferred
Stock, in each case without any further action or vote by the stockholders. The
Company has no current plans to issue any shares of Preferred Stock.
 
     One of the effects of undesignated Preferred Stock may be to enable the
Board of Directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to
obtain control of the Company by means of a tender offer, proxy contest, merger
or otherwise, and thereby to protect the continuity of the Company's management.
The issuance of shares of the Preferred Stock pursuant to the Board of
Directors' authority described above may adversely affect the rights of the
holders of Common Stock. For example, Preferred Stock issued by the Company may
rank prior to the Common Stock as to dividend rights, liquidation preference or
both, may have full or limited voting rights and may be convertible into shares
of Common Stock. Accordingly, the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock may
discourage bids for the Common Stock or may otherwise adversely affect the
market price of the Common Stock.
 
STATUTORY BUSINESS COMBINATION PROVISION
 
     Upon the consummation of this Offering, the Company will be subject to the
provisions of Section 203 ('Section 203') of the Delaware General Corporation
Law (the 'DGCL'). Section 203
 
                                       64
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

provides, with certain exceptions, that a Delaware corporation may not engage in
any of a broad range of business combinations with a person or an affiliate or
associate of such person, who is an 'interested stockholder' for a period of
three years from the date that such person became an interested stockholder
unless: (i) the transaction resulting in a person becoming an interested
stockholder, or the business combination, is approved by the Board of Directors
of the corporation before the person becomes an interested stockholder; (ii) the
interested stockholder acquired 85% or more of the outstanding voting stock of
the corporation in the same transaction that makes such person an interested
stockholder (excluding shares owned by persons who are both officers and
directors of the corporation, and shares held by certain employee stock
ownership plans); or (iii) on or after the date the person becomes an interested
stockholder, the business combination is approved by the corporation's board of
directors and by the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the corporation's
outstanding voting stock at an annual or special meeting, excluding shares owned
by the interested stockholder. Under Section 203, an 'interested stockholder' is
defined as any person who is (i) the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding
voting stock of the corporation or (ii) an affiliate or associate of the
corporation and who was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock
of the corporation at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to
the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an
interested stockholder.
 
     The Company's stockholders, by adopting an amendment to the Certificate of
Incorporation, may elect not to be governed by Section 203, which election would
be effective 12 months after such adoption. The provisions of Section 203 could
delay or frustrate a change in control of the Company, deny stockholders the
receipt of a premium on their Common Stock and have an adverse effect on the
Common Stock. The provisions also could discourage, impede or prevent a merger
or tender offer, even if such event would be favorable to the interests of
stockholders.
 
LIMITATION ON DIRECTORS' LIABILITIES
 
     Limitation on Liability. Pursuant to the Company's Certificate of
Incorporation and as permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, directors of
the Company are not liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary
damages for breach of fiduciary duty, except for liability in connection with a
breach of duty of loyalty, for acts or omissions not in good faith or that
involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, for dividend
payments or stock repurchases that are illegal under Delaware law or for any
transaction in which a director has derived an improper personal benefit.
 
     Indemnification. To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Certificate of
Incorporation provides for mandatory indemnification of directors and officers
of the Company against any expense, liability and loss to which they become
subject, or which they may incur as a result of having been a director or
officer of the Company. In addition, the Company must advance or reimburse
directors and officers for expenses incurred by them in connection with certain
claims.
 
POTENTIAL ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECT OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE CERTIFICATE OF
INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS OF THE COMPANY
 
     The Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Company contain
provisions that could have an anti-takeover effect. The provisions are intended
to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the
Board of Directors and in the policies formulated by the Board of Directors.
These provisions also are intended to help ensure that the Board of Directors,
if confronted by an unsolicited proposal from a third party which has acquired a
block of stock of the Company, will have sufficient time to review the proposal
and appropriate alternatives to the proposal and to act in what it believes to
be the best interest of the stockholders.
 
     The following is a summary of such provisions included in the Certificate
of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Company. The Board of Directors has no
current plans to formulate or effect additional measures that could have an
anti-takeover effect.
 
     Classified Board of Directors. The Certificate of Incorporation provides
for a Board of Directors divided into three classes of directors serving
staggered three-year terms. The classification of directors has the effect of
making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of the Board
of
 
                                       65
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Directors in a relatively short period of time. At least two annual meetings of
stockholders, instead of one, generally will be required to effect a change in a
majority of the Board of Directors. Such a delay may help ensure that the Board
of Directors and the stockholders, if confronted with an unsolicited proposal by
a stockholder attempting to force a stock repurchase at a premium above market,
a proxy contest or an extraordinary corporate transaction, will have sufficient
time to review the proposal and appropriate alternatives to the proposal and to
act in what it believes to be the best interest of the stockholders. Directors,
if any, elected by holders of preferred stock voting as a class, will not be
classified as aforesaid. Moreover, under Delaware law, in the case of a
corporation having a classified board, stockholders may remove a director only
for cause. This provision will preclude a stockholder from removing incumbent
directors without cause.
 
     Advance Notice Requirements for Director Nominees. The By-Laws establish an
advance notice procedure with regard to the nomination of candidates for
election as directors at any meeting of stockholders called for the election of
directors. The procedure provides that a notice relating to the nomination of
directors must be timely given in writing to the Secretary of the Company prior
to the meeting. To be timely, notice relating to the nomination of directors for
election at an annual meeting must be delivered not later than the close of
business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or the 10th
day following the day of which public announcement of the date of such annual
meeting is first made. Notice relating to the nomination of directors for
election at a special meeting must be given not later than the close of business
on the 10th day following the date notice of such meeting is mailed to
stockholders or public disclosure of the date of such meeting is made.
 
     Notice to the Company from a stockholder who proposes to nominate a person
at a meeting for election as a director must be accompanied by each proposed
nominee's written consent and contain the name, address and principal occupation
of each proposed nominee. Such notice must also contain the total number of
shares of capital stock of the Company that will be voted for each of the
proposed nominees, the number of shares of each class of capital stock of the
Company beneficially owned by such person and other information that may be
required under the proxy rules of the Commission. Such notice must also contain
the name and address of the notifying stockholder and the number of shares of
capital stock of the Company owned by the notifying stockholder.
 
     Although the Company's By-Laws do not give the Board of Directors any power
to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations for the election of directors
or of any other business desired by stockholders to be conducted at an annual or
any other meeting, the Company's By-Laws (i) may have the effect of precluding a
nomination for the election of directors or precluding the conduct of business
at a particular meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or (ii) may
discourage or deter a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to
elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of
the Company, even if the conduct of such solicitation or such attempt might be
beneficial to the Company and its stockholders.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
     The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Common Stock is State Street Bank
and Trust Company.
 
                                       66
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
     After this Offering, the Company will have outstanding 17,345,452 shares of
Common Stock. The shares sold in this Offering (plus any additional shares sold
upon exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option) will be freely
tradable without restriction unless acquired by affiliates of the Company. None
of the remaining 9,345,452 outstanding shares of Common Stock has been
registered under the Securities Act, which means that such shares may be resold
publicly only upon registration under the Securities Act or in compliance with
an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, including
the exemption provided by Rule 144 thereunder.
 
     In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, if one year has elapsed
since the later of the date of the acquisition of the restricted shares of
Common Stock from either the Company or any affiliate of the Company, the
acquirer or subsequent holder thereof may sell, within any three-month period
commencing 90 days after the date of the Prospectus relating to this Offering, a
number of shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of the then
outstanding shares of the Common Stock, or the average weekly trading volume of
the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange during the four calendar weeks
preceding the date on which notice of the proposed sale is sent to the
Commission. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner of sale
provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public
information about the Company. If two years have elapsed since the later of the
date of the acquisition of restricted shares of Common Stock from the Company or
any affiliate of the Company, a person who is not deemed to have been an
affiliate of the Company at any time for 90 days preceding a sale would be
entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144 without regard to the volume
limitations, manner of sale provisions or notice requirements.
 
     Upon the completion of this Offering, the holders of Common Stock who did
not purchase shares in this Offering will own 9,345,452 shares of Common Stock,
including the stockholders of the Founding Companies, who will receive in the
aggregate 8,243,971 shares in connection with the Mergers, and management of and
consultants to Enfinity, who own 1,101,481 shares. These shares have not been
registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, may not be sold unless
registered under the Securities Act or sold pursuant to an exemption from
registration, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144. Furthermore, these
stockholders have agreed with the Company to certain restrictions on the sale,
transfer or other disposition of these shares following the consummation of this
Offering. Such transfer restrictions will end: (i) as to 50% of the shares, two
years after the consummation of this Offering; (ii) as to the next 25% of the
shares, 30 months after the consummation of this Offering; (iii) as to the
remaining 25% of the shares, three years after the consummation of this
Offering. In addition, the Company has agreed to enforce for the benefit of
NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC such transfer restrictions for a period of
180 days after the date of this Prospectus See 'Underwriting.'
 
     In connection with the Mergers, the Company has agreed to provide certain
registration rights with respect to the Common Stock issued to the stockholders
of the Founding Companies. The registration rights provide for a single demand
registration right, exercisable by the holders of a majority of the shares of
Common Stock subject to the registration rights, pursuant to which the Company
will file a registration statement under the Securities Act to register the sale
of shares by those requesting stockholders and any other holders of Common Stock
subject to the registration rights who desire to sell pursuant to such
registration statement. The demand request may not be made until the expiration
of three years after the closing of this Offering. In addition, subject to
certain conditions and limitations, the holders of Common Stock with such
registration rights as well as management of and consultants to the Company,
have the right to participate in registrations by the Company of its equity
securities in underwritten offerings, subject to certain exceptions, which
include shelf registrations for future acquisitions and registrations relating
to employee benefit plans.
 
     In the case of each of the registration rights described above, the Company
is generally required to pay the costs associated with any offering pursuant to
such registration rights other than underwriting discounts and commissions
attributable to the shares sold on behalf of the selling stockholders.
 
     In addition, the Company, all of its officers and directors and the holders
of all shares of Common Stock outstanding prior to this Offering have agreed not
to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common
Stock, or any securities convertible into or exercisable or
 
                                       67
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

exchangeable for Common Stock, for a period of 180 days after the date of this
Prospectus without the prior written consent of NationsBanc Montgomery
Securities LLC, except for, in the case of the Company, Common Stock issued
pursuant to the Plan or in connection with acquisitions, subject in each case to
any remaining portion of the 180-day period applying to the shares issued. In
evaluating any request for a waiver of the 180-day lock-up period, NationsBanc
Montgomery Securities LLC will consider, in accordance with its customary
practice, all relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the request,
including, without limitation, the recent trading market for the Common Stock,
the size of the request and, with respect to a request by the Company to issue
additional equity securities, the purpose of such an issuance. See
'Underwriting.'
 
     The 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock to be registered pursuant to the
Company's shelf registration statement will be, upon issuance thereof, freely
tradable unless acquired by parties to the acquisition or affiliates of such
parties, other than the issuer, in which case they may be sold pursuant to Rule
145 under the Securities Act. Rule 145 permits such persons to resell
immediately securities acquired in transactions covered under the Rule, provided
such securities are resold in accordance with the public information, volume
limitations and manner of sale requirements of Rule 144. If a period of one year
has elapsed since the date such securities were acquired in such transaction and
if the issuer meets the public information requirements of Rule 144, Rule 145
permits a person who is not an affiliate of the issuer to freely resell such
securities. The contemplated offering of such 5,000,000 additional shares will
be made only by means of a prospectus. The Company generally intends to
contractually restrict the shares issued in connection with future acquisitions.
The registration rights described above do not apply to such shelf registration
statement.
 
     Sales, or the availability for sale of, substantial amounts of the Common
Stock in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices and
the ability of the Company to raise equity capital in the future.
 
                                       68
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                  UNDERWRITING
 
     The Underwriters named below (the 'Underwriters'), represented by
NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC, Lehman Brothers Inc. and Raymond James &
Associates, Inc. (the 'Representatives'), have severally agreed, subject to the
terms and conditions in the underwriting agreement (the 'Underwriting
Agreement') by and between the Company and the Underwriters, to purchase from
the Company the number of shares of Common Stock indicated below opposite its
name, at the public offering price less the underwriting discount set forth on
the cover page of this Prospectus. The Underwriting Agreement provides that the
obligations of the Underwriters are subject to certain conditions precedent and
that the Underwriters are committed to purchase all of the shares of Common
Stock, if they purchase any.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    NUMBER OF
UNDERWRITERS                                                                         SHARES
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ---------
<S>                                                                                 <C>
NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC............................................
Lehman Brothers Inc..............................................................
Raymond James & Associates, Inc..................................................
 
                                                                                    ---------
     Total.......................................................................   8,000,000
                                                                                    ---------
                                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
 
     The Representatives have advised the Company that the Underwriters propose
initially to offer the Common Stock to the public on the terms set forth on the
cover page of this Prospectus. The Underwriters may allow selected dealers a
concession of not more than $      per share; and the Underwriters may allow,
and such dealers may reallow, a concession of not more than $      per share to
certain other dealers. After the initial public offering, the public offering
price and other selling terms may be changed by the Representatives. The Common
Stock is offered subject to receipt and acceptance by the Underwriters, and to
certain other conditions, including the right to reject orders in whole or in
part.
 
     The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable for the
30-day period after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to a maximum of
1,200,000 additional shares of Common Stock to cover over-allotments, if any, at
the same price per share as the initial shares to be purchased by the
Underwriters. To the extent that the Underwriters exercise such over-allotment
option, the Underwriters will be committed, subject to certain conditions, to
purchase such additional shares in approximately the same proportion as set
forth in the above table. The Underwriters may purchase such shares only to
cover over-allotments made in connection with this Offering.
 
     The Underwriting Agreement provides that the Company will indemnify the
Underwriters against certain liabilities, including civil liabilities under the
Securities Act, or will contribute to payments the Underwriters may be required
to make in respect thereof.
 
     The Company's officers and directors and all of the stockholders of the
Company prior to this Offering have agreed that for a period of 180 days after
the date of this Prospectus they will not, without the prior written consent of
NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC, directly or indirectly sell, offer,
contract or grant any option to sell, pledge, transfer, establish an open put
equivalent position or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock, options
or warrants to acquire shares of Common Stock or securities exchangeable or
exercisable for or convertible into shares of Common Stock. In addition, the
Company has agreed to enforce for the benefit of NationsBanc Montgomery
Securities LLC the restrictions on the sale, transfer or other disposition of
shares of Common Stock that the stockholders of the Founding Companies agreed to
in the Merger Agreements for a period of 180 days after the date of this
Prospectus. The Company has also agreed not to issue, offer, sell, grant options
to purchase or otherwise dispose of any of the Company's equity securities for a
period of 180 days after the effective date of this Offering without the prior
written consent of NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC, except for securities
issued by the Company in connection with acquisitions and for grants and
exercises of stock options, subject in each case to any remaining portion of the
180-day period applying to the shares issued. In evaluating any request for a
waiver of the 180-day lock-up
 
                                       69
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

period, NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC will consider, in accordance with
its customary practice, all relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the
request, including, without limitation, the recent trading market for the Common
Stock, the size of the request and, with respect to a request by the Company to
issue additional equity securities, the purpose of such an issuance.
 
     In connection with the Offering, certain Underwriters and selling group
members and their respective affiliates may engage in transactions that
stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the Common Stock.
Such transactions may include stabilization transactions effected in accordance
with Rule 104 of Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
pursuant to which such persons may bid for or purchase Common Stock for the
purpose of stabilizing its market price. The Underwriters also may create a
short position for the account of the Underwriters by selling more Common Stock
in connection with this Offering than they are committed to purchase from the
Company and, in such case, may purchase Common Stock in the open market
following completion of this Offering to cover all or a portion of such short
position. The Underwriters may also cover all or a portion of such short
position, up to 1,200,000 shares of Common Stock, by exercising the
Underwriters' over-allotment option referred to above. In addition, NationsBanc
Montgomery Securities LLC, on behalf of the Underwriters, may impose 'penalty
bids' under contractual arrangements with the Underwriters whereby it may
reclaim from an Underwriter (or dealer participating in this Offering) for the
account of the other Underwriters, the selling concession with respect to Common
Stock that is distributed in this Offering but subsequently purchased for the
account of the Underwriters in the open market. Any of the transactions
described in this paragraph may result in the maintenance of the price of the
Common Stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open
market. None of the transactions described in this paragraph is required, and,
if any such transaction is undertaken, it may be discontinued at any time.
 
     The Representatives have informed the Company that the Underwriters do not
intend to make sales of Common Stock offered by this Prospectus to accounts over
which they exercise discretionary authority in excess of 5% of the number of
shares of Common Stock offered hereby.
 
     Prior to this Offering, there has been no public trading market for the
Common Stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price will be determined
by negotiations between the Company and the Representatives. Among the factors
expected to be considered in such negotiations are the history of, and the
prospects for, the Company and the industry in which the Company competes, an
assessment of the Company's management, its financial condition, its past and
present earnings and the trend of such earnings, the prospects for future
earnings of the Company, the present state of the Company's development, the
general condition of the economy and the securities markets at the time of this
Offering and the market prices of the demand for publicly traded stock of
comparable companies in recent periods.
 
                                       70
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     The validity of the issuance of the shares of Common Stock offered by this
Prospectus will be passed upon for the Company by Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP,
New York, New York. Certain legal matters related to this Offering will be
passed upon for the Underwriters by Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P., New York, New
York.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
   
     The Enfinity financial statements as of December 31, 1997 and for the
period from inception to December 31, 1997; the Brandt financial statements as
of December 31, 1996 and 1997 and March 31, 1998, for the period from May 25 to
December 31, 1995, for each of the two years in the period ended December 31,
1997 and for the three months ended March 31, 1998; the Energy Systems financial
statements as of December 31, 1996 and 1997 and for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 1997; the NEMSI financial statements as of
December 31, 1996 and 1997 and for each of the two years in the period ended
December 31, 1997; the Lee financial statements as of December 31, 1996 and 1997
and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 1997; the Hill
York financial statements as of March 31, 1996 and 1997, as of December 31,
1997, for each of the two years in the period ended March 31, 1997 and for the
nine months ended December 31, 1997; the Mechanical Services financial
statements as of December 31, 1997 and for the year then ended; and the Aircond
financial statements as of September 30, 1996 and 1997 and for each of the three
years in the period ended September 30, 1997 included elsewhere in this
Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of
said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
    
 
     The Air Systems financial statements as of February 28, 1997 and February
28, 1998 and for the three years in the period ended February 28, 1998 included
elsewhere in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of
Shilling & Kenyon Inc., independent accountants, given on the authority of said
firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
     The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
Washington, D.C., a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with respect to the
shares of Common Stock offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all the
information set forth in the Registration Statement and the exhibits and
schedules thereto. For further information pertaining to the Company and the
shares of Common Stock offered hereby, reference is made to such Registration
Statement, including the exhibits, financial statements and schedules filed
therewith. Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of any
contract or any other document are not necessarily complete, and, in each
instance, reference is made to the copy of such contract or document filed as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in
all respects by such reference. The Registration Statement, including the
exhibits and schedules thereto, may be inspected and copied at the public
reference facilities maintained by the Commission at Judiciary Plaza Building,
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549 and its regional
offices located at 7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048
and Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois
60661-2511. Copies of such materials can be obtained from the Commission at
Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed
rates. The Commission maintains an Internet web site that contains reports,
proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants
that file electronically. The address of such Internet web site is
http://www.sec.gov.
 
     The Company intends to furnish its stockholders with annual reports
containing financial statements audited by independent certified public
accountants and to make available quarterly reports containing unaudited summary
financial information for each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year.
 
                                       71
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                      [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                              ENFINITY CORPORATION
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            PAGE
                                                                                                            -----
<S>                                                                                                         <C>
ENFINITY CORPORATION UNAUDITED COMBINED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     Introduction to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements...................................     F-3
     Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet..........................................................     F-4
     Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statements of Operations...............................................     F-5
     Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements..........................................     F-8
ENFINITY CORPORATION
     Report of Independent Accountants...................................................................    F-13
     Balance Sheet.......................................................................................    F-14
     Statement of Operations.............................................................................    F-15
     Statement of Cash Flows.............................................................................    F-16
     Notes to Financial Statements.......................................................................    F-17
 
                                               FOUNDING COMPANIES
BRANDT MECHANICAL SERVICES, INC.
     Report of Independent Accountants...................................................................    F-21
     Consolidated Balance Sheet..........................................................................    F-22
     Consolidated Statement of Operations................................................................    F-23
     Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity......................................................    F-24
     Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows................................................................    F-25
     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..........................................................    F-26
AIR SYSTEMS, INC.
     Report of Independent Accountants...................................................................    F-32
     Balance Sheet.......................................................................................    F-33
     Statement of Operations.............................................................................    F-34
     Statement of Stockholders' Equity...................................................................    F-35
     Statement of Cash Flows.............................................................................    F-36
     Notes to Financial Statements.......................................................................    F-37
ENERGY SYSTEMS INDUSTRIES, INC.
     Report of Independent Accountants...................................................................    F-45
     Consolidated Balance Sheet..........................................................................    F-46
     Consolidated Statement of Operations................................................................    F-47
     Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity......................................................    F-48
     Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows................................................................    F-49
     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..........................................................    F-50
NEW ENGLAND MECHANICAL SERVICES, INC.
     Report of Independent Accountants...................................................................    F-60
     Balance Sheet.......................................................................................    F-61
     Statement of Operations.............................................................................    F-62
     Statement of Stockholders' Equity...................................................................    F-63
     Statement of Cash Flows.............................................................................    F-64
     Notes to Financial Statements.......................................................................    F-65
LEE COMPANY
     Report of Independent Accountants...................................................................    F-73
     Balance Sheet.......................................................................................    F-74
     Statement of Operations.............................................................................    F-75
     Statement of Stockholders' Equity...................................................................    F-76
     Statement of Cash Flows.............................................................................    F-77
     Notes to Financial Statements.......................................................................    F-78
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            PAGE
                                                                                                            -----
<S>                                                                                                         <C>
HILL YORK CORPORATION AND HILL YORK SERVICE CORPORATION
     Report of Independent Accountants...................................................................    F-86
     Combined Balance Sheet..............................................................................    F-87
     Combined Statement of Operations....................................................................    F-88
     Combined Statement of Stockholders' Equity..........................................................    F-89
     Combined Statement of Cash Flows....................................................................    F-90
     Notes to Combined Financial Statements..............................................................    F-91
MECHANICAL SERVICES OF ORLANDO, INC.
     Report of Independent Accountants...................................................................    F-99
     Balance Sheet.......................................................................................   F-100
     Statement of Operations.............................................................................   F-101
     Statement of Stockholders' Equity...................................................................   F-102
     Statement of Cash Flows.............................................................................   F-103
     Notes to Financial Statements.......................................................................   F-104
AIRCOND CORPORATION
     Report of Independent Accountants...................................................................   F-110
     Balance Sheet.......................................................................................   F-111
     Statement of Operations.............................................................................   F-112
     Statement of Stockholders' Equity...................................................................   F-113
     Statement of Cash Flows.............................................................................   F-114
     Notes to Financial Statements.......................................................................   F-115
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-2


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                              ENFINITY CORPORATION
                      INTRODUCTION TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
                         COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
     The following unaudited pro forma combined financial statements give effect
to the acquisitions by Enfinity Corporation ('Enfinity') of the outstanding
capital stock of Brandt Mechanical Services, Inc. ('Brandt'), Air Systems, Inc.
('Air Systems'), Energy Systems Industries, Inc. ('Energy Systems'), New England
Mechanical Services, Inc. ('NEMSI'), Lee Company ('Lee'), Hill York Corporation
('Hill York'), Mechanical Services of Orlando, Inc. ('Mechanical Services') and
Aircond Corp. ('Aircond') (together, the 'Founding Companies'). These
acquisitions (the 'Mergers') will occur simultaneously with the closing of
Enfinity's initial public offering (this 'Offering') and will be accounted for
using the purchase method of accounting. In accordance with the provisions of
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 97, Brandt is deemed to be the accounting acquiror
as its stockholders will receive the largest portion of the voting rights in the
combined corporation.
 
   
     The Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet gives effect to the Mergers
and the Offering as if they had occurred on June 30, 1998. The Unaudited Pro
Forma Combined Statement of Operations gives effect to these transactions as if
they had occurred on January 1, 1997.
    
 
   
     Enfinity has preliminarily analyzed the savings that it expects to be
realized from reductions in salaries and certain benefits to the owners of the
Founding Companies. To the extent certain of the owners of the Founding
Companies have agreed prospectively to reductions in salary, bonuses and
benefits, these reductions have been reflected in the pro forma combined
statement of operations. With respect to other potential cost savings, Enfinity
has not and cannot quantify these savings until completion of the combination of
the Founding Companies. It is anticipated that these savings will be offset by
costs related to Enfinity's new corporate management and by the costs associated
with being a public company. However, these costs, like the savings they offset,
cannot be accurately quantified at this time. Except for prospective
compensation payable pursuant to agreements with management of the Company,
neither the anticipated savings nor the anticipated costs have been included in
the pro forma financial information of Enfinity.
    
 
     The pro forma adjustments are based on estimates, available information and
certain assumptions and may be revised as additional information becomes
available. The pro forma combined financial data do not purport to represent
what Enfinity's financial position or results of operations would actually have
been if such transactions in fact had occurred on those assumed dates and are
not necessarily representative of Enfinity's financial position or results of
operations for any future period. Since the Founding Companies were not under
common control or management, historical combined results may not be comparable
to, or indicative of, future performance. The unaudited pro forma combined
financial statements should be read in conjunction with the other financial
statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus. See 'Risk
Factors' included elsewhere herein.
 
                                      F-3
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
                              ENFINITY CORPORATION
                   UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
                                 JUNE 30, 1998
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      AIR     ENERGY                          HILL
                               ENFINITY   BRANDT    SYSTEMS   SYSTEMS    NEMSI      LEE       YORK
                               --------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   ---------
<S>                            <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
   Cash and cash
    equivalents...............  $   73    $ 1,047   $ --      $ --      $   92    $   276    $   193
   Accounts receivable:
      Trade...................   --         7,706   23,570     9,746     6,009      5,748      5,660
      Retainage...............   --         2,967    5,438       707       444      1,357      1,530
      Other...................   --         --        --         126      --          137      --
   Costs and estimated
    earnings in excess of
    billings on uncompleted
    contracts.................   --         1,626    7,543       338       566      1,270        586
   Inventories................   --             7      898       278       366        131        218
   Due from related parties
    and stockholders..........   --         --        --        --        --          317        293
   Prepaid expenses and other
    current assets............   --           399    1,210       259       234        345        565
   Deferred income taxes......   --         --         390       359       356        528        272
                               --------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   ---------
      Total current assets....      73     13,752   39,049    11,813     8,067     10,109      9,317
Property and equipment, net...   --           357    4,904       916     3,387      1,023      1,572
Goodwill......................   --         --        --        --       2,149      --         --
Due from related parties and
 stockholders.................   --         --        --        --        --        --         --
Other assets..................   --         --         183       821        42        274        168
                               --------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   ---------
      Total assets............  $   73    $14,109   $44,136   $13,550   $13,645   $11,406    $11,057
                               --------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   ---------
                               --------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   ---------
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
   Short-term debt............  $--       $ --      $8,068    $3,091    $1,564    $ --       $   310
   Accounts payable and
    accrued expenses..........   --         5,173    9,929     5,252     3,960      4,281      5,054
   Billings in excess of costs
    and estimated earnings on
    uncompleted contracts.....   --         3,750   15,985       526       732      1,430      1,923
   Deferred revenue...........   --         --        --         436      --          411        290
   Income taxes payable.......   --         --         834       148       260        122        221
   Notes payable to
    stockholders and related
    parties...................      71      --        --        --        --        --         --
                               --------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   ---------
      Total current
        liabilities...........      71      8,923   34,816     9,453     6,516      6,244      7,798
Long-term debt, net of current
 portion......................   --         --       1,886      --       2,003      --           345
Obligations under capital
 lease, net of current
 portion......................   --         --          16        13       410      --           122
Deferred income taxes.........   --         --         331      --          88      --            39
Other long-term liabilities...   --         1,203     --        --       1,085         12      --
                               --------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   ---------
      Total liabilities.......      71     10,126   37,049     9,466    10,102      6,256      8,304
                               --------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   ---------
Stockholders' equity:
   Common stock...............   --             1       31      --           7         38        869
   Additional paid-in
    capital...................   5,558      1,455     --       2,665     2,206         38      --
   Net unrealized gain on
    securities available for
    sale......................   --         --        --          32      --           32      --
   Retained (deficit)
    earnings..................  (5,556)     2,527    7,056     2,387     1,353      5,042      1,884
   Less: Treasury stock.......   --         --        --      (1,000)      (23)    --         --
                               --------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   ---------
      Total stockholders'
        equity................       2      3,983    7,087     4,084     3,543      5,150      2,753
                               --------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   ---------
      Total liabilities and
        stockholders'
        equity................  $   73    $14,109   $44,136   $13,550   $13,645   $11,406    $11,057
                               --------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   ---------
                               --------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   ---------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                         MERGER                OFFERING
                                                       ADJUSTMENTS    PRO     ADJUSTMENTS
                                 MECHANICAL               (SEE       FORMA       (SEE         AS
                                  SERVICES    AIRCOND    NOTE 3)    COMBINED    NOTE 3)    ADJUSTED
                                 -----------  -------  -----------  --------  -----------  --------
<S>                            <C>           <C>      <C>          <C>       <C>          <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
   Cash and cash
    equivalents...............   $       16   $2,093    $  --       $ 3,790    $   6,222   $10,012
   Accounts receivable:
      Trade...................        5,477    6,858       --        70,774       --        70,774
      Retainage...............          718     --         --        13,161       --        13,161
      Other...................           69     --         --           332       --           332
   Costs and estimated
    earnings in excess of
    billings on uncompleted
    contracts.................          221      609       --        12,759       --        12,759
   Inventories................          152      423       --         2,473       --         2,473
   Due from related parties
    and stockholders..........       --           64       --           674       --           674
   Prepaid expenses and other
    current assets............          171      952       --         4,135       (2,021)    2,114
   Deferred income taxes......            7     --            414     2,326       --         2,326
                                      -----   -------  -----------  --------  -----------  --------
      Total current assets....        6,831   10,999          414   110,424        4,201   114,625
Property and equipment, net...          692    5,083       --        17,934       --        17,934
Goodwill......................       --         --        113,618   115,767       --       115,767
Due from related parties and
 stockholders.................       --         --         --         --          --         --
Other assets..................          141      289           10     1,928       --         1,928
                                      -----   -------  -----------  --------  -----------  --------
      Total assets............   $    7,664   $16,371   $ 114,042   $246,053   $   4,201   $250,254
                                      -----   -------  -----------  --------  -----------  --------
                                      -----   -------  -----------  --------  -----------  --------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS'
Current liabilities:
   Short-term debt............   $      274   $  917    $     (41)  $14,183    $  (1,026)  $13,157
   Accounts payable and
    accrued expenses..........        1,626    3,100          (49)   38,326          (45)   38,281
   Billings in excess of costs
    and estimated earnings on
    uncompleted contracts.....        1,004      717       --        26,067       --        26,067
   Deferred revenue...........           64      623       --         1,824       --         1,824
   Income taxes payable.......          248     --         --         1,833       --         1,833
   Notes payable to
    stockholders and related
    parties...................       --         --         86,168    86,239      (86,168)       71
                                      -----   -------  -----------  --------  -----------  --------
      Total current
        liabilities...........        3,216    5,357       86,078   168,472      (87,239)   81,233
Long-term debt, net of current
 portion......................       --        1,217         (472)    4,979       (4,612)      367
Obligations under capital
 lease, net of current
 portion......................       --        3,455       --         4,016       --         4,016
Deferred income taxes.........          375     --         --           833       --           833
Other long-term liabilities...       --         --           (778)    1,522         (388)    1,134
                                      -----   -------  -----------  --------  -----------  --------
      Total liabilities.......        3,591   10,029       84,828   179,822      (92,239)   87,583
                                      -----   -------  -----------  --------  -----------  --------
Stockholders' equity:
   Common stock...............       --          250       (1,103)       93           80       173
   Additional paid-in
    capital...................            7     --         87,072    99,001       96,360   195,361
   Net unrealized gain on
    securities available for
    sale......................       --         --            (64)    --          --         --
   Retained (deficit)
    earnings..................        4,066    6,092      (57,714)  (32,863)     --        (32,863)
   Less: Treasury stock.......       --         --          1,023     --          --         --
                                      -----   -------  -----------  --------  -----------  --------
      Total stockholders'
        equity................        4,073    6,342       29,214    66,231       96,440   162,671
                                      -----   -------  -----------  --------  ----------- ---------
      Total liabilities and
        stockholders'
        equity................   $    7,664   $16,371   $ 114,042   $246,053   $   4,201  $250,254
                                      -----   -------  -----------  --------  ----------- --------
                                      -----   -------  -----------  --------  ----------- --------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                              ENFINITY CORPORATION
              UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            AIR     ENERGY
                                BRANDT    SYSTEMS   SYSTEMS    NEMSI      LEE
                                -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
<S>                             <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Revenues......................  $50,435  $90,969   $54,228   $39,357    $39,681
Cost of revenues..............   42,032   75,149    45,893    31,217     30,316
                                -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
        Gross profit..........    8,403   15,820     8,335     8,140      9,365
Selling, general and
  administrative expenses.....    5,287   11,370     6,869     6,442      7,325
Employee stock compensation
  (non-recurring).............    --        --        --         795      --
Amortization of goodwill,
  net.........................     (636)    --        --          60      --
                                -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
    Income from operations....    3,752    4,450     1,466       843      2,040
Other (income) expense:
    Interest expense..........       12      636       265       451        521
    Interest income...........     (175)    --          (5)     --          (44)
    Other, net................       (1)    --         (24)        2       (187)
                                -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
Income before provision for
  income taxes................    3,916    3,814     1,230       390      1,750
Provision for income taxes....    --       1,608       554       186        685
                                -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
Net income....................  $ 3,916   $2,206    $  676    $  204    $ 1,065
                                -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
                                -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
Net income per share, basic
  and diluted.................
Shares used in computing pro
  forma basic net income per
  share (see Note 5)..........
Shares used in computing pro
  forma diluted net income per
  share (see Note 5)..........
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                      PRO FORMA
                                              MECHANICAL             ADJUSTMENTS      PRO FORMA
                                 HILL YORK     SERVICES    AIRCOND   (SEE NOTE 4)     COMBINED
                                 ----------   ----------   -------   ------------     ---------
<S>                             <C>           <C>          <C>       <C>              <C>
Revenues......................   $  34,170     $ 28,279    $27,648     $ --           $364,767
Cost of revenues..............      26,551       24,511     18,080       --            293,749
                                 ----------   ----------   -------   ------------     ---------
        Gross profit..........       7,619        3,768     9,568        --             71,018
Selling, general and
  administrative expenses.....       7,089        2,530     7,799        (4,850)(A)     49,624
                                                                           (237)(B)
Employee stock compensation
  (non-recurring).............      --           --          --          --                795
Amortization of goodwill,
  net.........................      --           --          --           2,841(D)       2,265
                                 ----------   ----------   -------   ------------     ---------
    Income from operations....         530        1,238     1,769         2,246         18,334
Other (income) expense:
    Interest expense..........          75           10       329          (749)(E)      1,550
    Interest income...........          (5)         (11)      (94)       --               (334)
    Other, net................         (72)        (119)        6        --               (395)
                                 ----------   ----------   -------   ------------     ---------
Income before provision for
  income taxes................         532        1,358     1,528         2,995         17,513
Provision for income taxes....         170          543       456         3,709(F)       7,911
                                 ----------   ----------   -------   ------------     ---------
Net income....................   $     362     $    815    $1,072      $   (714)      $  9,602
                                 ----------   ----------   -------   ------------     ---------
                                 ----------   ----------   -------   ------------     ---------
Net income per share, basic
  and diluted.................                                                           $0.56
Shares used in computing pro
  forma basic net income per
  share (see Note 5)..........                                                      17,010,813
                                                                                    ----------
                                                                                    ----------
Shares used in computing pro
  forma diluted net income per
  share (see Note 5)..........                                                      17,056,135
                                                                                    ----------
                                                                                    ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
                              ENFINITY CORPORATION
              UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                     FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            AIR     ENERGY
                                BRANDT    SYSTEMS   SYSTEMS    NEMSI      LEE
                                -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
<S>                             <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Revenues......................  $20,079   $26,894   $24,134   $18,129   $15,874
Cost of revenues..............   16,227    19,889    20,180    13,915    12,308
                                -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
        Gross profit..........    3,852    7,005     3,954     4,214      3,566
Selling, general and
  administrative expenses.....    2,543    4,972     3,385     2,771      2,972
Amortization of goodwill,
  net.........................     (318)    --        --          30      --
                                -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
    Income from operations....    1,627    2,033       569     1,413        594
Other (income) expense:
    Interest expense..........    --         170       132       234        260
    Interest income...........      (29)    --          (4)     --          (25)
    Other, net................        1     --         (36)        2        (65)
                                -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
Income before provision for
  income taxes................    1,655    1,863       477     1,177        424
Provision for income taxes....    --         783       215       562        166
                                -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
Net income....................  $ 1,655   $1,080    $  262    $  615    $   258
                                -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
                                -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
Net income per share,
  basic and diluted...........
Shares used in computing pro
  forma basic net income per
  share (see Note 5)..........
Shares used in computing pro
  forma diluted net income per
  share (see Note 5)..........
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                     PRO FORMA
                                             MECHANICAL             ADJUSTMENTS    PRO FORMA
                                HILL YORK     SERVICES    AIRCOND   (SEE NOTE 4)   COMBINED
                                ----------   ----------   -------   ------------   ---------
<S>                             <C>          <C>          <C>       <C>            <C>
Revenues......................  $  15,747     $ 14,152    $13,097     $ --         $148,106
Cost of revenues..............     11,901       12,408      8,766       --          115,594
                                ----------   ----------   -------   ------------   --------
        Gross profit..........      3,846        1,744     4,331        --           32,512
Selling, general and
  administrative expenses.....      3,444        1,228     3,824        (1,636)(A)   23,361
                                                                          (142)(B)
Amortization of goodwill,
  net.........................     --           --          --           1,421(D)     1,133
                                ----------   ----------   -------   ------------   --------
    Income from operations....        402          516       507           357        8,018
Other (income) expense:
    Interest expense..........         38            3       150          (304)(E)      683
    Interest income...........         (1)          (9)      (49)       --             (117)
    Other, net................        (42)        (119)        3        --             (256)
                                ----------   ----------   -------   ------------   --------
Income before provision for
  income taxes................        407          641       403           661        7,708
Provision for income taxes....        115          256       135         1,304(F)     3,536
                                ----------   ----------   -------   ------------   --------
Net income....................  $     292     $    385    $  268      $   (643)    $  4,172
                                ----------   ----------   -------   ------------   --------
                                ----------   ----------   -------   ------------   --------
Net income per share,
  basic and diluted...........                                                        $0.25
                                                                                      -----
                                                                                      -----
Shares used in computing pro
  forma basic net income per
  share (see Note 5)..........                                                   17,010,813
                                                                                 ----------
                                                                                 ----------
Shares used in computing pro
  forma diluted net income per
  share (see Note 5)..........                                                   17,056,135
                                                                                 ----------
                                                                                 ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
                              ENFINITY CORPORATION
              UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                     FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    AIR    ENERGY
                               ENFINITY  BRANDT   SYSTEMS  SYSTEMS   NEMSI     LEE
                               --------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
<S>                            <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Revenues...................... $ --      $30,156  $62,230  $29,618  $17,464  $24,488
Cost of revenues..............   --       25,375   53,332   25,221   13,379   18,570
                               --------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
        Gross profit..........   --        4,781    8,898   4,397    4,085     5,918
Selling, general and
  administrative expenses.....   --        2,871    5,518   3,385    2,998     4,266
Employee stock compensation
  (non-recurring).............   5,556     1,455    --      1,816     --       --
Amortization of goodwill,
  net.........................   --         (318)   --       --         30     --
                               --------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
    Income (loss) from
      operations..............  (5,556)      773    3,380    (804)  1,057     1,652
Other (income) expense:
    Interest expense..........   --        --         399     109      218       150
    Interest income...........   --          (83)   --         (1)   --          (23)
    Other, net................   --          (16)   --       --          5       (55)
                               --------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
Income (loss) before provision
  for income taxes............  (5,556)      872    2,981    (912)     834     1,580
Provision for income taxes....   --        --       1,270    (401)     375       605
                               --------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
Net income (loss)............. $(5,556)  $   872   $1,711  $ (511)  $  459   $   975
                               --------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
                               --------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
Net income per share, basic
  and diluted.................
Shares used in computing pro
  forma basic net income per
  share (see Note 5)..........
Shares used in computing pro
  forma diluted net income per
  share (see Note 5)..........
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                   PRO FORMA
                                             MECHANICAL           ADJUSTMENTS   PRO FORMA
                                 HILL YORK    SERVICES   AIRCOND  (SEE NOTE 4)  COMBINED
                                 ----------  ----------  -------  ------------  ---------
<S>                            <C>           <C>         <C>      <C>           <C>
Revenues......................   $  18,883    $ 11,528   $15,882    $ --        $210,249
Cost of revenues..............      14,673       9,789    10,327      --         170,666
                                 ----------  ----------  -------  ------------  --------
        Gross profit..........       4,210       1,739    5,555       --          39,583
Selling, general and
  administrative expenses.....       3,792       1,110    3,908       (1,479)(A)  26,276
                                                                         (93)(B)
Employee stock compensation
  (non-recurring).............      --          --         --         (7,011)(C)   1,816
Amortization of goodwill,
  net.........................      --          --                     1,421(D)    1,133
                                 ----------  ----------  -------  ------------  --------
    Income (loss) from
      operations..............         418         629    1,647        7,162      10,358
Other (income) expense:
    Interest expense..........          44           2      418         (384)(E)     956
    Interest income...........          (1)         (3)     (47)      --            (158)
    Other, net................         (24)         (2)     (25)      --            (117)
                                 ----------  ----------  -------  ------------  --------
Income (loss) before provision
  for income taxes............         399         632    1,301        7,546       9,677
Provision for income taxes....         135         253     --          2,087(F)    4,324
                                 ----------  ----------  -------  ------------  --------
Net income (loss).............   $     264    $    379   $1,301     $  5,459    $  5,353
                                 ----------  ----------  -------  ------------  --------
                                 ----------  ----------  -------  ------------  --------
Net income per share, basic
  and diluted.................                                                  $   0.31
                                                                                --------
                                                                                --------
Shares used in computing pro
  forma basic net income per
  share (see Note 5)..........                                                17,010,813
                                                                              ----------
                                                                              ----------
Shares used in computing pro
  forma diluted net income per
  share (see Note 5)..........                                                17,056,135
                                                                              ----------
                                                                              ----------

</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-7


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                              ENFINITY CORPORATION
           NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1 -- GENERAL
 
     Enfinity Corporation ('Enfinity') was founded in 1997 to provide energy and
indoor environmental systems and services to commercial, industrial and
institutional clients.
 
   
     The historical financial statements reflect the financial position and
results of operations of Enfinity and the Founding Companies and were derived
from the respective Enfinity and Founding Company financial statements where
indicated. The periods included in these financial statements for all of the
individual Founding Companies, with the exception of Air Systems, are as of
June 30, 1998 and for the year ended December 31, 1997 and the six month periods
ended June 30, 1997 and 1998. The periods included in these financial statements
for Air Systems are as of June 30, 1998 and for the year ended February 28, 1998
and the six month periods ended June 30, 1997 and 1998, which are comprised of
the three month periods ended May 31, 1997 and 1998 and the three month periods
ended June 30, 1997 and 1998. The audited historical financial statements
included elsewhere herein have been included in accordance with Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 80.
    
 
NOTE 2 -- ACQUISITION OF FOUNDING COMPANIES
 
     Concurrently with and as a condition to the closing of the Offering,
Enfinity will acquire all of the outstanding capital stock of the Founding
Companies. The Mergers will be accounted for using the purchase method of
accounting with Brandt being treated as the accounting acquiror in accordance
with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 97 and APB 16. The carrying value of
intangible assets is periodically reviewed by the Company based on the expected
future undiscounted operating cash flows of the related business unit. In the
event the Company determines that the balance of certain intangible assets is
not recoverable, the Company will recognize an impairment loss measured as the
difference between the carrying value and the fair value as determined from the
present value at expected cash flows. The consideration paid to Brandt of $13.4
million in cash and 1,523,173 shares of Common Stock (equal to $16.5 million in
stock valued at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.50, less a 20%
discount from the assumed offering price due to restrictions on the
transferability of the Common Stock issued to Founding Company stockholders) has
been recorded as a distribution. The Company believes that the difference
between the 20% discount rate applied to the initial public offering price and a
nominal discount rate is not material to the unaudited pro forma financial
statements and is not expected to be material to the financial statements in
future periods.
 
     The following table sets forth the consideration to be paid in cash, shares
of Common Stock and options to purchase shares of Common Stock to the
stockholders of each of the Founding Companies. For purposes of computing the
estimated purchase price for accounting purposes, the value of shares is based
upon an assumed initial public offering price of $13.50, less a 20% discount
from the assumed offering price due to restrictions on the transferability of
the Common Stock to be acquired by the stockholders of the Founding Companies.
The purchase price has been allocated to the assets and liabilities acquired
based on their respective carrying values, as those are deemed to represent the
fair market value of such assets and liabilities. The allocation of the purchase
price is considered preliminary
 
                                      F-8
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                              ENFINITY CORPORATION
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
until such time as the closing of this Offering and consummation of the Mergers.
The Company does not anticipate that the final allocation of the purchase price
will differ significantly from that presented.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                SHARES OF      VALUE OF    VALUE OF        TOTAL
FOUNDING COMPANY                                    CASH(1)    COMMON STOCK     SHARES     OPTIONS     CONSIDERATION
- -------------------------------------------------   -------    ------------    --------    --------    -------------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>             <C>         <C>         <C>
Air Systems......................................   $18,932      1,402,397     $15,146      $1,103       $  35,181
Energy Systems...................................     5,638        720,566       7,782       --             13,420
NEMSI............................................     8,085        841,275       9,086       --             17,171
Lee..............................................    11,664      1,296,275      14,000       --             25,664
Hill York........................................     7,122        821,208       8,869       --             15,991
Mechanical Services..............................     6,111        678,948       7,333       --             13,444
Aircond..........................................     8,641        960,129      10,369       --             19,010
                                                    -------    ------------    --------    --------    -------------
                                                    $66,193      6,720,798     $72,585      $1,103       $ 139,881
                                                    -------    ------------    --------    --------    -------------
                                                    -------    ------------    --------    --------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
(1) The number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to the stockholders of the
    Founding Companies is fixed. The cash amounts in the table above assume an
    initial public offering price per share of $13.50. If the initial public
    offering price per share is higher or lower than $13.50, the cash
    consideration will vary proportionately. For example, a $1.00 increase over
    such $13.50 initial public offering price will result in a $5.9 million
    increase (out of the $7.4 million of additional net proceeds) in the
    aggregate cash consideration paid to the Founding Company stockholders
    (including the stockholders of Brandt). Pursuant to the Merger Agreements,
    the aggregate cash consideration paid to such stockholders will in no event
    be less than $73.6 million.
 
NOTE 3 -- UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET ADJUSTMENTS
 
     The following table summarizes unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet
adjustments (in thousands):
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       TOTAL                           TOTAL
                                                               MERGER                 MERGER         OFFERING        OFFERING
                                                            ADJUSTMENTS             ADJUSTMENTS     ADJUSTMENTS     ADJUSTMENTS
                                                  --------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  -----------
ASSETS                                            (A)     (B)      (C)       (D)                   (E)      (F)
                                                  ----  -------  --------  -------               -------  --------
<S>                                               <C>   <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>          <C>      <C>       <C>
Cash and cash equivalents........................ $--   $ --     $  --     $ --      $  --       $98,461  $(92,239)  $   6,222
Prepaid expenses and other current assets........  --     --        --       --         --        (2,021)    --         (2,021)
Deferred taxes...................................  414    --        --       --            414     --        --         --
                                                  ----  -------  --------  -------  -----------  -------  --------  -----------
    Total current assets.........................  414    --        --       --            414    96,440   (92,239)      4,201
Goodwill, net....................................  --     --      113,618    --        113,618     --        --         --
Other assets.....................................   10    --        --       --             10     --        --         --
                                                  ----  -------  --------  -------  -----------  -------  --------  -----------
    Total assets................................. $424  $ --     $113,618  $ --      $ 114,042   $96,440  $(92,239)  $   4,201
                                                  ----  -------  --------  -------  -----------  -------  --------  -----------
                                                  ----  -------  --------  -------  -----------  -------  --------  -----------
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Short-term debt.................................. $--   $ --     $  --     $   (41)  $     (41)  $ --     $ (1,026)  $  (1,026)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses............  --     --        --         (49)        (49)    --          (45)        (45)
Payable to stockholders..........................  --     6,590    79,578    --         86,168     --      (86,168)    (86,168)
                                                  ----  -------  --------  -------  -----------  -------  --------  -----------
    Total current liabilities....................  --     6,590    79,578      (90)     86,078     --      (87,239)    (87,239)
Long-term debt...................................  --     --        --        (472)       (472)    --       (4,612)     (4,612)
Other long-term liabilities......................    9    --        --        (787)       (778)    --         (388)       (388)
                                                  ----  -------  --------  -------  -----------  -------  --------  -----------
    Total liabilities............................    9    6,590    79,578   (1,349)     84,828     --      (92,239)    (92,239)
                                                  ----  -------  --------  -------  -----------  -------  --------  -----------
Stockholders' equity:
    Common stock.................................  --     --       (1,103)   --         (1,103)       80     --             80
    Additional paid-in capital...................  --     --       85,723    1,349      87,072    96,360     --         96,360
    Unrealized gain on securities................  --     --          (64)   --            (64)    --        --         --
    Retained earnings............................  415   (6,590)  (51,339)   --        (57,714)    --        --         --
    Treasury stock...............................  --     --        1,023    --          1,023     --        --         --
                                                  ----  -------  --------  -------  -----------  -------  --------  -----------
        Total stockholders' equity...............  415   (6,590)   34,040    1,349      29,214    96,440     --         96,440
                                                  ----  -------  --------  -------  -----------  -------  --------  -----------
        Total liabilities and stockholders'
          equity................................. $424  $ --     $113,618  $ --      $ 114,042   $96,440  $(92,239)  $   4,201
                                                  ----  -------  --------  -------  -----------  -------  --------  -----------
                                                  ----  -------  --------  -------  -----------  -------  --------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                                        (footnotes on next page)
 
                                      F-9
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                              ENFINITY CORPORATION
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(footnotes from previous page)
 
 (A) Reflects the deferred tax assets to be established upon the conversion of
     Brandt and Aircond from S Corporation status to C Corporation status.
 
   
 (B) Reflects (i) distributions paid to the stockholders of Brandt, Lee, Hill
     York, Mechanical Services and Aircond, including the planned distribution
     of $615,000 of S Corporation earnings at Brandt, Hill York and Aircond and
     the planned distribution of $4.7 million of Excess Working Capital at
     Brandt, Lee, Mechanical Services and Aircond and (ii) payment of $1.3
     million in liquidation value of preferred stock to stockholders of Energy
     Systems.
    
 
   
 (C) Reflects (i) the purchase of Air Systems, Energy Systems, NEMSI, Lee, Hill
     York, Mechanical Services and Aircond by Brandt, consisting of $66.2
     million in cash, 6,720,798 shares of Common Stock valued at $10.80 per
     share (or a total of $72.6 million), stock options valued at $1.1 million
     and acquisition expenses arising from the issuance of 293,537 of shares
     valued at $10.80 per share to consultants in exchange for services provided
     (or a total of $3.0 million) for a total estimated purchase price of
     $142.9 million, resulting in an excess purchase price over the fair value
     of assets acquired of $115.8 million. A net adjustment of $113.6 million
     results as $2.1 million of goodwill already exists in the accounts of one
     of the Founding Companies. (The shares have been valued based upon an
     assumed initial public offering price of $13.50, less a 20% discount from
     the assumed offering price due to restrictions on the transferability of
     the Common Stock to be issued to stockholders of the Founding Companies);
     (ii) distribution to Brandt stockholders of the consideration paid of $13.4
     million in cash and $15.4 million in stock (valued at $10.80 per share);
     and (iii) issuance of 514,407 shares of Common Stock to executives as
     incentive to join Enfinity and consideration to provide services in
     connection with the completion of this Offering. As such services are
     effectively internal, i.e., these employees will continue with the combined
     company, the value of the shares is recorded as compensation expense of the
     combined group upon issuance and completion of this Offering.
    
 
 (D) Reflects the repayment of certain indebtedness of the Founding Companies by
     certain individual stockholders pursuant to the Merger Agreements.
 
 (E) Reflects the cash proceeds from the issuance of 8,000,000 shares of Common
     Stock net of estimated expenses of this Offering (based on an estimated
     initial public offering price of $13.50 per share). Expenses of this
     Offering primarily consist of the underwriting discount, accounting fees,
     legal fees and printing expenses. An aggregate of 293,537 of the shares
     issued to external consultants who were retained exclusively to assist the
     combining companies in the completion of this Offering have been recorded
     as offering costs. These shares relate to services provided in capital
     raising and consulting with respect to this Offering and are recorded on
     that basis in the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements.
 
   
 (F) Reflects the use of Offering proceeds to pay: (i) the cash portion of the
     consideration due to the stockholders of the Founding Companies in
     connection with the Mergers; (ii) distributions of $5.3 million paid to the
     stockholders of Brandt, Lee, Hill York, Mechanical Services and Aircond;
     (iii) payment of $1.3 million in liquidation value of preferred stock to
     stockholders of Energy Systems; and (iv) repayment of $6.1 million of
     indebtedness of certain of the Founding Companies.
    
 
                                      F-10
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                              ENFINITY CORPORATION
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 4 -- UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS ADJUSTMENTS
 
(A) Reflects an (increase) or reduction in total compensation derived from
    contractual agreements which establish the compensation of management of the
    Company and certain owners of the Founding Companies subsequent to this
    Offering, as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            SIX MONTHS
                                                                               ENDED
                                                          YEAR ENDED        JUNE 30,(2)
                                                         DECEMBER 31,    -----------------
                                                           1997(1)        1997       1998
                                                         ------------    ------     ------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                      <C>             <C>        <C>
Enfinity..............................................     $ (1,225)     $ (613)    $ (613)
Brandt................................................          353         181        181
Air Systems...........................................        1,407         640        (27)
Energy Systems........................................          283         126         97
NEMSI.................................................          590         190        211
Lee...................................................        1,026         371        969
Hill York.............................................          968         529        574
Mechanical Services...................................          312         184         72
Aircond...............................................        1,136          28         15
                                                         ------------    ------     ------
                                                           $  4,850      $1,636     $1,479
                                                         ------------    ------     ------
                                                         ------------    ------     ------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
     (1) Except for Air Systems, which is for the year ended February 28, 1998.
 
   
     (2) Except for Air Systems, which is comprised of the three month periods
         ended May 31, 1997 and May 31, 1998 and the three month periods ended
         June 30, 1997 and 1998.
    
 
   
          Pursuant to the terms of employment agreements to be entered into upon
     the consummation of the Mergers, certain owners of the Founding Companies
     will be eligible for performance-based bonuses to be determined annually in
     accordance with a bonus program of the Company for senior executives, which
     bonuses shall be contingent upon the achievement of certain corporate or
     individual performance goals established by the Compensation Committee. The
     Company expects that these bonuses will only be paid if earnings increase
     to a level substantially in excess of pro forma combined earnings for the
     year ended December 31, 1997 and for the six months ended June 30, 1998.
     The bonuses paid historically to the owners of Founding Companies were
     awarded based on the owners' discretion and compensation expense has been
     reduced accordingly in the pro forma adjustments. The NEMSI adjustment for
     the year ended December 31, 1997 and the Energy Systems adjustment for the
     six months ended June 30, 1998 do not reflect the elimination of one-time,
     non-cash compensation charges of $795,000 and $1.8 million, respectively,
     resulting from issuance of stock to employees.
    
 
(B) Reflects the elimination of excess profit sharing contributions which are to
    be terminated in accordance with the Merger Agreements.
 
   
(C) Reflects the reduction in compensation expense related to the non-recurring,
    non-cash compensation charge of $5.6 million recorded by Enfinity in the six
    months ended June 30, 1998 related to Common Stock issued to management of
    Enfinity. Also reflects the reduction in compensation expense related to the
    non-recurring, non-cash compensation charge of $1.5 million recorded by
    Brandt in the second quarter related to options granted to certain
    employees. These issuances were made in contemplation of the Mergers and
    this Offering, and no future issuances of this nature are anticipated.
    
 
   
(D) Reflects the amortization of $115.8 million of goodwill to be recorded as a
    result of the Mergers over a 40-year estimated life, net of amortization
    expense already recorded in the accounts of NEMSI of $60,000, $30,000 and
    $30,000 in the year ended December 31, 1997 and the six months ended June
    30, 1997 and 1998, respectively.
    
 
                                      F-11
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                              ENFINITY CORPORATION
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(E) Reflects the net reduction in interest expense associated with long-term
    debt to be paid by stockholders and from the proceeds of this Offering, as
    follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          SIX MONTHS
                                                                                             ENDED
                                                                         YEAR ENDED        JUNE 30,
                                                                        DECEMBER 31,    ---------------
                                                                            1997        1997       1998
                                                                        ------------    ----       ----
                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                     <C>             <C>        <C>
Air Systems..........................................................       $220        $ 44       $164
NEMSI................................................................        419         205        165
Aircond..............................................................        110          55         55
                                                                          ------        ----       ----
                                                                            $749        $304       $384
                                                                          ------        ----       ----
                                                                          ------        ----       ----
</TABLE>
    
 
(F) Reflects the incremental provision for federal and state income taxes at a
    rate of 40% assuming all entities were subject to federal and state income
    tax and relating to the other statements of operations adjustments and for
    income taxes on S Corporation income.
 
NOTE 5 -- NET INCOME PER SHARE
   
     The shares used in computing pro forma basic net income per share include:
(i) 1,101,481 shares issued to consultants to and management of Enfinity; (ii)
8,243,971 shares to be issued to the stockholders of the Founding Companies in
connection with the Mergers; and (iii) 7,665,361 shares representing the number
of shares sold in this Offering necessary to pay the $79.6 million cash portion
of the consideration for the Mergers, repay $6.1 million of indebtedness of the
Founding Companies, pay distributions of $5.3 million to certain Founding
Company stockholders, pay $1.3 million of liquidation value of preferred stock
at Energy Systems and pay the underwriting discount and estimated expenses of
this Offering. In addition, the number of shares used to compute pro forma
diluted net income per share includes 45,321 shares (using the treasury stock
method) related to dilution attributable to options to purchase Common Stock of
the Company at an exercise price below the assumed initial public offering
price. The options will be issued by the Company in exchange for existing
options to purchase shares of common stock of one of the Founding Companies.
    
 
                                      F-12


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors
and Stockholders of
ENFINITY CORPORATION:
 
     In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheet and the related statement of
cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
Enfinity Corporation at December 31, 1997 and the results of its cash flows for
the year then ended, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in
accordance with generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed
above.
 
PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
July 10, 1998
 
                                      F-13
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                              ENFINITY CORPORATION
                                 BALANCE SHEET
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        DECEMBER 31,     JUNE 30,
                                                                                            1997           1998
                                                                                        ------------    -----------
                                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                                     <C>             <C>
ASSETS
Cash.................................................................................     $     20        $    73
                                                                                        ------------    -----------
          Total assets...............................................................     $     20        $    73
                                                                                        ------------    -----------
                                                                                        ------------    -----------
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Payable to related parties...........................................................     $     18        $    71
                                                                                        ------------    -----------
          Total liabilities..........................................................           18             71
                                                                                        ------------    -----------
Stockholders' equity:
     Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 500,000 shares authorized, no shares
      outstanding....................................................................
     Common stock, $.01 par value, 3,000 and 49,000,000 shares authorized, 552,074
      and 1,101,481 shares outstanding...............................................
     Additional paid-in capital......................................................            2          5,558
     Retained deficit................................................................       --             (5,556)
                                                                                        ------------    -----------
          Total stockholders' equity.................................................            2              2
                                                                                        ------------    -----------
          Total liabilities and stockholders' equity.................................     $     20        $    73
                                                                                        ------------    -----------
                                                                                        ------------    -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-14
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                              ENFINITY CORPORATION
                            STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       SIX MONTHS
                                                                                                         ENDED
                                                                                                     JUNE 30, 1998
                                                                                                     --------------
                                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)

<S>                                                                                                  <C>
Total revenues....................................................................................      $--
                                                                                                     --------------
Employee stock compensation.......................................................................         5,556
                                                                                                     --------------
Total expenses....................................................................................        (5,556)
                                                                                                     --------------
Loss before income taxes..........................................................................        (5,556)
Provision for income taxes........................................................................       --
                                                                                                     --------------
Net loss..........................................................................................      $ (5,556)
                                                                                                     --------------
                                                                                                     --------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-15
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                              ENFINITY CORPORATION
                            STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       SIX MONTHS
                                                                                       YEAR ENDED        ENDED
                                                                                      DECEMBER 31,      JUNE 30,
                                                                                          1997            1998
                                                                                      ------------    ------------
                                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                                   <C>             <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
     Net loss......................................................................       $ --          $ (5,556)
     Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating
      activities:
          Stock compensation.......................................................         --             5,556
     Changes in operating liability:
          Payable to related parties...............................................         18                53
                                                                                           ---        ------------
          Net cash provided by operating activities................................         18                53
                                                                                           ---        ------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
     Proceeds from issuance of Common Stock........................................          2            --
                                                                                           ---        ------------
          Net cash provided by financing activities................................          2            --
                                                                                           ---        ------------
Net increase in cash...............................................................         20                53
Cash, beginning of period..........................................................         --                20
                                                                                           ---        ------------
Cash, end of period................................................................       $ 20          $     73
                                                                                           ---        ------------
                                                                                           ---        ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-16


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                              ENFINITY CORPORATION
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1 -- BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION
 
     Enfinity Corporation ('Enfinity' or the 'Company') was founded in 1997 to
provide energy and indoor environmental systems and services to commercial,
industrial and institutional clients. Enfinity intends to acquire eight
companies (the 'Mergers'), upon consummation of an initial public offering (the
'Offering') of its common stock.
 
   
     Enfinity has not conducted any operations, and all activities to date have
related to the Offering and the Mergers. The Company's cash balances were
generated from the initial capitalization of the Company and advances made by
certain of its shareholders and the Founding Companies. The Company's
compensation expense of $5.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 1998
resulted from the issuance of 514,407 shares (post split) of common stock to
certain employees. Enfinity is dependent upon the Offering to execute the
pending Mergers. There is no assurance that the pending Mergers discussed will
be completed or that Enfinity will be able to generate future operating
revenues.
    
 
     In connection with the organization and initial capitalization of Enfinity,
the Company issued 552,074 shares (post split) of common stock at $100.00 per
share.
 
     On July 9, 1998, the Board of Directors approved several actions in
connection with the Offering. These actions included a 36,804.93-for-1 stock
split which will occur prior to the effectiveness of the Company's Registration
Statement. All common stock related information included in the financial
statements has been adjusted to reflect this split.
 
NOTE 2 -- UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
   
     The interim financial information as of June 30, 1998 has been prepared
from the unaudited financial records of Enfinity and in the opinion of
management reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring items,
necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of
operations and of cash flows for the interim period.
    
 
NOTE 3 -- STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
1998 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
 
     The Company's Board of Directors has adopted and the Company's stockholders
have approved the adoption of the Company's 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the
'Incentive Plan'). The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be
subject to outstanding awards may not be greater than that number of shares
equal to thirteen and one-half (13.5%) of the outstanding shares of common stock
minus the number of shares previously issued pursuant to awards granted under
the Incentive Plan. Awards may be settled in cash, shares, other awards or other
property, as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of
Directors (the 'Committee'). The Incentive Plan generally will be administered
by the Committee which is empowered to select the individuals who will receive
awards and the terms and conditions of those awards, including exercise prices
for options and other exercisable awards, vesting and forfeiture conditions (if
any), performance conditions, the extent to which awards may be transferable,
and periods during which awards will remain outstanding.
 
     The Company intends to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the
Securities Act registering the issuance of shares upon exercise of options
granted under the Incentive Plan. The Company expects to grant stock options to
purchase shares of Common Stock to key employees of the Company at the initial
public offering price upon consummation of this Offering.
 
     In addition to authorizing grants of awards to any eligible person in the
discretion of the Committee, the Incentive Plan authorizes automatic grants of
non-qualified stock options to non-employee directors. Under these provisions,
each person serving or who has agreed to serve as a non-employee director at the
commencement of this Offering will be granted an initial option to purchase
 
                                      F-17
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                              ENFINITY CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
10,000 shares, and thereafter each person who becomes a non-employee director
will be granted an initial option to purchase 10,000 shares upon such person's
initial election as a director. In addition, these provisions authorize the
automatic annual grant to each non-employee director of an option to purchase
5,000 shares at each annual meeting of stockholders following this Offering;
provided, however, that a director will not be granted an annual option if he or
she was granted an initial option during the preceding three months. These
options will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of Common
Stock on the date of grant (in the case of options granted to individual
non-employee directors, the exercise price will be the initial public offering
price per share), and the options will expire at the earlier of 10 years after
the date of grant or one year after the date the person ceases to serve as a
director of the Company for any reason. These options generally become
exercisable one year after the date of grant.
 
NOTE 4 -- NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
 
     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ('SFAS') No. 123, 'Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation,' allows entities to choose between a new fair
value based method of accounting for employee stock options or similar equity
instruments and the current intrinsic, value-based method of accounting
prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 ('APB No. 25').
Entities electing to remain with the accounting in APB No. 25 must make pro
forma disclosures of net income and earnings per share as if the fair value
method of accounting has been applied. The Company will provide pro forma
disclosure of net income and earnings per share, as applicable, in the notes to
future consolidated financial statements.
 
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
 
     In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130, 'Reporting Comprehensive
Income.' SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for reporting and display of
comprehensive income and its components (revenues, expenses, gains and losses)
in a full set of general-purpose financial statements. The Statement requires
that all items that are required to be recognized under accounting standards as
components of comprehensive income be reported in a financial statement that is
displayed with the same prominence as other financial statements. SFAS No. 130
requires that an enterprise (a) classify items of other comprehensive income by
their nature in a financial statement and (b) display the accumulated balance of
other comprehensive income separately from retained earnings and additional
paid-in capital in the equity section of a statement of financial position. The
Statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997.
Reclassification of financial statements for earlier periods provided for
comparative purposes is required. The Company adopted SFAS No. 130 in 1998 and
it had no impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.
 
SEGMENT REPORTING
 
     In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131, 'Disclosures About Segments of
an Enterprise and Related Information.' SFAS No. 131 establishes standards for
reporting information about operating segments in annual financial statements
and in interim financial reports issued to stockholders. It also establishes
standards for related disclosures about products and services, geographic areas,
and major customers. In general, such information must be reported for
externally in the same manner used for internal management purposes. SFAS No.
131 is effective for financial statements issued for periods beginning after
December 15, 1997. In the initial year of adoption, comparative information for
earlier years must be restated. Since SFAS No. 131 only requires disclosure of
certain information, its adoption will not affect the Company's financial
position or results of operations.
 
                                      F-18
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                              ENFINITY CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
ACCOUNTING FOR DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES
 
     In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ('FASB') issued SFAS
No. 133, 'Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.' SFAS
No. 133 establishes a new model for accounting for derivatives and hedging
activities and supercedes and amends a number of existing standards. SFAS No.
133 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999, but earlier
adoption is permitted. Upon initial application, all derivatives are required to
be recognized in the statement of financial position as either assets or
liabilities and measured at fair value. Recognition of changes in fair value
depends on whether the derivative is designated and qualifies as a hedge, and
the type of hedging relationship that exists. The Company does not currently,
nor does it expect to, hold any derivative instruments or participate in any
hedging activities.
 
NOTE 5 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)
 
   
     Enfinity has signed definitive agreements to acquire all of the outstanding
common stock of eight companies ('Founding Companies') to be consummated
contemporaneously with this Offering. The Founding Companies are Brandt
Mechanical Services, Inc. ('Brandt'), Air Systems, Inc. ('Air Systems'), Energy
Systems Industries, Inc. ('Energy Systems'), New England Mechanical Services,
Inc. ('NEMSI'), Lee Company ('Lee'), Hill York Corporation and Hill York
Services Corporation (collectively, 'Hill York'), Mechanical Services of
Orlando, Inc. ('Mechanical Services') and Aircond Corp. ('Aircond').
    
 
     Concurrently with and as a condition to the closing of the Offering,
Enfinity will acquire all of the outstanding capital stock of the Founding
Companies. The Mergers will be accounted for using the purchase method of
accounting with Brandt being treated as the accounting acquiror in accordance
with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 97 and APB 16. The consideration paid to
Brandt of $13.4 million in cash and $15.4 million in stock (valued at an assumed
initial public offering price of $13.50, less a 20% discount from the assumed
offering price due to restrictions on the transferability of the Common Stock
issued to Founding Company stockholders) has been recorded as a distribution.
 
     The following table sets forth the consideration to be paid in (a) cash,
(b) shares of Common Stock and (c) options to purchase shares of Common Stock to
the stockholders of each of the Founding Companies. For purposes of computing
the estimated purchase price for accounting purposes, the value of shares is
based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $13.50, less a 20%
discount from the assumed offering price due to restrictions on the
transferability of the Common Stock to be acquired by the stockholders of the
Founding Companies. The purchase price has been allocated to the assets and
liabilities acquired based on their respective carrying values, as those are
deemed to represent the fair market value of such assets and liabilities. The
allocation of the purchase price is considered preliminary
 
                                      F-19
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                              ENFINITY CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
until such time as the closing of this Offering and consummation of the Mergers.
The Company does not anticipate that the final allocation of the purchase price
will differ significantly from that presented.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               VALUE OF    VALUE OF        TOTAL
FOUNDING COMPANY                                                    CASH(1)     SHARES     OPTIONS     CONSIDERATION
- -----------------------------------------------------------------   -------    --------    --------    -------------
<S>                                                                 <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>
Air Systems......................................................   $18,932    $15,146      $1,103       $  35,181
Energy Systems...................................................     5,638      7,782       --             13,420
NEMSI............................................................     8,085      9,086       --             17,171
Lee..............................................................    11,664     14,000       --             25,664
Hill York........................................................     7,122      8,869       --             15,991
Mechanical Services..............................................     6,111      7,333       --             13,444
Aircond..........................................................     8,641     10,369       --             19,010
                                                                    -------    --------    --------    -------------
                                                                    $66,193    $72,585      $1,103       $ 139,881
                                                                    -------    --------    --------    -------------
                                                                    -------    --------    --------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) The number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to the stockholders of the
    Founding Companies is fixed. The cash amounts in the table above assume an
    initial public offering price per share of $13.50. If the initial public
    offering price per share is higher or lower than $13.50, the cash
    consideration will vary proportionately. For example, a $1.00 increase over
    such $13.50 initial public offering price will result in a $5.9 million
    increase (out of the $7.4 million of additional net proceeds) in the
    aggregate cash consideration paid to the Founding Company stockholders.
    Pursuant to the Merger Agreements, the aggregate cash consideration paid to
    such stockholders (including the stockholders of Brandt) will in no event be
    less than $73.6 million.
 
                                      F-20


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors
and Stockholders of
BRANDT MECHANICAL SERVICES, INC.
 
     In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related
consolidated statements of operations, of stockholders' equity and of cash flows
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Brandt
Mechanical Services, Inc. ('Brandt') and its subsidiaries at December 31, 1996
and 1997 and March 31, 1998, and the results of their operations and their cash
flows for the period from May 25 to December 31, 1995, for the years ended
December 31, 1996 and 1997, and for the three months ended March 31, 1998 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. These financial
statements are the responsibility of Brandt's management; our responsibility is
to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We
conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with generally accepted
auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.
 
PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
July 2, 1998
 
                                      F-21


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                        BRANDT MECHANICAL SERVICES, INC.
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                 -----------------     MARCH 31,       JUNE 30,
                                  1996      1997         1998            1998
                                 ------    -------    -------------   -----------
                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                              <C>       <C>        <C>             <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
     Cash and cash
       equivalents............   $3,811    $ 4,120      $  3,439        $ 1,047
     Accounts receivable:
          Trade...............    3,652      7,937         6,588          7,706
          Retainage...........    1,893      3,511         2,968          2,967
     Costs and estimated
       earnings in excess of
       billings on uncompleted
       contracts..............      423        523         1,121          1,626
     Inventories..............     --           49            87              7
     Prepaid expenses and
       other current assets...        6          1           213            399
                                 ------    -------    ------------    -----------
          Total current
            assets............    9,785     16,141        14,416         13,752
Property and equipment, net...       83         49           145            357
Other assets..................       41        154            82         --
                                 ------    -------    ------------    -----------
          Total assets........   $9,909    $16,344      $ 14,643        $14,109
                                 ------    -------    ------------    -----------
                                 ------    -------    ------------    -----------
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
     Short-term debt..........   $   86    $ --         $ --            $--
     Accounts payable and
       accrued expenses.......    4,849      4,854         4,482          5,173
     Billings in excess of
       costs and estimated
       earnings on uncompleted
       contracts..............    1,351      5,421         3,056          3,750
                                 ------    -------    ------------    -----------
          Total current
            liabilities.......    6,286     10,275         7,538          8,923
Long-term debt, net of current
  portion.....................      121      --           --             --
Negative goodwill.............    2,157      1,521         1,362          1,203
                                 ------    -------    ------------    -----------
          Total liabilities...    8,564     11,796         8,900         10,126
                                 ------    -------    ------------    -----------
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders' equity:
     Common stock, Class A
       voting, $0.01 par
       value, 20,000 shares
       authorized, 800, 738
       and 738 shares issued
       and outstanding,
       respectively; Class B
       nonvoting, $0.01 par
       value, 20,000 shares
       authorized, 200, 262
       and 262 shares issued
       and outstanding,
       respectively...........        1          1             1              1
     Additional paid-in
       capital................     --        --           --              1,455
     Retained earnings........    1,344      4,547         5,742          2,527
                                 ------    -------    ------------    -----------
          Total stockholders'
            equity............    1,345      4,548         5,743          3,983
                                 ------    -------    ------------    -----------
          Total liabilities
            and stockholders'
            equity............   $9,909    $16,344      $ 14,643        $14,109
                                 ------    -------    ------------    -----------
                                 ------    -------    ------------    -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-22
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                        BRANDT MECHANICAL SERVICES, INC.
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      YEAR ENDED
                                              FOR THE PERIOD         DECEMBER 31,
                                              FROM MAY 25 TO      ------------------
                                             DECEMBER 31, 1995     1996       1997
                                             -----------------    -------    -------
<S>                                          <C>                  <C>        <C>
Revenues..................................        $15,869         $38,723    $50,435
Cost of revenues..........................         13,170          31,932     42,032
                                             -----------------    -------    -------
     Gross profit.........................          2,699           6,791      8,403
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses................................          2,562           6,764      5,287
Employee stock compensation...............        --                --         --
Accretion of negative goodwill............           (371)           (636)      (636)
                                             -----------------    -------    -------
     Income from operations...............            508             663      3,752
Other (income) expense:
     Interest income, net.................            (66)           (135)      (164)
     Other income, net....................            (11)            (26)     --
                                             -----------------    -------    -------
Income before provision for income
  taxes...................................            585             824      3,916
Provision for income taxes................             24              41      --
                                             -----------------    -------    -------
Net income................................        $   561         $   783    $ 3,916
                                             -----------------    -------    -------
                                             -----------------    -------    -------
 
Unaudited pro forma information:
     Pro forma net income before provision
       for income taxes...................                                   $ 3,916
     Provision for income taxes...........                                     1,312
                                                                             -------
Pro forma net income (see Note 2).........                                   $ 2,604
                                                                             -------
                                                                             -------
 
<CAPTION>
                                               THREE MONTHS
                                                   ENDED                    SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                 MARCH 31,                      JUNE 30,
                                             -----------------    ------------------------------------
                                              1997      1998            1997                1998
                                             -------   -------    ----------------    ----------------
                                             (UNAUDITED)                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                          <C>       <C>        <C>                 <C>
Revenues..................................  $7,547     $15,326        $ 20,079            $ 30,156
Cost of revenues..........................   5,875      12,901          16,227              25,375
                                            -------    -------    ----------------    ----------------
     Gross profit.........................   1,672       2,425           3,852               4,781
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses................................   1,191       1,459           2,543               2,871
Employee stock compensation...............    --         --            --                    1,455
Accretion of negative goodwill............    (159)       (159)           (318)               (318)
                                             -------   -------    ----------------    ----------------
     Income from operations...............     640       1,125           1,627                 773
Other (income) expense:
     Interest income, net.................     (12)        (51)            (29)                (83)
     Other income, net....................       2         (19)              1                 (16)
                                             -------   -------    ----------------    ----------------
Income before provision for income
  taxes...................................     650       1,195           1,655                 872
Provision for income taxes................    --         --            --                  --
                                             -------   -------    ----------------    ----------------
Net income................................   $ 650     $ 1,195        $  1,655            $    872
                                             -------   -------    ----------------    ----------------
                                             -------   -------    ----------------    ----------------
Unaudited pro forma information:
     Pro forma net income before provision
       for income taxes...................   $ 650     $ 1,195           1,655                 872
     Provision for income taxes...........     196         414             535                 222
                                             -------   -------    ----------------    ----------------
Pro forma net income (see Note 2).........   $ 454     $   781        $  1,120            $    650
                                             -------   -------    ----------------    ----------------
                                             -------   -------    ----------------    ----------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-23
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                        BRANDT MECHANICAL SERVICES, INC.
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      COMMON               ADDITIONAL                      TOTAL
                                                      STOCK     COMMON       PAID-IN       RETAINED    STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                      SHARES    STOCK        CAPITAL       EARNINGS       EQUITY
                                                      ------    ------    -------------    --------    -------------
<S>                                                   <C>       <C>       <C>              <C>         <C>
Balance, May 25, 1995..............................   1,000     $   1        $--            $--           $     1
     Net income....................................    --        --           --               561            561
                                                      ------    ------    -------------    --------    -------------
Balance, December 31, 1995.........................   1,000         1         --               561            562
     Net income....................................    --        --           --               783            783
                                                      ------    ------    -------------    --------    -------------
Balance, December 31, 1996.........................   1,000         1         --             1,344          1,345
     Distribution to stockholders..................    --        --           --              (713)          (713)
     Net income....................................    --        --           --             3,916          3,916
                                                      ------    ------    -------------    --------    -------------
Balance, December 31, 1997.........................   1,000         1         --             4,547          4,548
     Net income....................................    --        --           --             1,195          1,195
                                                      ------    ------    -------------    --------    -------------
Balance, March 31, 1998............................   1,000         1         --             5,742          5,743
     Stock options issued to employees.............    --        --            1,455         --             1,455
     Distributions to stockholders.................    --        --           --            (2,892)        (2,892)
     Net loss (unaudited)..........................    --        --           --              (323)          (323)
                                                      ------    ------    -------------    --------    -------------
Balance, June 30, 1998 (unaudited).................   1,000     $   1        $ 1,455        $2,527        $ 3,983
                                                      ------    ------    -------------    --------    -------------
                                                      ------    ------    -------------    --------    -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-24
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                        BRANDT MECHANICAL SERVICES, INC.
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        YEARS ENDED
                                  FOR THE PERIOD        DECEMBER 31,
                                  FROM MAY 25 TO      ----------------
                                 DECEMBER 31, 1995     1996      1997
                                 -----------------    ------    ------
<S>                              <C>                  <C>       <C>
Cash flows from operating
  activities:
     Net income...............        $   561         $  783    $3,916
     Adjustments to reconcile
       net income to net cash
       provided by operating
       activities:
          Depreciation
            expense...........        --                  14        18
          Accretion of
            negative
            goodwill..........           (371)          (636)     (636)
          Employee stock
            compensation......        --                --        --
          Gain on sale of
            property and
            equipment.........            (11)           (26)     --
     Changes in operating
       assets and liabilities:
          Accounts
            receivable........           (899)           157    (5,903)
          Inventories.........              7           --         (49)
          Costs and estimated
            earnings in excess
            of billings on
            uncompleted
            contracts.........             52           (357)     (100)
          Prepaid expenses and
            other assets......             (2)           (43)     (108)
          Accounts payable and
            accrued
            expenses..........          1,038          1,950         5
          Billings in excess
            of costs and
            estimated earnings
            on uncompleted
            contracts.........            314            474     4,070
                                      -------         ------    ------
               Net cash
                 provided by
                 (used in)
                 operating
                 activities...            689          2,316     1,213
                                      -------         ------    ------
Cash flows from investing
  activities:
     Proceeds from sale of
       property and
       equipment..............             11             26        16
     Additions of property and
       equipment..............        --                 (97)     --
                                      -------         ------    ------
               Net cash
                 provided by
                 (used in)
                 investing
                 activities...             11            (71)       16
                                      -------         ------    ------
Cash flows from financing
  activities:
     Payments of long-term
       debt...................        --                 (43)     (207)
     Distributions to
       stockholders...........        --                --        (713)
                                      -------         ------    ------
               Net cash used
                 in financing
                 activities...        --                 (43)     (920)
                                      -------         ------    ------
Net increase (decrease) in
  cash and cash equivalents...            700          2,202       309
Cash and cash equivalents,
  beginning of period.........            909          1,609     3,811
                                      -------         ------    ------
Cash and cash equivalents, end
  of period...................        $ 1,609         $3,811    $4,120
                                      -------         ------    ------
                                      -------         ------    ------
Supplemental disclosure of
  cash flow information:
     Cash paid for interest...        $    11         $   20    $   13
     Cash paid for income
       taxes..................        $    41         $   65      --
 
<CAPTION>
                                      THREE MONTHS ENDED                   SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                          MARCH 31,                            JUNE 30,
                                 ----------------------------    ------------------------------------
                                  1997            1998                 1997                1998
                                 -------   ------------------    ----------------    ----------------
                                 (UNAUDITED)                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                              <C>       <C>                   <C>                 <C>
Cash flows from operating
  activities:
     Net income...............   $  669         $  1,195              $1,655              $  872
     Adjustments to reconcile
       net income to net cash
       provided by operating
       activities:
          Depreciation
            expense...........        6                4                  10                   8
          Accretion of
            negative
            goodwill..........     (159)            (159)               (318)               (318)
          Employee stock
            compensation......     --           --                   --                    1,455
          Gain on sale of
            property and
            equipment.........     --           --                   --                  --
     Changes in operating
       assets and liabilities:
          Accounts
            receivable........     (509)           1,892              (1,065)                775
          Inventories.........     --                (38)            --                       42
          Costs and estimated
            earnings in excess
            of billings on
            uncompleted
            contracts.........      134             (598)                123              (1,103)
          Prepaid expenses and
            other assets......      (75)            (140)                (31)               (244)
          Accounts payable and
            accrued
            expenses..........   (2,492)            (372)             (1,528)                319
          Billings in excess
            of costs and
            estimated earnings
            on uncompleted
            contracts.........     (119)          (2,365)                298              (1,671)
                                 -------        --------             -------             -------
               Net cash
                 provided by
                 (used in)
                 operating
                 activities...   (2,545)            (581)               (856)                135
                                 -------        --------             -------             -------
Cash flows from investing
  activities:
     Proceeds from sale of
       property and
       equipment..............       16         --                        16             --
     Additions of property and
       equipment..............     --               (100)            --                     (316)
                                 -------        --------             -------             -------
               Net cash
                 provided by
                 (used in)
                 investing
                 activities...       16             (100)                 16                (316)
                                 -------        --------             -------             -------
Cash flows from financing
  activities:
     Payments of long-term
       debt...................      (21)        --                       (43)            --
     Distributions to
       stockholders...........     --           --                   --                   (2,892)
                                 -------        --------             -------             -------
               Net cash used
                 in financing
                 activities...      (21)        --                       (43)             (2,892)
                                 -------        --------             -------             -------
Net increase (decrease) in
  cash and cash equivalents...   (2,550)            (681)               (883)             (3,073)
Cash and cash equivalents,
  beginning of period.........    3,811            4,120               3,811               4,120
                                 -------        --------             -------             -------
Cash and cash equivalents, end
  of period...................   $1,261         $  3,439              $2,928              $1,047
                                 -------        --------             -------             -------
                                 -------        --------             -------             -------
Supplemental disclosure of
  cash flow information:
     Cash paid for interest...   $    4         $--                   $    8             --
     Cash paid for income
       taxes..................   $ --           $--                   $ --                 --
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements
 
                                      F-25


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                        BRANDT MECHANICAL SERVICES, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1 -- BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION
 
     Brandt Mechanical Services, Inc., ('Brandt'), founded in 1952, focuses on
performing large design and build construction projects and turnkey industrial
and special projects. Brandt primarily operates in Texas.
 
     Brandt and its stockholders intend to enter into a definitive agreement
with Enfinity Corporation ('Enfinity'), pursuant to which all outstanding shares
of Brandt's common stock will be exchanged for cash and shares of Enfinity
common stock concurrently with the consummation of the initial public offering
(the 'Offering') of the common stock of Enfinity.
 
NOTE 2 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
     These consolidated financial statements represent the financial position,
results of operations and cash flows of Brandt Mechanical Services, Inc. and its
wholly-owned subsidiaries, M&Z Brandt Engineering Co., Inc., Brandt Service
Company, Metalair Industries, Inc. and Brandt Engineering Company of Arkansas
(collectively, the 'subsidiaries'). All intercompany transactions and balances
have been eliminated.
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
     Brandt considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original
maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
 
INVENTORIES
 
     Inventories consist of parts and supplies held for use in the ordinary
course of business and are stated at the lower of cost or market based upon
specifically identified cost.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment are stated at cost, and depreciation is computed
using the straight-line method over the following useful lives: vehicles, 5
years; and leasehold improvements, 40 years.
 
     Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when
incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments, which extend the
useful lives of existing equipment, are capitalized and depreciated. Upon
retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and related
accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or
loss is recognized in the statement of operations.
 
NEGATIVE GOODWILL
 
     Effective May 25, 1995, through a series of transactions, all of the issued
and outstanding common stock of the subsidiaries was purchased by Brandt from
its former parent, which was a subsidiary of a company that had emerged from
bankruptcy in December 1994. The excess of the fair value of the assets acquired
over the acquisition cost was allocated to reduce all noncurrent assets. The
remaining excess ('negative goodwill') is being amortized using the straight
line method over a period of five years, which represents the estimated period
of benefit.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
     Brandt recognizes revenue when services are performed except when work is
being performed under a construction contract. Revenues from construction
contracts are recognized on the percentage-
 
                                      F-26
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                        BRANDT MECHANICAL SERVICES, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
of completion method measured by the percentage of costs incurred to total
estimated costs for each contract. Provisions for the total estimated losses on
uncompleted contracts are made in the period in which such losses are
determined. Changes in job performance, job conditions, estimated profitability
and final contract settlements may result in revisions to costs and income and
their effects are recognized in the period in which the revisions are
determined.
 
     The balances billed but not paid by customers pursuant to retainage
provisions in construction contracts will be due upon completion of the
contracts and acceptance by the customer. Based on Brandt's experience with
similar contracts in recent years, the retainage balance will be collected
within a year of the balance sheet date.
 
WARRANTY COSTS
 
     Brandt warrants parts and labor for mechanical construction projects based
on contractual terms, generally for one year. A reserve for warranty costs is
recorded as part of the cost to complete each individual job.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
     As of January 1, 1997, Brandt has elected S Corporation status as defined
by the Internal Revenue Code, whereby Brandt is not subject to taxation for
federal purposes. Under S Corporation status, the stockholders report their
share of Brandt's taxable earnings or losses in their personal tax returns.
Brandt will terminate its S Corporation status concurrently with the effective
date of the Offering.
 
     For the periods prior to January 1, 1997, Brandt provided for deferred
taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109,
'Accounting for Income Taxes' ('SFAS 109'). SFAS 109 requires an asset and
liability approach for financial accounting and reporting for income taxes based
on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and
liabilities.
 
     The unaudited pro forma income tax information included in the Statement of
Operations is presented in accordance with SFAS 109 as if Brandt had been
subject to federal and state income taxes for the entire periods presented.
 
USE OF ESTIMATES
 
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions by
management in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
 
     Financial instruments that potentially subject Brandt to concentrations of
credit risk consist principally of trade accounts receivable. Brandt follows the
practice of filing statutory liens on construction projects where collection
problems are anticipated. The liens serve as collateral for trade receivables.
Brandt does not believe that it is subject to any unusual credit risk beyond the
normal credit risk attendant in its business.
 
NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
     Effective January 1, 1996, Brandt adopted Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 121, 'Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for
Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of.' Accordingly, in the event that facts and
circumstances indicate that property and equipment or other assets may be
impaired, an evaluation of recoverability would be performed. If an evaluation
is
 
                                      F-27
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                        BRANDT MECHANICAL SERVICES, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
required, the estimated future undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset
are compared to the asset's carrying amount to determine if a write-down to
market value is necessary. Adoption of this standard did not have a material
effect on the financial position or results of operations of Brandt.
 
     In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ('FASB') issued SFAS
No. 133, 'Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.' SFAS
No. 133 establishes a new model for accounting for derivatives and hedging
activities and supercedes and amends a number of existing standards. SFAS No.
133 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999, but earlier
adoption is permitted. Upon initial application, all derivatives are required to
be recognized in the statement of financial position as either assets or
liabilities and measured at fair value. Recognition of changes in fair value
depends on whether the derivative is designated and qualifies as a hedge, and
the type of hedging relationship that exists. The Company does not currently,
nor does it expect to, hold any derivative instruments or participate in any
hedging activities.
 
UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
   
     The interim financial information for the three month period ended March
31, 1997 and six month periods ended June 30, 1997 and 1998 has been prepared
from the unaudited financial records of Brandt and in the opinion of management
reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring items, necessary
for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations and
of cash flows for the interim period.
    
 
NOTE 3 -- PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             ESTIMATED       DECEMBER 31,
                                            USEFUL LIVES    --------------    MARCH 31,
                                              IN YEARS      1996     1997       1998
                                            ------------    -----    -----    ---------
                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                         <C>             <C>      <C>      <C>
Transportation equipment.................      5 years      $  97    $  77      $  88
Leasehold improvements...................     40 years       --       --           82
Less -- Accumulated depreciation.........                     (14)     (28)       (25)
                                                            -----    -----    ---------
Property and equipment, net..............                   $  83    $  49      $ 145
                                                            -----    -----    ---------
                                                            -----    -----    ---------
</TABLE>
 
     Depreciation expense was approximately $14,000 and $18,000 for the years
ended 1996 and 1997, respectively and $4,000 for the three months ended March
31, 1998. There was no depreciation expense during the period ended December 31,
1995.
 
                                      F-28
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                        BRANDT MECHANICAL SERVICES, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 4 -- DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS
 
     Installation contracts in progress are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                    --------------------    MARCH 31,
                                                      1996        1997        1998
                                                    --------    --------    ---------
                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>         <C>
Costs incurred on contracts in progress..........   $ 24,192    $ 35,508     $45,405
Estimated earnings, net of losses................      2,449       3,622       4,802
                                                    --------    --------    ---------
                                                      26,641      39,130      50,267
Less -- Billings to date.........................    (27,569)    (44,028)     52,202
                                                    --------    --------    ---------
                                                    $   (928)   $ (4,898)    $(1,935)
                                                    --------    --------    ---------
                                                    --------    --------    ---------
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of
  billings on uncompleted contracts..............   $    423    $    523     $ 1,121
Billings in excess of costs and estimated
  earnings on uncompleted contracts..............     (1,351)     (5,421)     (3,056)
                                                    --------    --------    ---------
                                                    $   (928)   $ (4,898)    $ 1,935
                                                    --------    --------    ---------
                                                    --------    --------    ---------
</TABLE>
 
     Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                        ----------------    MARCH 31,
                                                         1996      1997       1998
                                                        ------    ------    ---------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                     <C>       <C>       <C>
Accounts payable, trade..............................   $2,159    $3,732     $ 3,404
Accrued compensation, benefits and other.............    2,690     1,122       1,078
                                                        ------    ------    ---------
     Total...........................................   $4,849    $4,854     $ 4,482
                                                        ------    ------    ---------
                                                        ------    ------    ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 5 -- LONG-TERM DEBT
 
     Debt at December 31, 1996 consisted of a subordinated note payable to the
prior stockholder. The debt was secured by the stock of Brandt's subsidiaries.
The balance of the note was payable in quarterly installments of approximately
$21,000 of principal plus interest at the prime lending rate. The note was paid
in full during the year ended December 31, 1997.
 
     Brandt has a $1,500,000 line of credit with a bank. The line of credit
expires June 1, 1998, bears interest at one percent above the bank's base
lending rate and has a commitment fee of 0.25% per annum. The line of credit is
secured by substantially all of the assets of Brandt and by the guarantees of
certain stockholders. Brandt has restrictive and various financial covenants
with which Brandt was in compliance at December 31, 1997 and March 31, 1998.
There was no balance outstanding under this line of credit at December 31, 1996
or 1997 or at March 31, 1998.
 
NOTE 6 -- INCOME TAXES
 
     As of January 1, 1997, Brandt elected S Corporation status as defined by
the Internal Revenue Code, whereby Brandt is not subject to taxation for federal
purposes. Under S Corporation status, the stockholders report their share of
Brandt's taxable earnings or losses in their personal tax returns. There were no
deferred tax balances to eliminate at the date Brandt ceased to be a taxable
enterprise.
 
     Income tax expense related to the periods before Brandt's S Corporation
election is comprised of the following:
 
                                      F-29
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                        BRANDT MECHANICAL SERVICES, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          MAY 25 TO       YEAR ENDED
                                                         DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                             1995            1996
                                                         ------------    ------------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                      <C>             <C>
Current...............................................       $ 24            $ 41
Deferred..............................................        ---             ---
                                                              ---             ---
    Total provision for income taxes.................        $ 24            $ 41
                                                              ---             ---
                                                              ---             ---
</TABLE>
 
     The provision for income taxes varied from the statutory federal income tax
rate as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                   MAY 25 TO        -------------------------------------     THREE MONTHS ENDED
                               DECEMBER 31, 1995         1996                 1997              MARCH 31, 1998
                               -----------------    --------------      -----------------    --------------------
                                                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                            <C>      <C>         <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>
Income tax at the U.S.
  Federal statutory rate....    $  199     34.0%    $ 280     34.0%     $ 1,331      34.0%     $406         34.8%
Accretion of negative
  goodwill..................      (126)   (21.5)     (216)   (26.2)        (216)     (5.5)      (54)        (4.5)
Earnings of S Corporation...     --       --         --       --         (1,115)    (28.5)     (352)       (29.5)
Other.......................       (49)    (8.4)      (23)    (2.8)       --         --        --          --
                               -------- --------    -----    -----      -------    ------    --------    --------
     Effective tax rate.....    $   24      4.1%    $  41      5.0%     $ --         --  %     $--         --   %
                               -------- --------    -----    -----      -------    ------    --------    --------
                               -------- --------    -----    -----      -------    ------    --------    --------
</TABLE>
 
     Temporary differences between the consolidated financial statement carrying
amounts and the consolidated tax basis of assets and liabilities that gave rise
to significant portions of the consolidated deferred tax amounts related to the
following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                            1996
                                                                       --------------
                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                    <C>
Net operating loss carryforwards...................................        $  233
Property, plant and equipment......................................            17
                                                                          -------
Deferred tax asset before valuation allowance......................           250
Less -- Valuation allowance........................................          (250)
                                                                          -------
Net deferred tax asset.............................................        $--
                                                                          -------
                                                                          -------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 7 -- LEASE COMMITMENTS
 
     Brandt leases its primary office space from a partnership which is owned by
Brandt's stockholders. The lease expires on August 27, 2001. The rent paid under
this related-party lease is approximately $14,000 per month. Brandt leases two
other facilities from third parties. These leases, which expire on December 31,
1997 and June 30, 1999, have monthly rentals of approximately $1,000 and $4,000,
respectively.
 
     Brandt also leases various equipment under non-cancelable operating leases
which expire from September 1997 to November 2001. Various of these equipment is
leased from a partnership which is owned by Brandt's stockholders. These leases
are for terms of 3 to 5 years.
 
                                      F-30
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                        BRANDT MECHANICAL SERVICES, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Future minimum lease payments under these non-cancelable operating leases
are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    YEARS ENDING
                                    DECEMBER 31,
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>
     1998............................................................................    $ 369
     1999............................................................................      235
     2000............................................................................       74
     2001............................................................................        8
     Thereafter......................................................................     --
                                                                                        -------
          Total minimum lease payments...............................................    $ 686
                                                                                        -------
                                                                                        -------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 8 -- RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
     As noted above, Brandt leases its primary office and warehouse facility and
various equipment from a partnership which is owned by Brandt's stockholders.
 
NOTE 9 -- EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
     Brandt has a defined contribution profit sharing plan. The plan provides
for Brandt to match one-half of the first 6 percent contributed by each
employee. Total contributions by Brandt under the plan were approximately
$41,000, $180,000 and $204,000 for the periods ending December 31, 1995, 1996
and 1997 and $40,370 for the three months ended March 31, 1998, respectively.
Brandt may also make discretionary contributions. No discretionary contributions
were made for the periods ending December 31, 1995, 1996, 1997 or March 31,
1998.
 
NOTE 10 -- FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
     Brandt's financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, trade
accounts receivable, a line of credit and a note payable. Brandt believes that
the carrying value of these instruments on the accompanying balance sheet
approximates their fair value.
 
NOTE 11 -- STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
     As of December 31, 1997, Brandt had declared and paid distributions of
$713,000 to its stockholders, representing a partial distribution of Brandt's S
Corporation accumulated adjustment account related to the year ended December
31, 1997.
 
NOTE 12 -- STOCK OPTIONS
   
     Effective November 1997, the Company's stockholders entered into option
agreements with certain employees allowing for the purchase of a total of 60
shares of the Company's Class B common stock from the stockholders. These
options vest upon the execution of a binding, definitive agreement pursuant to
which the Company is a part of a 'combining transaction,' as defined in the
agreements. Unvested options expire on September 30, 1998. Vested options expire
five years after the date of grant. The exercise price per share of $5,589 is
estimated to be the fair market value of the stock at the date of grant. On May
14, 1998, the options vested, giving rise to a compensation expense of $1.5
million that was recorded in the quarter ending June 30, 1998.
    
 
NOTE 13 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENT (UNAUDITED)
     Brandt and its stockholders have entered into a definitive agreement with
Enfinity pursuant to which Brandt will merge with a wholly owned subsidiary of
Enfinity. All outstanding shares of Brandt will be exchanged for cash and common
stock of Enfinity concurrently with the consummation of the initial public
offering of the common stock of Enfinity.
   
     The Company will make cash distributions prior to the merger to clear the
Company's estimated S Corporation accumulated adjustment account. Had the
distributions been recorded at June 30, 1998, the effect on the accompanying
balance sheet would be an increase in liabilities of $229,000 and a decrease in
stockholders' equity of $229,000.
    
   
     Brandt has extended the expiration date for its line of credit through June
1, 1999. All other terms remain the same.
    
 
                                      F-31


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
To the Stockholders
AIR SYSTEMS, INC.
 
     We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Air Systems, Inc. ('Air
Systems') as of February 28, 1997 and 1998 and the related statements of
operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of Air
Systems' management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Air Systems as of February
28, 1997 and 1998 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each
of the three years in the period ended in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.
 
SHILLING AND KENYON, INC.
San Jose, California
April 27, 1998
 
                                      F-32


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                               AIR SYSTEMS, INC.
                                 BALANCE SHEET
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                                ------------------      MAY 31,
                                                                                 1997       1998         1998
                                                                                -------    -------    ------------
                                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                             <C>        <C>        <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
     Accounts receivable:
       Trade, net of allowance of $280 in 1997 and $250 in 1998,
          respectively.......................................................   $12,401    $28,096      $ 23,184
       Retainage.............................................................     2,017      4,790         5,487
     Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted
       contracts.............................................................     1,528      3,124         5,511
     Inventories.............................................................       402        874           872
     Prepaid expenses and other current assets...............................       243        394           549
     Deferred income taxes...................................................       354        390           390
                                                                                -------    -------    ------------
          Total current assets...............................................    16,945     37,668        35,993
Property and equipment, net..................................................     1,788      4,541         4,771
Other assets.................................................................       205        195           189
                                                                                -------    -------    ------------
          Total assets.......................................................   $18,938    $42,404      $ 40,953
                                                                                -------    -------    ------------
                                                                                -------    -------    ------------
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
     Line of credit..........................................................   $ 1,950    $ 7,365      $  7,124
     Current portion of long-term debt.......................................       178        622           610
     Current portion of obligations under capital lease......................       142        100            74
     Accounts payable........................................................     4,293     10,811         8,637
     Accrued expenses........................................................     3,369      4,450         2,798
     Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted
       contracts.............................................................     3,446     10,420        11,374
     Income taxes payable....................................................       665        154           924
                                                                                -------    -------    ------------
          Total current liabilities..........................................    14,043     33,922        31,541
Long-term debt, net of current portion.......................................       625      2,029         1,909
Obligations under capital lease, net of current portion......................       105         32            25
Deferred income taxes........................................................       281        331           331
                                                                                -------    -------    ------------
          Total liabilities..................................................    15,054     36,314        33,806
                                                                                -------    -------    ------------
Commitments..................................................................     --         --           --
Stockholders' equity:
     Common stock, no par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized and 1,175,000
       shares issued and outstanding in 1997 and 1998........................        31         31            31
     Retained earnings.......................................................     3,853      6,059         7,116
                                                                                -------    -------    ------------
          Total stockholders' equity.........................................     3,884      6,090         7,147
                                                                                -------    -------    ------------
          Total liabilities and stockholders' equity.........................   $18,938    $42,404      $ 40,953
                                                                                -------    -------    ------------
                                                                                -------    -------    ------------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-33
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                               AIR SYSTEMS, INC.
                            STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    YEARS ENDED                     THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                    --------------------------------------------         MAY 31,
                                                    FEBRUARY 29,    FEBRUARY 28,    FEBRUARY 28,    ------------------
                                                        1996            1997            1998         1997       1998
                                                    ------------    ------------    ------------    -------    -------
                                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>        <C>
Revenues.........................................     $ 37,463        $ 55,528        $ 90,969      $13,180    $31,048
Cost of revenues.................................       29,527          44,098          75,149        9,651     26,355
                                                    ------------    ------------    ------------    -------    -------
     Gross profit................................        7,936          11,430          15,820        3,529      4,693
Selling, general and administrative expenses.....        6,449           8,232          11,370        2,492      2,629
                                                    ------------    ------------    ------------    -------    -------
     Income from operations......................        1,487           3,198           4,450        1,037      2,064
Other (income) expense:
     Interest expense, net.......................          190             228             636           76        202
     Gain on sale of property and equipment......          (24)            (14)         --            --         --
                                                    ------------    ------------    ------------    -------    -------
Income before provision for income taxes.........        1,321           2,984           3,814          961      1,862
Provision for income taxes.......................          519           1,196           1,608          404        805
                                                    ------------    ------------    ------------    -------    -------
Net income.......................................     $    802        $  1,788        $  2,206      $   557    $ 1,057
                                                    ------------    ------------    ------------    -------    -------
                                                    ------------    ------------    ------------    -------    -------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-34
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                               AIR SYSTEMS, INC.
                       STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    COMMON                                TOTAL
                                                                     STOCK      COMMON    RETAINED    STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                                    SHARES      STOCK     EARNINGS       EQUITY
                                                                   ---------    ------    --------    -------------
<S>                                                                <C>          <C>       <C>         <C>
Balance, March 1, 1995..........................................   1,234,000     $ 60      $1,263        $ 1,323
     Repurchase of common stock.................................     (59,000)     (29)      --               (29)
     Net income.................................................      --         --           802            802
                                                                   ---------    ------    --------    -------------
Balance, February 29, 1996......................................   1,175,000       31       2,065          2,096
     Net income.................................................      --         --         1,788          1,788
                                                                   ---------    ------    --------    -------------
Balance, February 28, 1997......................................   1,175,000       31       3,853          3,884
     Net income.................................................      --         --         2,206          2,206
                                                                   ---------    ------    --------    -------------
Balance, February 28, 1998......................................   1,175,000       31       6,059          6,090
     Net income (unaudited).....................................      --         --         1,057          1,057
                                                                   ---------    ------    --------    -------------
Balance, May 31, 1998 (unaudited)...............................   1,175,000     $ 31      $7,116        $ 7,147
                                                                   ---------    ------    --------    -------------
                                                                   ---------    ------    --------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-35
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                               AIR SYSTEMS, INC.
                            STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        THREE MONTHS
                                                                     YEARS ENDED                           ENDED
                                                     --------------------------------------------         MAY 31,
                                                     FEBRUARY 29,    FEBRUARY 28,    FEBRUARY 28,    ------------------
                                                         1996            1997            1998         1997       1998
                                                     ------------    ------------    ------------    -------    -------
                                                                                                         UNAUDITED
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>        <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
     Net income...................................     $    802        $  1,788        $  2,206      $   557    $ 1,057
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
       cash provided by (used for) operating
       activities:
          Depreciation and amortization...........          214             369             822          135        263
          Gain on sale of property and
            equipment.............................          (24)            (14)         --            --         --
          Deferred income taxes...................            3              (4)             14         (229)     --
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
     Accounts receivable..........................       (3,380)         (4,161)        (15,695)         504      4,912
     Retainage....................................         (503)         (1,062)         (2,773)         130       (697)
     Costs and estimated earnings in excess of
       billings on uncompleted contracts..........         (569)           (530)         (1,596)         367     (2,387)
     Inventories..................................          (38)            (27)           (472)        (113)         2
     Prepaid expenses and other current assets....          (94)            (73)           (151)          60       (155)
     Accounts payable.............................        1,135             530           4,906        1,748       (264)
     Accrued expenses.............................        1,382             933           1,081       (1,543)    (1,652)
     Billings in excess of costs and estimated
       earnings on uncompleted contracts..........          (96)          1,988           6,974         (493)       954
     Income taxes payable.........................         (121)            535            (511)        (113)       770
                                                     ------------    ------------    ------------    -------    -------
          Net cash provided by (used for)
            operating activities..................       (1,289)            272          (5,195)       1,010      2,803
Cash flows from investing activities:
     Proceeds from sale of property and
       equipment..................................           32               4          --            --         --
     Receipts of notes receivable.................           23               6          --            --         --
     Other assets.................................          (43)             22              10          (21)         6
     Additions of property and equipment..........         (590)         (1,146)         (3,550)      (1,034)      (493)
                                                     ------------    ------------    ------------    -------    -------
          Net cash used for investing
            activities............................         (578)         (1,114)         (3,540)      (1,055)      (487)
Cash flows from financing activities:
     Cash overdraft...............................          626             185           1,612         (887)    (1,910)
     Borrowings from line of credit...............        1,350             300           5,415        1,030       (241)
     Borrowings of long-term debt.................          207             630           2,259          548      --
     Payments on long-term debt...................         (221)           (121)           (411)         (29)      (131)
     Payments on capital leases...................          (66)           (152)           (140)         (38)       (34)
     Repurchase of common stock...................          (29)         --              --            --         --
                                                     ------------    ------------    ------------    -------    -------
          Net cash provided by (used for)
            financing activities..................        1,867             842           8,735          624     (2,316)
Net increase (decrease) in cash...................       --              --              --              579      --
Cash, beginning and end of period.................     $ --            $ --            $ --          $   579    $ --
                                                     ------------    ------------    ------------    -------    -------
                                                     ------------    ------------    ------------    -------    -------
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
     Cash paid for interest.......................     $    192        $    238        $    640      $    76    $   202
     Cash paid for income taxes...................     $    637        $    665        $  2,105      $   746    $    35
     Additions under capital lease................     $     61        $ --            $     25      $ --       $ --
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-36


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                               AIR SYSTEMS, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1 -- BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION
 
     Air Systems, Inc. ('Air Systems'), founded in 1974, specializes in the
design, engineering and installation of energy and indoor environmental systems
for commercial entities in northern California and performs additional services
in plumbing, process piping and sheet metal construction.
 
     Air Systems and its stockholders intend to enter into a definitive
agreement with Enfinity Corporation ('Enfinity'), pursuant to which all
outstanding shares of Air Systems' common stock will be exchanged for cash and
shares of Enfinity common stock concurrently with the consummation of the
initial public offering (the 'Offering') of the common stock of Enfinity.
 
NOTE 2 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
CASH
 
     Air Systems considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an
original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
 
INVENTORIES
 
     Inventories consist of parts and supplies held for use in the ordinary
course of business and are stated at the lower of cost or market based upon
specifically identified cost.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment are stated at cost, and depreciation is computed
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.
Leasehold improvements and equipment under capital leases are capitalized and
amortized over the lesser of the life of the lease or the estimated useful life
of the asset.
 
     Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when
incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments, which extend the
useful lives of existing equipment, are capitalized and depreciated. Upon
retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and related
accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or
loss is recognized in the statement of operations.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
     Air Systems recognizes revenue when services are performed except when the
work is being performed under a construction contract. Revenues from
construction contracts are recognized on the percentage-of completion method
measured by the percentage of costs incurred to total estimated costs for each
contract. Provisions for the total estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are
made in the period in which such losses are determined. Changes in job
performance, job conditions, estimated profitability and final contract
settlements may result in revisions to costs and income and their effects are
recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined.
 
     The balances billed but not paid by customers pursuant to retainage
provisions in construction contracts will be due upon completion of the
contracts and acceptance by the customer. Based on Air Systems' experience with
similar contracts in recent years, the retainage balance will be collected in
the fiscal year ending February 28, 1999.
 
WARRANTY COSTS
 
     Air Systems warrants labor for the first year after installation on new air
conditioning and heating systems. Air Systems generally warrants labor for 30
days after servicing of existing air conditioning and heating systems. A reserve
for warranty costs is recorded as part of the cost to complete each individual
job.
 
                                      F-37
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                               AIR SYSTEMS, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
INCOME TAXES
 
     Air Systems accounts for certain income and expense items differently for
financial reporting and income tax purposes in accordance with Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, 'Accounting for Income Taxes' ('SFAS
109'). Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the
difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and
liabilities applying enacted statutory tax rates in effect for the year in which
the differences are expected to reverse.
 
USE OF ESTIMATES
 
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions by
management in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
     The interim financial information for the three month periods ended May 31,
1997 and 1998 has been prepared from the unaudited financial records of Air
Systems and in the opinion of management reflects all adjustments, consisting
only of normal recurring items, necessary for a fair presentation of the
financial position and results of operations and of cash flows for the interim
periods.
 
NOTE 3 -- NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
     Air Systems adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121,
'Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to
Be Disposed Of.' Accordingly, in the event that facts and circumstances indicate
that property and equipment or other assets may be impaired, an evaluation of
recoverability would be performed. If an evaluation is required, the estimated
future undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset are compared to the
asset's carrying amount to determine if a write-down to market value is
necessary. Adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on the
financial position or results of Air Systems.
 
ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
 
     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ('SFAS') No. 123, 'Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation,' allows entities to chose between a new fair value
based method of accounting for employee stock options or similar equity
instruments and the current intrinsic, value-based method of accounting
prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 ('APB No. 25').
Entities electing to remain with the Accounting in APB Opinion No. 25 must make
pro forma disclosures of net income and earnings per share as if the fair value
method of accounting has been applied. Air Systems will provide pro forma
disclosure of net income and earnings per share, as applicable, in the notes to
future financial statements.
 
ACCOUNTING FOR DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES
 
     In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ('FASB') issued SFAS
No. 133, 'Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.' SFAS
No. 133 establishes a new model for accounting for derivatives and hedging
activities and supercedes and amends a number of existing standards. SFAS No.
133 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999, but earlier
adoption is permitted. Upon initial application, all derivatives are required to
be recognized in the statement of financial position as either assets or
liabilities and measured at fair value. Recognition of changes in fair value
depends on whether the derivative is designated and qualifies as a hedge, and
the type of hedging relationship that exists. The Company does not currently,
nor does it expect to, hold any derivative instruments or participate in any
hedging activities.
 
                                      F-38
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                               AIR SYSTEMS, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 4 -- RECEIVABLES
 
     Receivables at February 28, 1997 and 1998 consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                                   ------------------
                                                                                    1997       1998
                                                                                   -------    -------
                                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                <C>        <C>
Accounts receivable.............................................................   $12,470    $27,770
Related party receivables.......................................................       115        520
Other receivables...............................................................        96         56
Less -- Allowance for doubtful accounts.........................................      (280)      (250)
                                                                                   -------    -------
     Accounts receivable, net...................................................   $12,401    $28,096
                                                                                   -------    -------
                                                                                   -------    -------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 5 -- ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS
 
     Allowance for doubtful accounts activity is as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                     FEBRUARY 29,    ------------------
                                                                         1996         1997       1998
                                                                     ------------    -------    -------
<S>                                                                  <C>             <C>        <C>
Balance, beginning of year........................................     $    165      $   285    $   280
     Charges to costs and expenses................................          161           18         (9)
     Write-offs...................................................          (41)         (23)       (21)
                                                                     ------------    -------    -------
Balance, end of year..............................................     $    285      $   280    $   250
                                                                     ------------    -------    -------
                                                                     ------------    -------    -------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 6 -- PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       ESTIMATED
                                                                        USEFUL         FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                         LIVES      ------------------
                                                                       IN YEARS      1997       1998
                                                                       ---------    -------    -------
                                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                    <C>          <C>        <C>
Shop equipment......................................................     5 years    $   662    $ 1,550
Furniture and office equipment......................................   3-7 years        790      1,491
Transportation equipment............................................   3-5 years      2,208      3,485
Leasehold improvements..............................................   3-5 years        266        969
                                                                                    -------    -------
     Total property and equipment...................................                  3,926      7,495
Less -- Accumulated depreciation and amortization...................                 (2,138)    (2,954)
                                                                                    -------    -------
     Property and equipment, net....................................                $ 1,788    $ 4,541
                                                                                    -------    -------
                                                                                    -------    -------
</TABLE>
 
     Depreciation and amortization expense was approximately $214,000, $369,000,
and $822,000 for the years ended February 29, 1996 and February 28, 1997 and
1998, respectively.
 
NOTE 7 -- DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS
 
     Accounts payable consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                        -----------------
                                                                         1997      1998
                                                                        ------    -------
                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                     <C>       <C>
Cash overdraft.......................................................   $  887    $ 2,499
Accounts payable.....................................................    3,406      8,312
                                                                        ------    -------
     Total...........................................................   $4,293    $10,811
                                                                        ------    -------
                                                                        ------    -------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-39
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                               AIR SYSTEMS, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Accrued expenses consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                                      ----------------
                                                                                       1997      1998
                                                                                      ------    ------
                                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                   <C>       <C>
Accrued compensation, benefits and other...........................................   $2,102    $3,502
Other accrued expenses.............................................................    1,267       948
                                                                                      ------    ------
     Total.........................................................................   $3,369    $4,450
                                                                                      ------    ------
                                                                                      ------    ------
</TABLE>
 
Contracts in progress are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                                 --------------------
                                                                                   1997        1998
                                                                                 --------    --------
                                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                              <C>         <C>
Costs incurred on contracts in progress.......................................   $ 28,420    $ 54,725
Estimated earnings, net of losses.............................................      6,367      11,484
                                                                                 --------    --------
                                                                                   34,787      66,209
Less -- Billings to date......................................................    (36,705)    (73,505)
                                                                                 --------    --------
                                                                                 $ (1,918)   $ (7,296)
                                                                                 --------    --------
                                                                                 --------    --------
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts...   $  1,528    $  3,124
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts...     (3,446)    (10,420)
                                                                                 --------    --------
                                                                                 $ (1,918)   $ (7,296)
                                                                                 --------    --------
                                                                                 --------    --------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 8 -- LINE OF CREDIT
 
     Air Systems has a $10,000,000 line of credit with a bank. The line of
credit expires August 5, 1998 and bears interest at 0.75 percent above the
bank's base lending rate. The line of credit is secured by substantially all of
the assets of Air Systems and guaranteed by the majority stockholder.
 
     Additionally, Air Systems has a $1,000,000 bank line of credit for the
purchase of property and equipment with a bank. The equipment line of credit
expires August 5, 1998 and bears interest at 1.25 percent above the bank's base
lending rate. On August 5, 1998 Air Systems has the option to convert the
outstanding balance under the line of credit to a term loan. There was no
outstanding balance on the line for the year ended February 28, 1998.
 
     These loans have restrictive and various financial covenants with which Air
Systems was in compliance at February 28, 1998.
 
                                      F-40
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                               AIR SYSTEMS, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 9 -- LONG-TERM DEBT
 
A summary of long-term debt follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                                      ----------------
                                                                                       1997      1998
                                                                                      ------    ------
                                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                   <C>       <C>
Commercial term loans, payable in monthly principal and interest installments
  aggregating $44,278 with interest at 9.75%, maturing December, 2002, secured by
  transportation equipment.........................................................   $  742    $1,803
Commercial term loan, payable in monthly principal installments of $8,563 with
  interest at the bank's prime rate plus 1.25%, maturing August, 2001,
  collateralized by various equipment of Air Systems...............................     --         360
Various notes payable, collateralized by transportation equipment, interest rates
  ranging from 8.75% to 9.25%, payable in various installments through June,
  2002.............................................................................       61       488
                                                                                      ------    ------
                                                                                         803     2,651
Less -- Current portion............................................................     (178)     (622)
                                                                                      ------    ------
                                                                                      $  625    $2,029
                                                                                      ------    ------
                                                                                      ------    ------
</TABLE>
 
Aggregate maturities of long-term debt for the next five fiscal years are as
follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  YEARS ENDING
                                  FEBRUARY 28,
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                 <C>
   1999..........................................................................   $   622
   2000..........................................................................       635
   2001..........................................................................       646
   2002..........................................................................       564
   2003..........................................................................       184
                                                                                    -------
        Total....................................................................   $ 2,651
                                                                                    -------
                                                                                    -------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 10 -- LEASES
 
OPERATING LEASES
 
     Air Systems leases its primary office and warehouse space from the
President and controlling stockholder of Air Systems. The leases expire
principally in December 31, 2001. The rents paid under these related-party
leases is approximately $29,000 per month.
 
     Air Systems also leases other facilities and storage space from unrelated
parties under non-cancelable operating leases which expire from October 31,1998
to January 31, 2000. The rent paid under these leases is approximately $11,000
per month.
 
     Future minimum lease payments under these non-cancelable operating leases
are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  YEARS ENDING
                                  FEBRUARY 28,
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                 <C>
   1999..........................................................................   $   430
   2000..........................................................................       423
   2001..........................................................................       348
   2002..........................................................................       298
   2003..........................................................................        48
   Thereafter....................................................................     1,176
                                                                                    -------
        Total minimum lease payments.............................................   $ 2,723
                                                                                    -------
                                                                                    -------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-41
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                               AIR SYSTEMS, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Rent expenses under these leases totaled approximately $257,000, $251,000,
and $359,000 for the years ended February 29, 1996 and February 28, 1997 and
1998, respectively.
 
CAPITAL LEASES
 
     Air Systems has accounted for certain leased equipment by capitalizing the
equipment and establishing a related obligation under the terms of the lease
involved. The following is an analysis for leased equipment under capital leases
by major class:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          ESTIMATED       FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                         USEFUL LIVES    --------------
                                                                           IN YEARS      1997     1998
                                                                         ------------    -----    -----
                                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                      <C>             <C>      <C>
Class of property:
     Transportation equipment.........................................          4        $ 650    $ 650
     Office equipment.................................................        4-5           46       81
                                                                                         -----    -----
          Total equipment.............................................                     696      731
     Less -- Accumulated amortization.................................                    (436)    (568)
                                                                                         -----    -----
          Leased property, net........................................                   $ 260    $ 163
                                                                                         -----    -----
                                                                                         -----    -----
</TABLE>
 
     Amortization expense related to leased property under capital leases
totaled approximately $135,000, $139,000, and $132,000 for the years ended
February 29, 1996 and February 28, 1997 and 1998, respectively, and has been
included in depreciation and amortization expense in the accompanying financial
statements.
 
     The following is a schedule by year of future minimum lease payments under
capital leases, together with the present value of net minimum lease payments at
February 28, 1998 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    YEARS ENDING
                                    FEBRUARY 28,
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>
   1999..............................................................................    $ 109
   2000..............................................................................       19
   2001..............................................................................        7
   2002..............................................................................        6
                                                                                        -------
   Total minimum lease payments......................................................      141
   Less -- Amount representing interest..............................................        9
                                                                                        -------
                                                                                         $ 132
                                                                                        -------
                                                                                        -------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 11 -- RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
     Air Systems leases its primary office and warehouse facility from the
president and controlling stockholder of Air Systems. (See Note 10.)
 
     The controlling stockholder of Air Systems is a 70% owner of another
related mechanical contractor located in Sacramento, California, incorporated in
January, 1996. Air Systems provides administrative services to this related
party which amounted to approximately $4,000 and $18,000 for the years ended
February 28, 1997 and 1998, respectively. At February 28, 1997 and 1998, Air
Systems has a receivable of $115,000 and $520,000 due from this related party,
respectively. (See Note 4.)
 
NOTE 12 -- INCOME TAXES
 
     Income tax expense differs from amounts currently payable because certain
revenues and expenses are reported in the income statement in periods which
differ from those in which they are subject to taxation.
 
                                      F-42
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                               AIR SYSTEMS, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The major components of Air Systems' provision for income taxes are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                      FEBRUARY 29,      ----------------
                                                                          1996           1997      1998
                                                                      ------------      ------    ------
                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                   <C>               <C>       <C>
Current:
     Federal.......................................................       $397          $  933    $1,031
     State.........................................................        119             267       335
                                                                        ------          ------    ------
                                                                           516           1,200     1,366
Deferred...........................................................          3              (4)      242
                                                                        ------          ------    ------
     Total provision for income taxes..............................       $519          $1,196    $1,608
                                                                        ------          ------    ------
                                                                        ------          ------    ------
</TABLE>
 
The provision for income taxes varied from the statutory federal income tax rate
as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  FEBRUARY 28,
                                                       FEBRUARY 29,      -------------------------------
                                                           1996              1997              1998
                                                      --------------     -------------     -------------
                                                                    (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                   <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Income tax at the U.S. Federal statutory rate.......  $449      34.0%    $1,044   35.0%    $1,335   35.0%
State taxes, net of federal benefit.................    81       6.2        178    6.0        236    6.2
Other...............................................   (11)     (0.9)       (26)  (0.9)        37    1.0
                                                      ----      ----     ------   ----     ------   ----
     Effective tax rate.............................  $519      39.3%    $1,196   40.1%    $1,608   42.2%
                                                      ----      ----     ------   ----     ------   ----
                                                      ----      ----     ------   ----     ------   ----
</TABLE>
    
 
The components of the net deferred tax asset are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                                        --------------
                                                                                        1997     1998
                                                                                        -----    -----
                                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                     <C>      <C>
Deferred tax assets:
     Receivables.....................................................................   $  93    $ 108
     Warranty........................................................................     141      127
     Accrued vacation compensation...................................................      28       40
     State taxes.....................................................................      92      115
                                                                                        -----    -----
          Total deferred tax asset...................................................     354      390
Deferred tax liabilities:
     Property and equipment..........................................................    (153)    (331)
     Accrued liabilities.............................................................    (128)    --
                                                                                        -----    -----
          Total deferred tax liability...............................................    (281)    (331)
                                                                                        -----    -----
Net deferred tax asset...............................................................   $  73    $  59
                                                                                        -----    -----
                                                                                        -----    -----
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 13 -- BENEFIT PLANS
 
     Air Systems has a profit-sharing plan covering substantially all employees
not covered by a collective bargaining agreement. Contributions are determined
annually at the discretion of the Board of Directors and may not exceed 15% of
eligible compensation. For the years ended February 29, 1996 and February 28,
1997 and 1998, Air Systems made no contributions.
 
     Air Systems has a 401(k) plan which covers substantially all employees who
are not covered by a collective bargaining agreement. Employer contributions are
discretionary and determined annually by management. The contributions are
limited to the proportionate share of employee contributions, up to 15% of
eligible compensation. For the years ended February 28, 1997 and 1998, the
discretionary employer contribution were approximately $82,000 and $177,000
respectively. (None for 1996).
 
                                      F-43
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                               AIR SYSTEMS, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Union employees are covered by multi-industry pension plans to which Air
Systems contributes monthly based on hours worked by each eligible employee. For
the years ended February 29, 1996 and February 28, 1997 and 1998, Air Systems
contributed approximately $1.4 million, $2.1 million and $3.4 million to the
plans. Separate actuarial calculations of Air Systems' position are not
available with respect to the multi-employer plans.
 
NOTE 14 -- MAJOR CUSTOMERS AND VENDOR
 
     The following table summarizes the annual percentage contribution to
revenues by customer whose percentage exceeds 10% of revenues.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
                                                   REVENUES                              BALANCE
                                       --------------------------------     ---------------------------------
                                                         FEBRUARY 28,                         FEBRUARY 28,
                                       FEBRUARY 29,    ----------------     FEBRUARY 29,    -----------------
                                           1996         1997      1998          1996         1997      1998
                                       ------------    ------    ------     ------------    ------    -------
<S>                                    <C>             <C>       <C>        <C>             <C>       <C>
Customer A..........................         30%          41%      50%         $4,156       $6,353    $18,343
Customer B..........................      --              15%      16%         --            2,585      6,717
</TABLE>
 
     The following table summarizes the annual percentage contribution to cost
of revenues by vendor whose percentage exceeds 10% of cost of revenues:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
                                                COST OF REVENUES                         BALANCE
                                        --------------------------------     --------------------------------
                                                          FEBRUARY 28,                         FEBRUARY 28,
                                        FEBRUARY 29,    ----------------     FEBRUARY 29,    ----------------
                                            1996         1997      1998          1996         1997      1998
                                        ------------    ------    ------     ------------    ------    ------
<S>                                     <C>             <C>       <C>        <C>             <C>       <C>
Vendor A.............................      --            --          21%        $--          $ --      $  188
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 15 -- FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
     Air Systems' financial instruments consist of trade accounts receivable, a
line of credit and notes payable. Air Systems believes that the carrying value
of these instruments on the accompanying balance sheet approximates their fair
value due to their nature.
 
NOTE 16 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)
 
     Air Systems and its stockholders have entered into a definitive agreement
with Enfinity pursuant to which Air Systems will merge with a wholly owned
subsidiary of Enfinity. All outstanding shares of Air Systems will be exchanged
for cash and common stock of Enfinity concurrently with the consummation of the
initial public offering of the common stock of Enfinity.
 
     On March 1, 1998, the Board of Directors approved a 2,350 to 1 stock split.
All common stock related information included in the financial statements has
been adjusted to reflect this split.
 
     On March 1, 1998, the Company adopted an Incentive Stock Option Plan and
reserved 235,000 shares available under the plan to any full-time managerial
employee of the Company. Incentive stock options to purchase the Company's
common stock may be granted at prices not lower than fair market value at the
date of grant. The fair market value and terms of exercise are determined by the
Board of Directors.
 
     On April 1, 1998, 50,000 options were granted to employees at an exercise
price of $20 per share as such price was determined by the Board of Directors to
be the fair market value of the Company's common stock. These options vest over
five years from the grant date. The Company has elected to determine the value
of stock-based compensation arrangements under the provisions of APB No. 25.
 
   
     Air Systems extended the expiration dates for its lines of credit through
September 5, 1998. All other terms remain the same.
    
 
                                      F-44


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors
and Stockholders of
ENERGY SYSTEMS INDUSTRIES, INC.
 
     In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related
consolidated statements of operations, of stockholders' equity and of cash flows
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Energy
Systems Industries, Inc. ('Energy Systems') and its subsidiaries at December 31,
1996 and 1997, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each
of the three years then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles. These financial statements are the responsibility of Energy Systems'
management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in
accordance with generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed
above.
 
PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 23, 1998
 
                                      F-45


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                        ENERGY SYSTEMS INDUSTRIES, INC.
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                   -----------------     JUNE 30,
                                                                                    1996      1997         1998
                                                                                   ------    -------    ---------
                                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                                <C>       <C>        <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents..................................................   $  134    $ --         $--
     Accounts receivable:
          Trade, net of allowance of $36, $54 and $56 in 1996, 1997 and 1998,
            respectively........................................................    6,744     10,214        9,746
          Retainage.............................................................      282        568          707
          Other receivables.....................................................       12        109          126
     Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted
       contracts................................................................      180        293          338
     Inventories................................................................      227        262          278
     Prepaid expenses and other current assets..................................      263        120          259
     Deferred income taxes......................................................      154        155          359
                                                                                   ------    -------    -----------
          Total current assets..................................................    7,996     11,721       11,813
Property and equipment, net.....................................................    1,106        958          916
Other assets....................................................................      731        741          821
                                                                                   ------    -------    -----------
          Total assets..........................................................   $9,833    $13,420      $13,550
                                                                                   ------    -------    -----------
                                                                                   ------    -------    -----------
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
     Line of credit.............................................................   $ --      $ --         $ 3,080
     Current portion of obligations under capital lease.........................       11         11           11
     Accounts payable...........................................................    2,687      4,161        1,455
     Accrued expenses...........................................................      742      1,305        2,806
     Accrued payroll and related costs..........................................      667        826          991
     Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted
       contracts................................................................      325        314          526
     Unearned revenue...........................................................      380        377          436
     Income taxes payable.......................................................      277        441          148
                                                                                   ------    -------    -----------
          Total current liabilities.............................................    5,089      7,435        9,453
Line of credit..................................................................    1,429      2,409       --
Obligations under capital lease, net of current portion.........................       35         24           13
                                                                                   ------    -------    -----------
          Total liabilities.....................................................    6,553      9,868        9,466
                                                                                   ------    -------    -----------
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders' equity:
     Preferred stock, $.10 par value; 100,000 shares authorized, 1,346 shares
       issued and outstanding with a liquidation value of $1,300,000............     --        --          --
     Common stock, $.10 par value; 300,000 shares authorized and 2,500 issued,
       776, 636 shares and 777 outstanding in 1996, 1997 and 1998
       respectively.............................................................     --        --          --
     Additional paid-in capital.................................................    1,622      1,622        2,665
     Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale.......................     --           32           32
     Retained earnings..........................................................    2,222      2,898        2,387
     Less: Treasury stock, 1,724 shares in 1996 and 1,864 shares in 1997 and
       1998, respectively, at cost..............................................     (564)    (1,000)      (1,000)
                                                                                   ------    -------    -----------
          Total stockholders' equity............................................    3,280      3,552        4,084
                                                                                   ------    -------    -----------
          Total liabilities and stockholders' equity............................   $9,833    $13,420      $13,550
                                                                                   ------    -------    -----------
                                                                                   ------    -------    -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-46
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                        ENERGY SYSTEMS INDUSTRIES, INC.
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       YEARS ENDED              SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                      DECEMBER 31,                  JUNE 30,
                                                              -----------------------------    ------------------
                                                               1995       1996       1997       1997       1998
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
                                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues...................................................   $44,177    $48,069    $54,228    $24,134    $29,618
Cost of revenues...........................................    36,498     40,299     45,893     20,180     25,221
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
     Gross profit..........................................     7,679      7,770      8,335      3,954      4,397
Selling, general and administrative expenses...............     6,537      6,948      6,869      3,385      3,385
Employee stock compensation................................     --         --         --         --         1,816
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
     Income (loss) from operations.........................     1,142        822      1,466        569       (804)
Other (income) expense:
     Interest expense......................................       275        252        265        132        109
     Interest income.......................................        (6)        (5)        (5)        (4)        (1)
     Income from unconsolidated joint venture..............       (67)       (89)         9      --         --
     Realized gain on sale of investments..................     --         --           (56)     --         --
     Other.................................................        15         42         23        (36)     --
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes............       925        622      1,230        477       (912)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes.......................       423        293        554        215       (401)
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
Net income (loss)..........................................   $   502    $   329    $   676    $   262    $  (511)
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
</TABLE>
    
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-47
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                        ENERGY SYSTEMS INDUSTRIES, INC.
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               ADDITIONAL              UNREALIZED                  TOTAL
                                          PREFERRED   COMMON    PAID-IN     RETAINED    GAIN ON     TREASURY   STOCKHOLDERS'
                                            STOCK     STOCK     CAPITAL     EARNINGS   INVESTMENT    STOCK        EQUITY
                                          ---------   ------   ----------   --------   ----------   --------   -------------
<S>                                       <C>         <C>      <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>
Balance, December 31, 1994..............     --        --        $1,622      $1,391      $--        $   (215)     $ 2,798
     Purchase of treasury stock.........     --        --         --          --          --            (216)        (216)
     Net income.........................     --        --         --            502       --           --             502
                                          ---------   ------   ----------   --------   ----------   --------   -------------
Balance, December 31, 1995..............     --        --         1,622       1,893       --            (431)       3,084
     Purchase of treasury stock.........     --        --         --          --          --            (133)        (133)
     Net income.........................     --        --         --            329       --           --             329
                                          ---------   ------   ----------   --------   ----------   --------   -------------
Balance, December 31, 1996..............     --        --         1,622       2,222       --            (564)       3,280
     Purchase of treasury stock.........     --        --         --          --          --            (436)        (436)
     Comprehensive income
          Unrealized gain on
            investments, net............     --        --         --          --             32        --              32
          Net income....................     --        --         --            676       --           --             676
                                          ---------   ------   ----------   --------   ----------   --------   -------------
          Comprehensive income..........     --        --         --          --          --           --             708
                                          ---------   ------   ----------   --------   ----------   --------   -------------
Balance, December 31, 1997..............     --        --         1,622       2,898          32       (1,000)       3,552
     Stock issued to an employee
       (unaudited)......................     --        --         1,043       --          --           --           1,043
     Net loss (unaudited)...............     --        --         --           (511)      --           --            (511)
                                          ---------   ------   ----------   --------   ----------   --------   -------------
Balance, June 30, 1998
  (unaudited)...........................     --        --        $2,665      $2,387      $   32     $ (1,000)     $ 4,084
                                          ---------   ------   ----------   --------   ----------   --------   -------------
                                          ---------   ------   ----------   --------   ----------   --------   -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-48
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                        ENERGY SYSTEMS INDUSTRIES, INC.
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   YEARS ENDED                         SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                   DECEMBER 31,                            JUNE 30,
                                           ----------------------------    ----------------------------------------
                                            1995       1996      1997             1997                  1998
                                           -------    ------    -------    ------------------    ------------------
                                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                        <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>                   <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
     Net income (loss)..................   $   502    $  329    $   676          $  262                $ (511)
     Adjustments to reconcile net income
       to net cash provided by (used in)
       operating activities:
          Depreciation expense..........       228       236        217             121                   128
          Stock compensation............     --         --        --            --                        963
          Equity in earnings of
            unconsolidated joint
            venture.....................       (67)      (89)         9         --                        (21)
          Bad debt expense..............        61       140         83              30                    29
          Deferred income taxes.........       (87)     (107)       (33)            (16)                 (284)
          Changes in operating assets
            and liabilities:
               Accounts receivable......    (2,284)    1,348     (3,936)           (846)                  283
               Prepaid expense and other
                 current assets.........        51       (77)       143             110                  (139)
               Inventories..............        18        76        (35)             (3)                  (16)
               Costs and estimated
                 earnings in excess of
                 billings on uncompleted
                 contracts..............        59       (72)      (113)           (417)                  (45)
               Other assets.............     --          (23)        (3)        --                          6
               Accounts payable.........     1,394      (783)     1,474            (601)               (2,706)
               Accrued expenses and
                 payroll costs..........       373      (425)       722             (78)                1,666
               Billings in excess of
                 costs and estimated
                 earnings on uncompleted
                 contracts..............        88        18        (11)            103                   212
               Unearned revenue.........       (53)       91         (3)             74                    59
               Income taxes payable.....       (81)      114        164             (49)                 (293)
                                           -------    ------    -------         -------               -------
                    Net cash provided by
                      (used in)
                      operating
                      activities........       202       776       (646)         (1,310)                 (669)
                                           -------    ------    -------         -------               -------
Cash flows from investing activities:
     Additions to property and
       equipment........................      (209)     (124)       (69)            (44)                  (86)
     Cash surrender value of officer's
       life insurance policy............       (28)        8        (31)        --                    --
     Distributions received from
       unconsolidated joint venture.....        24        48         69         --                         95
     Purchase of investments............       (56)     --          (16)            (13)              --
     Proceeds on sale of investments....     --         --           82         --                    --
     Gain on sale of investments........     --         --          (56)        --                    --
                                           -------    ------    -------         -------               -------
                    Net cash (used in)
                      provided by
                      investing
                      activities........      (269)      (68)       (21)            (57)                    9
                                           -------    ------    -------         -------               -------
Cash flows from financing activities:
     Net borrowings (repayments) of line
       of credit........................       573      (844)       980           1,433                   671
     Payments under capital lease
       obligations......................       (40)      (11)       (11)             (5)                  (11)
     Acquisition of treasury stock......      (216)     (133)      (436)            (85)              --
                                           -------    ------    -------         -------               -------
                    Net cash provided by
                      (used in)
                      financing
                      activities........       317      (988)       533           1,343                   660
                                           -------    ------    -------         -------               -------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
  equivalents...........................       250      (280)      (134)            (24)              --
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of
  period................................       164       414        134             134               --
                                           -------    ------    -------         -------               -------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of
  period................................   $   414    $  134    $ --             $  110                $--
                                           -------    ------    -------         -------               -------
                                           -------    ------    -------         -------               -------
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow
  information:
     Cash paid for interest.............   $   277    $  240    $   224          $  105                $  111
     Cash paid for income taxes.........   $   602    $  296    $   576          $  340                $  288
</TABLE>
    
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-49


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                        ENERGY SYSTEMS INDUSTRIES, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1 -- BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION
 
     Energy Systems Industries, Inc. ('Energy Systems'), founded in 1947,
primarily performs outsourced facility services focusing on the on-site
maintenance of energy and indoor environmental systems.
 
     Energy Systems and its stockholders intend to enter into a definitive
agreement with Enfinity Corporation ('Enfinity'), pursuant to which all
outstanding shares of Energy Systems' common stock will be exchanged for cash
and shares of Enfinity common stock concurrently with the consummation of the
initial public offering (the 'Offering') of the common stock of Enfinity.
 
     Energy Systems' subsidiary, BTE Services, Inc., ceased its operations
during 1995. These operations were not deemed to be significant to the
consolidated financial position, operations or cash flows of Energy Systems.
 
NOTE 2 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
     The consolidated financial statements include Energy Systems Industries,
Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Balco, Inc., Building Technology
Engineering, Inc., BTE Services, Inc. and Rollins, King & McKone & Associates,
Inc. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated
in consolidation.
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
     Energy Systems considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an
original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Energy
Systems, at times during the year, maintains cash in a financial institution
that may exceed the amount insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
 
INVESTMENTS
 
     Energy Systems accounts for certain investments using Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, 'Accounting for Certain Investments in
Debt and Equity Securities' ('SFAS No. 115'). This standard requires that
certain debt and equity securities be adjusted to market value at the end of
each accounting period. Unrealized market value gains and losses are charged to
earnings if the securities are traded for short-term profit. Otherwise, such
unrealized gains and losses are charged or credited to a separate component of
stockholders' equity. Investments that are not within the scope of SFAS No. 115
are carried at cost and have been included in Other Investments.
 
     At December 31, 1997, all securities covered by SFAS No. 115 were
designated as available for sale. Accordingly, these securities are stated at
fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported in a separate component of
stockholders' equity. Available for sale securities accounted for in accordance
with SFAS No. 115 at December 31, 1997 were considered nonmarketable at December
31, 1996, and were therefore carried at cost and included in Other Investments.
Realized gains and losses on sales of investments, as determined on a specific
identification basis, are included in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
 
INVENTORIES
 
     Inventories consist of parts and supplies held for use in the ordinary
course of business and are stated at the lower of cost or market using the
first-in, first-out ('FIFO') method.
 
                                      F-50
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                        ENERGY SYSTEMS INDUSTRIES, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment are stated at cost, and depreciation is computed
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.
Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized over the lesser of the life
of the lease or the estimated useful life of the asset.
 
     Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when
incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments, which extend the
useful lives of existing equipment, are capitalized and depreciated. Upon
retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and related
accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or
loss is recognized in the statement of operations.
 
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
 
     Energy Systems stockholders' equity consists of common stock and redeemable
preferred stock. Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share and
are entitled to dividends at the discretion of the Board of Directors.
 
     The holder of the redeemable preferred stock is entitled to one vote per
share on all matters upon which common stockholders are entitled to vote and is
not entitled to divedends. The redeemable preferred shares have a redemption
price of $1,300,000 in the aggregate. As described on Note 13, the preferred
stock is redeemable upon the death of the stockholder or the sale of the
Company. In connection with the issuance of the preferred shares, the Company
acquired a life insurance policy with a face value of $1,300,000 on the
principal holder of these shares. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution
or sale of the Company, the holder of the redeemable preferred stock shall be
paid the redemption price prior to payment to any other stockholders.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
     Energy Systems recognizes revenue when services are performed except when
work is being performed under a construction contract. Revenues from
construction contracts are recognized on the percentage-of-completion method
measured by the percentage of costs incurred to total estimated costs for each
contract. Provisions for the total estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are
made in the period in which such losses are determined. Changes in job
performance, job conditions, estimated profitability and final contract
settlements may result in revisions to costs and income and their effects are
recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined.
 
     The balances billed but not paid by customers pursuant to retainage
provisions in construction contracts will be due upon completion of the
contracts and acceptance by the customer. Based on Energy Systems' experience
with similar contracts in recent years, the retention balance will be collected
in the upcoming fiscal year.
 
WARRANTY COSTS
 
     Energy Systems warrants labor for the first year after installation on new
air conditioning and heating systems. Energy Systems generally warrants labor
for 30 days after servicing of existing air conditioning and heating systems. A
reserve for warranty costs is recorded as part of the cost to complete each
individual job.
 
UNEARNED INCOME
 
     Unearned income represents the unexpired portion of contracts with
customers for service and maintenance.
 
                                      F-51
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                        ENERGY SYSTEMS INDUSTRIES, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
INCOME TAXES
 
     Energy Systems accounts for certain income and expense items differently
for financial reporting and income tax purposes in accordance with Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, 'Accounting for Income Taxes' ('SFAS
109'). Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the
difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and
liabilities applying enacted statutory tax rates in effect for the year in which
the differences are expected to reverse.
 
USE OF ESTIMATES
 
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions by
management in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
 
     Financial instruments that potentially subject Energy Systems to
concentrations of credit risk consist principally of trade accounts receivable.
Energy Systems does not believe that it is subject to any unusual credit risk
beyond the normal credit risk attendant in its business.
 
NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
     Effective January 1, 1996, Energy Systems adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 121, 'Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived
Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of.' Accordingly, in the event
that facts and circumstances indicate that property and equipment or other
assets may be impaired, an evaluation of recoverability would be performed. If
an evaluation is required, the estimated future undiscounted cash flows
associated with the asset are compared to the asset's carrying amount to
determine if a write-down to market value is necessary. Adoption of this
standard did not have a material effect on the financial position or results of
operations of Energy Systems.
 
     In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ('FASB') issued SFAS
No. 133, 'Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.' SFAS
No. 133 establishes a new model for accounting for derivatives and hedging
activities and supercedes and amends a number of existing standards. SFAS No.
133 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999, but earlier
adoption is permitted. Upon initial application, all derivatives are required to
be recognized in the statement of financial position as either assets or
liabilities and measured at fair value. Recognition of changes in fair value
depends on whether the derivative is designated and qualifies as a hedge, and
the type of hedging relationship that exists. The Company does not currently,
nor does it expect to, hold any derivative instruments or participate in any
hedging activities.
 
UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
   
     The interim financial information for the six month periods ended June 30,
1997 and 1998 has been prepared from the unaudited financial records of Energy
Systems and in the opinion of management reflects all adjustments, consisting
only of normal recurring items, necessary for a fair presentation of the
financial position and results of operations and of cash flows for the interim
periods.
    
 
                                      F-52
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                        ENERGY SYSTEMS INDUSTRIES, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 3 -- ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          --------------------
                                                                          1995    1996    1997
                                                                          ----    ----    ----
                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                       <C>     <C>     <C>
Balance, beginning of year.............................................   $ 31    $ 45    $ 36
Charges to costs and expenses..........................................     46      84     101
Write-offs.............................................................    (32)    (93)    (83)
                                                                          ----    ----    ----
                                                                          $ 45    $ 36    $ 54
                                                                          ----    ----    ----
                                                                          ----    ----    ----
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 4 -- PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              ESTIMATED         DECEMBER 31,
                                                             USEFUL LIVES    ------------------
                                                               IN YEARS       1996       1997
                                                             ------------    -------    -------
                                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                          <C>             <C>        <C>
Equipment.................................................     5-10 years    $   104    $   122
Furniture and office equipment............................      5-7 years      1,451      1,494
Leased office equipment...................................      5-7 years         58         58
Motor vehicles............................................      3-5 years        137        144
Leasehold improvements....................................     3-20 years      1,405      1,405
Less  -- Accumulated depreciation and amortization........                    (2,049)    (2,265)
                                                                             -------    -------
Property and equipment, net...............................                   $ 1,106    $   958
                                                                             -------    -------
                                                                             -------    -------
</TABLE>
 
     Depreciation expense was approximately $228,000, $236,000 and $217,000 for
the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
 
NOTE 5 -- MARKETABLE SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE
 
     The available for sale securities at December 31, 1997 are summarized as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  GROSS         GROSS
                                                                UNREALIZED    UNREALIZED
                                                                 HOLDING       HOLDING      MARKET
                                                        COST      GAINS         LOSSES      VALUE
                                                        ----    ----------    ----------    ------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                     <C>     <C>           <C>           <C>
Common stock.........................................   $30         $52         $--          $82
                                                        ----        ---         -----       ------
     Total marketable securities available for
       sale..........................................   $30         $52         $--          $82
                                                        ----        ---         -----       ------
                                                        ----        ---         -----       ------
</TABLE>
 
     The difference between cost and market of $52,000 (less deferred taxes of
$20,000) was credited to a separate component of stockholders' equity called
'Net Unrealized Gain on Securities Available for Sale' at December 31, 1997.
 
     Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale were approximately
$82,000 in 1997. In 1997, gross gains on the sale of securities available for
sale amounted to approximately $56,000. In 1996 and 1995, Energy Systems did not
have any securities available for sale.
 
                                      F-53
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                        ENERGY SYSTEMS INDUSTRIES, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 6 -- DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS
 
     Energy Systems' installation contracts in progress are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                                            ------------------
                                                                             1996       1997
                                                                            -------    -------
                                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                         <C>        <C>
Costs incurred on contracts in progress..................................   $ 2,958    $ 4,762
Estimated earnings, net of losses........................................       477        390
                                                                            -------    -------
                                                                              3,435      5,152
Less  -- Billings to date................................................    (3,580)    (5,173)
                                                                            -------    -------
                                                                            $  (145)   $   (21)
                                                                            -------    -------
                                                                            -------    -------
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted
  contracts..............................................................   $   180    $   293
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted
  contracts..............................................................      (325)      (314)
                                                                            -------    -------
                                                                            $  (145)   $   (21)
                                                                            -------    -------
                                                                            -------    -------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 7 -- LONG-TERM DEBT
 
     Energy Systems maintains a line of credit of $3,500,000 which is secured by
accounts receivable, inventory and machinery and equipment. Interest is computed
at prime plus 0.5% per annum, (9.0% at December 31, 1997) and is payable
monthly. This agreement is scheduled to expire in January 1999. At December 31,
1996 and 1997, outstanding borrowings against this line of credit were
approximately $2,273,000, $1,429,000 and $2,409,000, respectively.
 
NOTE 8 -- LEASE COMMITMENTS
 
     Energy Systems leases its main office facility under an agreement requiring
annual payments of approximately $169,000 through June 2000 and then
approximately $213,000 through June 2005. Of this facility, approximately 25% is
sub-leased to a third party under a lease agreement through 2001. Energy Systems
leases its office improvements and renovations from a related party. This lease
agreement requires annual payments of approximately $126,000 through 1998 and
then decreases to approximately $52,000 through May 1999, at which time the
lease expires.
 
     Energy Systems entered into a five year lease agreement for the rental of
office space in Maryland. This lease required monthly lease payments of
approximately $4,000 through June 1997 and then increases by 3% each year until
June 2001, at which time the lease expires.
 
     A summary of future minimum lease payments are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  TOTAL                  NET
                         YEARS ENDING                             LEASE      RENTAL     LEASE
                         DECEMBER 31                             PAYMENTS    INCOME    PAYMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------   --------    ------    --------
                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                              <C>         <C>       <C>
   1998.......................................................    $  345      $124      $  221
   1999.......................................................       274       129         145
   2000.......................................................       244       136         108
   2001.......................................................       240        35         205
   2002.......................................................       213       --          213
   Thereafter.................................................       531       --          531
                                                                 --------    ------    --------
        Total future minimum lease payments...................    $1,847      $424      $1,423
                                                                 --------    ------    --------
                                                                 --------    ------    --------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-54
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                        ENERGY SYSTEMS INDUSTRIES, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Energy Systems has accounted for certain leased equipment by capitalizing
the equipment and establishing a related obligation under the terms of the lease
involved. Leased equipment recorded at December 31, 1996 and 1997 and related
accumulated amortization are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  -----------------
                                                                  1996         1997
                                                                  ----         ----
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                               <C>          <C>
Leased property under capital lease............................   $ 58         $ 58
Less -- Accumulated amortization...............................    (14)         (23)
                                                                  ----         ----
Leased equipment, net..........................................   $ 44         $ 35
                                                                  ----         ----
                                                                  ----         ----
</TABLE>
 
     Future minimum lease payments under capital lease as of December 31, 1997
are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDING
DECEMBER 31,
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                    <C>
   1998.............................................................   $15
   1999.............................................................    15
   2000.............................................................    10
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 9 -- INCOME TAXES
 
     Income tax expense differs from amounts currently payable because certain
revenues and expenses are reported in the income statement in periods which
differ from those in which they are subject to taxation. The principle
differences in timing between the income statement and taxable income are shown
below.
 
     The components of income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                       --------------------------------------------------------
                                                             1995                1996                1997
                                                       ----------------    ----------------    ----------------
                                                       FEDERAL    STATE    FEDERAL    STATE    FEDERAL    STATE
                                                       -------    -----    -------    -----    -------    -----
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                    <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>
Current.............................................    $ 357     $ 120     $ 278     $ 121     $ 454     $ 133
Deferred............................................      (41)      (13)      (68)      (38)      (25)       (8)
                                                       -------    -----    -------    -----    -------    -----
     Total provision for income taxes...............    $ 316     $ 107     $ 210     $  83     $ 429     $ 125
                                                       -------    -----    -------    -----    -------    -----
                                                       -------    -----    -------    -----    -------    -----
</TABLE>
 
     Reconciliation of the statutory tax rate and effective tax rate:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                      ------------------------------------------------
                                                          1995              1996              1997
                                                      ------------      ------------      ------------
                                                                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                   <C>     <C>       <C>     <C>       <C>     <C>
U.S. federal statutory rate........................   $315    34.0%     $211    34.0%     $418    34.0%
Increase (decrease) in rate resulting from:
     State taxes, net of federal benefit...........    (42)   (4.5)      (41)   (6.6)      (35)   (2.8)
Nondeductible expenses:
     Meals and entertainment.......................     14     1.5        15     2.4        17     1.4
     Penalties.....................................     13     1.4         1     0.2         1     0.1
     Officer's life insurance......................     31     3.3        45     7.2        46     3.7
     Dividend received deduction...................    (15)   (1.6)      (21)   (3.4)      (17)   (1.4)
     State tax provision...........................    107    11.6        83    13.3       124    10.0
                                                      ----    ----      ----    ----      ----    ----
     Effective tax rate............................   $423    45.7%     $293    47.1%     $554    45.0%
                                                      ----    ----      ----    ----      ----    ----
                                                      ----    ----      ----    ----      ----    ----
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-55
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                        ENERGY SYSTEMS INDUSTRIES, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The net deferred income tax benefit in the balance sheets includes the
following amounts of deferred tax assets and liabilities:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                 -----------------
                                                                 1996         1997
                                                                 ----         ----
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                              <C>          <C>
Deferred tax asset............................................   $322         $362
Deferred tax liability........................................    (35)         (62)
                                                                 ----         ----
Net deferred tax assets.......................................   $287         $300
                                                                 ----         ----
                                                                 ----         ----
</TABLE>
 
     Deferred taxes are comprised of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                 -----------------
                                                                 1996         1997
                                                                 ----         ----
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                              <C>          <C>
Allowance for bad debts.......................................   $ 17         $ 20
Vacation pay accrual..........................................     81           99
Accrual for estimated losses..................................     56           56
Net fixed asset  -- book/tax difference.......................     15           26
Accrued SERP..................................................     87           94
Pension.......................................................     58           65
Service warranty..............................................      8            2
Unconsolidated subsidiary.....................................    (35)         (42)
Unrealized gain on investments................................    --           (20)
                                                                 ----         ----
     Net deferred tax assets..................................   $287         $300
                                                                 ----         ----
                                                                 ----         ----
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 10 -- EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
 
     Energy Systems maintains two defined benefit pension plans. One plan covers
employees who are members of a bargaining unit and those who are employed in
other than an administrative capacity. Benefits for this plan are based on a
flat monthly rate times an employee's number of months of service. Effective
January 1, 1996, this plan was frozen to new participants and a 401(k) plan was
implemented.
 
     The following tables set forth the plan's funded status and amounts
recognized in Energy Systems' statement of financial position at December 31,
1995, 1996 and 1997.
 
     Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                   <C>        <C>
Accumulated benefit obligation, including vested benefits of approximately
  $2,367,000, $2,353,000 and $2,504,000 in 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.......   $ 2,464    $ 2,639
                                                                                      -------    -------
                                                                                      -------    -------
Projected benefit obligation for service rendered to date..........................   $(2,601)   $(2,803)
Plan assets at fair value..........................................................     2,671      3,015
                                                                                      -------    -------
Plan assets in excess of projected benefit obligation (projected benefit obligation
  in excess of plan assets)........................................................        70        212
Unrecognized prior service costs...................................................      (316)      (294)
Unrecognized net loss from past experience different from that assumed.............       144        (34)
Unrecognized net transition asset..................................................      (100)       (88)
                                                                                      -------    -------
Accrued pension cost...............................................................   $  (202)   $  (204)
                                                                                      -------    -------
                                                                                      -------    -------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-56
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                        ENERGY SYSTEMS INDUSTRIES, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Net pension cost included the following components:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                               -------------------------
                                                                               1995      1996      1997
                                                                               -----     -----     -----
                                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                            <C>       <C>       <C>
Service cost -- benefit earned during the period...........................    $  55     $  83     $  79
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation..............................      161       176       190
Estimated/Actual return on plan assets.....................................     (381)     (289)     (484)
Net amortization and deferral..............................................      164        56       232
                                                                               -----     -----     -----
Net periodic pension cost (income).........................................    $  (1)    $  26     $  17
                                                                               -----     -----     -----
                                                                               -----     -----     -----
</TABLE>
 
     For fiscal years 1995, 1996 and 1997, the weighted-average discount rate
and rate of increase in future compensation levels used in determining the
actuarial present value of the projected benefit obligation were 8.3% and 5.0%,
respectively, for 1995, 7.0% and 5.0%, respectively, for 1996, and 7.3% and
5.0%, respectively, for 1997. The expected long-term rate of return on assets
used for purposes of the net periodic pension costs was 8.0% for 1995 and 1996
and 8.5% for 1997.
 
     Energy Systems' second defined benefit plan covers all other employees of
Energy Systems, not covered in the plan previously described. The benefit
formula for this plan was amended as of November 1, 1993 and is based upon an
employee's years of service and career average earnings.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                    -------------------
                                                                                    1996          1997
                                                                                    -----         -----
                                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                 <C>           <C>
Accumulated benefit obligation, including vested benefits of approximately
  $755,000 and $824,000 at December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively..............   $ 905         $ 993
                                                                                    -----         -----
                                                                                    -----         -----
Projected benefit obligation for service rendered to date........................   $(905)        $(993)
Plan assets at fair value........................................................     811           930
Projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets............................     (94)          (63)
Unrecognized prior service costs.................................................    --            --
Unrecognized net loss from past experience different from that assumed...........     190           146
Unrecognized net transition asset................................................     (38)          (34)
Additional minimum liability.....................................................    --            (112)
                                                                                    -----         -----
Prepaid pension cost (liability).................................................   $  58         $ (63)
                                                                                    -----         -----
                                                                                    -----         -----
</TABLE>
 
     Net pension cost included the following components:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                           ---------------------------
                                                                           1995       1996       1997
                                                                           -----      -----      -----
                                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>
Service cost -- benefits earned during the period.......................   $  71      $--        $--
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation...........................      52         65         67
Estimated/Actual return on plan assets..................................     (95)       (86)      (135)
Net amortization and deferral...........................................      61         57         81
Recognition of curtailment loss.........................................    --           69       --
                                                                           -----      -----      -----
Net periodic pension cost...............................................   $  89      $ 105      $  13
                                                                           -----      -----      -----
                                                                           -----      -----      -----
</TABLE>
 
     The weighted-average discount rate used in determining the actuarial
present value of the projected benefit obligation was 7.5% for 1995 and 1996 and
7.3% for 1997, and the expected long-term rate of return on assets used for
purposes of the net periodic pension costs was 8.0% for 1995, 1996 and 1997.
 
                                      F-57
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                        ENERGY SYSTEMS INDUSTRIES, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The 401(k) plan for bargaining unit employees that was implemented January
1, 1996 matches 10.0% of the first 5.0% of a participant's contribution to the
401(k) plan. Energy Systems' funding policy is to contribute annually the
maximum amount that can be deducted for Federal income tax purposes. For 1996
and 1997, this matching contribution totaled approximately $34,000 and $42,000,
respectively.
 
     Energy Systems also maintains an employee stock-sharing plan and 401(k)
profit sharing plan for all administrative employees. Effective September 13,
1993, the trustees voted to amend the stock-sharing plan by cessation of
stock-sharing contributions to preclude the addition of new participants to the
stock-sharing portion of the plan and to provide for full vesting by
participants of their stock-sharing accounts.
 
     Energy Systems has elected to contribute to the 401(k) profit-sharing plan
10.0% of a year's net income before income taxes that exceeds a 10.0% return on
its invested capital. For fiscal years 1995, 1996 and 1997, this contribution
totaled approximately $34,000, $10,000 and $25,000, respectively. In addition,
it is the present policy of Energy Systems to match 10.0% of the first 5.0% of a
participant's contribution to the 401(k) plan. These matching contributions
totaled approximately $20,000, $19,000 and $20,000 for 1995, 1996 and 1997,
respectively.
 
     Energy Systems participates with other companies in making collectively
bargained contributions to a pension fund covering most of its union employees.
The Multi-Employer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980 amended ERISA to
establish funding requirements and obligations for employers participating in
multi-employer plans, principally related to employer withdrawal from or
termination of such plans. Separate actuarial calculations of the Company's
position are not available with respect to the multi-employer plans.
 
NOTE 11 -- FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
     Energy Systems' financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents,
trade accounts receivable, a line of credit, notes payable and debt. Energy
Systems believes that the carrying value of these instruments on the
accompanying balance sheet approximates their fair value.
 
NOTE 12 -- STOCK REDEMPTION AGREEMENT
 
     In connection with the issuance of preferred stock, Energy Systems has
acquired a life insurance policy on the life of the principal holder of these
shares. The insurance policy's face value is $1,300,000. Energy Systems has
agreed to redeem the preferred stock upon the death of that stockholder.
 
NOTE 13 -- INVESTMENT IN UNCONSOLIDATED JOINT VENTURE
 
     During 1992, Energy Systems, along with several unrelated companies within
the industry, formed a company, HVAC Compensation Corporation, in a joint effort
to acquire and provide worker's compensation insurance to those in the group.
The primary purpose of this entity is to collect premiums from the member
companies and process and pay claims. Premiums collected, plus any earnings on
the premiums in excess of claims paid and projected to be paid, are returned to
the member companies in the form of a dividend. These dividends are payable over
four years commencing two years after the close of the insurance company's
fiscal year. This investment is accounted for under the equity method of
accounting. As of December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, Energy Systems' allocable
share of the projected dividends amounted to approximately $324,000, $367,000
and $288,000, respectively.
 
NOTE 14 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)
 
     Energy Systems and its stockholders have entered into a definitive
agreement with Enfinity pursuant to which Energy Systems will merge with a
wholly owned subsidiary of Enfinity. All
 
                                      F-58
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                        ENERGY SYSTEMS INDUSTRIES, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
outstanding shares of Energy Systems will be exchanged for cash and common stock
of Enfinity concurrently with the consummation of the initial public offering of
the common stock of Enfinity.
 
     In January 1998, the Board of Directors approved the issuance of 141 shares
of Energy Systems stock worth approximately $963,000 to a key employee. The
employee executed an $80,000 promissory note payable to Energy Systems which
matures at the earlier of January 12, 2003 or upon the employee's termination
with Energy Systems. The excess of the fair value of the shares (estimated for
value of $963,000) and the employee's cost of $80,000 will be recorded as
compensation expense in 1998. In addition, a cash bonus of approximately
$853,000 was granted to the employee in 1998 to cover the income tax cost
associated with the stock award.
 
   
     Effective January 1, 1998, Energy Systems changed the structure of its
investment in HVAC Compensation Corporation (see Note 13). Energy Systems'
investment in HVAC was converted into one non-voting share of preferred stock in
a captive insurance company. Energy Systems will continue to receive the value
of excess premiums over costs in the form of dividends from the captive
insurance company, similar to the previous arrangement with HVAC. There will be
no change in the method of accounting for this investment as a result of the
change in structure.
    
 
     Energy Systems amended its Revolving Credit and Security Agreement
effective January 30, 1998. The agreement, as amended, terminates on January 31,
1999 and interest will be computed at prime plus 0.25%.
 
                                      F-59


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors
and Stockholders of
NEW ENGLAND MECHANICAL SERVICES, INC.
 
     In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheet and the related statements
of operations, of stockholders' equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of New England Mechanical Services,
Inc. ('NEMSI') at December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the results of its operations
and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles. These financial statements are the
responsibility of NEMSI's management; our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our
audits of these statements in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.
 
PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
May 13, 1998
 
                                      F-60


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                     NEW ENGLAND MECHANICAL SERVICES, INC.
                                 BALANCE SHEET
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                 ------------------     JUNE 30,
                                                                                  1996       1997         1998
                                                                                 -------    -------    -----------
                                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                              <C>        <C>        <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents................................................   $   141    $   226      $    92
     Accounts receivable:
          Trade, (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $134 and $106 in
            1996 and 1997, respectively)......................................     4,920      6,408        6,009
          Retainage...........................................................       350        518          444
          Other receivables...................................................        64        191           --
     Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted
       contracts..............................................................       399        409          566
     Inventories..............................................................       329        339          366
     Prepaid expenses and other current assets................................        69         48          234
     Deferred income taxes....................................................        78        104          356
                                                                                 -------    -------    -----------
               Total current assets...........................................     6,350      8,243        8,067
Property and equipment, net...................................................     2,274      3,112        3,387
Goodwill......................................................................     2,239      2,179        2,149
Other assets..................................................................        30         44           42
                                                                                 -------    -------    -----------
               Total assets...................................................   $10,893    $13,578      $13,645
                                                                                 -------    -------    -----------
                                                                                 -------    -------    -----------
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
     Line of credit...........................................................   $   500    $   900      $   900
     Current portion of long-term debt........................................       431        494          464
     Current portion of obligations under capital lease.......................        26        147          200
     Accounts payable and accrued expenses....................................     3,497      4,131        3,960
     Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted
       contracts..............................................................       483        973          732
     Income taxes payable.....................................................        76        171          260
                                                                                 -------    -------    -----------
               Total current liabilities......................................     5,013      6,816        6,516
Long-term debt, net of current portion........................................     2,231      2,118        2,003
Obligations under capital lease, net of current portion.......................       107        311          410
Deferred income taxes.........................................................        85         89           88
Other long-term liabilities...................................................     1,219      1,137        1,085
                                                                                 -------    -------    -----------
               Total liabilities..............................................     8,655     10,471       10,102
                                                                                 -------    -------    -----------
Commitments and contingencies
  Stockholders' equity:
     Common stock, $10 par value  -- 5,000 shares authorized and 559, 620 and
       620 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 1996, 1997 and June
       30, 1998, respectively.................................................         6          7            7
     Additional paid-in capital...............................................     1,542      2,206        2,206
     Retained earnings........................................................       690        894        1,353
     Less: Treasury stock, 7 shares in 1998, at cost..........................     --         --             (23)
                                                                                 -------    -------    -----------
               Total stockholders' equity.....................................     2,238      3,107        3,543
                                                                                 -------    -------    -----------
               Total liabilities and stockholders' equity.....................   $10,893    $13,578      $13,645
                                                                                 -------    -------    -----------
                                                                                 -------    -------    -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-61
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                     NEW ENGLAND MECHANICAL SERVICES, INC.
                            STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            YEARS ENDED         SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                            DECEMBER 31,            JUNE 30,
                                                                         ------------------    ------------------
                                                                          1996       1997       1997       1998
                                                                         -------    -------    -------    -------
                                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues..............................................................   $30,457    $39,357    $18,129    $17,464
Cost of revenues......................................................    23,407     31,217     13,915     13,379
                                                                         -------    -------    -------    -------
     Gross profit.....................................................     7,050      8,140      4,214      4,085
Selling, general and administrative expenses..........................     5,388      6,442      2,771      2,998
Amortization of goodwill, net.........................................        60         60         30         30
Employee stock compensation...........................................     --           795      --         --
                                                                         -------    -------    -------    -------
     Income from operations...........................................     1,602        843      1,413      1,057
Other expense:
     Interest expense.................................................       441        451        234        218
     Other............................................................         9          2          2          5
                                                                         -------    -------    -------    -------
Income before provision for income taxes..............................     1,152        390      1,177        834
Provision for income taxes............................................       485        186        562        375
                                                                         -------    -------    -------    -------
Net income............................................................   $   667    $   204    $   615    $   459
                                                                         -------    -------    -------    -------
                                                                         -------    -------    -------    -------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-62
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                     NEW ENGLAND MECHANICAL SERVICES, INC.
                       STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     ADDITIONAL                                TOTAL
                                                                      PAID-IN      RETAINED    TREASURY    STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                 SHARES    AMOUNT     CAPITAL      EARNINGS     STOCK         EQUITY
                                                 ------    ------    ----------    --------    --------    -------------
<S>                                              <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>
Balance, December 31, 1995....................     559      $  6       $1,542       $   23       $--          $ 1,571
     Net income...............................    --        --          --             667       --               667
                                                 ------    ------    ----------    --------    --------    -------------
Balance, December 31, 1996....................     559         6        1,542          690       --             2,238
     Stock issued to employees................      61         1          664        --          --               665
     Net income...............................    --        --          --             204       --               204
                                                 ------    ------    ----------    --------    --------    -------------
Balance, December 31, 1997....................     620         7        2,206          894       --             3,107
     Purchase of treasury stock (unaudited)...    --        --          --           --           (23)            (23)
     Net income (unaudited)...................    --        --          --             459       --               459
                                                 ------    ------    ----------    --------    --------    -------------
Balance, June 30, 1998 (unaudited)............     620      $  7       $2,206       $1,353       $(23)        $ 3,543
                                                 ------    ------    ----------    --------    --------    -------------
                                                 ------    ------    ----------    --------    --------    -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-63
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                     NEW ENGLAND MECHANICAL SERVICES, INC.
                            STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                YEARS ENDED        SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                DECEMBER 31,           JUNE 30,
                                                                             ------------------    ----------------
                                                                              1996       1997       1997      1998
                                                                             -------    -------    ------    ------
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
     Net income...........................................................   $   667    $   204    $  615    $  459
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
       activities:
       Depreciation and amortization......................................       487        629       261       358
       Stock compensation.................................................     --           664        --      --
       Gain on sale of property and equipment.............................        (3)        (7)       (8)       (8)
       Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
          Accounts receivable.............................................    (2,075)    (1,488)   (1,343)      399
          Retainage.......................................................      (135)      (168)       71        74
          Other receivables...............................................         7       (127)      (61)      191
          Inventories.....................................................        49        (10)      (15)      (27)
          Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
            uncompleted contracts.........................................        70        (10)      (78)     (157)
          Prepaid expenses and other current assets.......................        24         21       (18)     (186)
          Other assets....................................................        31        (14)      (12)        2
          Accounts payable and accrued expenses...........................     1,174        634       210      (171)
          Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
            uncompleted contracts.........................................       109        490       240      (241)
          Income taxes payable............................................       281         95       248        89
          Other long-term liabilities.....................................       (74)       (82)       87       (52)
          Deferred income taxes...........................................         5        (22)       (1)     (239)
                                                                             -------    -------    ------    ------
               Net cash provided by operating activities..................       617        809       196       491
                                                                             -------    -------    ------    ------
Cash flows used in investing activities:
     Proceeds from sale of property and equipment.........................         3         11        42         9
     Purchases of property and equipment..................................      (317)      (783)     (197)     (248)
                                                                             -------    -------    ------    ------
               Net cash used in by investing activities...................      (314)      (772)     (155)     (239)
                                                                             -------    -------    ------    ------
Cash flows used in financing activities:
     Borrowings (payments) from line of credit............................       200        400       100      --
     Borrowings of long-term debt.........................................       170        200      --        --
     Payments of long-term debt...........................................      (587)      (552)     (274)     (363)
     Acquisition of treasury stock........................................     --         --         --         (23)
                                                                             -------    -------    ------    ------
               Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities........      (217)        48      (174)     (386)
                                                                             -------    -------    ------    ------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents......................        86         85      (133)     (134)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period............................        55        141       141       226
                                                                             -------    -------    ------    ------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period..................................   $   141    $   226    $    8    $   92
                                                                             -------    -------    ------    ------
                                                                             -------    -------    ------    ------
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
     Additions under capital lease........................................   $   130    $   405    $  103    $  215
     Cash paid for interest...............................................   $   361    $   343    $  246    $  218
     Cash paid for income taxes...........................................   $   204    $   300    $  249    $  287
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-64


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                     NEW ENGLAND MECHANICAL SERVICES, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1 -- BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION
 
     New England Mechanical Services, Inc. ('NEMSI'), founded in 1966, primarily
specializes in performing design and build projects at manufacturing and
research facilities and on-site maintenance work at nuclear power plants.
 
     NEMSI and its stockholders intend to enter into a definitive agreement with
Enfinity Corporation ('Enfinity'), pursuant to which all outstanding shares of
NEMSI's common stock will be exchanged for cash and shares of Enfinity common
stock concurrently with the consummation of an initial public offering (the
'Offering') of the common stock of Enfinity.
 
NOTE 2 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
     NEMSI considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original
maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
 
INVENTORIES
 
     Inventories consist of parts and supplies held for use in the ordinary
course of business and are stated at the lower of cost or market using the
first-in, first-out ('FIFO') method.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment are stated at cost, and depreciation is computed
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.
Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized over the lesser of the life
of the lease or the estimated useful life of the asset.
 
     Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when
incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments, which extend the
useful lives of existing equipment, are capitalized and depreciated. Upon
retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and related
accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or
loss is recognized in the statement of operations.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
     NEMSI recognizes revenues when services are performed except when work is
being performed under a construction contract. Revenues from construction
contracts are recognized on the percentage-of completion method measured by the
percentage of costs incurred to total estimated costs for each contract.
Contract costs include all direct material, subcontracts, and labor costs and
those indirect costs related to contract performance such as indirect labor,
supplies and tools, repairs and depreciation costs. Provisions for the total
estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are made in the period in which such
losses are determined. Changes in job performance, job conditions, estimated
profitability and final contract settlements may result in revisions to costs
and income and their effects are recognized in the period in which the revisions
are determined.
 
     The balances billed but not paid by customers pursuant to retainage
provisions in construction contracts will be due upon completion of the
contracts and acceptance by the customer. Based on NEMSI's experience with
similar contracts in recent years, the retention balance will be collected in
the upcoming year.
 
WARRANTY COSTS
 
     NEMSI warrants equipment, labor, and materials for the first year after
installation on new air conditioning and heating systems. NEMSI generally
warrants labor for 30 days after servicing of existing air conditioning and
heating systems. A reserve for warranty costs is recorded as part of the cost to
complete each individual job.
 
                                      F-65
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                     NEW ENGLAND MECHANICAL SERVICES, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
GOODWILL
 
     Goodwill, representing the difference between total purchase price and the
fair value of assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition (see Note 10),
is being amortized on a straight-line basis over forty years. Accumulated
amortization is $165,000 and $225,000 at December 31, 1997 and 1996,
respectively.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
     NEMSI records deferred tax assets and liabilities based upon the
differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying
amounts for financial reporting purposes (see Note 9).
 
USE OF ESTIMATES
 
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions by
management in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
 
     Financial instruments that potentially subject NEMSI to concentrations of
credit risk consist principally of trade accounts receivable. NEMSI does not
believe that it is subject to any unusual credit risk beyond the normal credit
risk attendant in its business.
 
NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
     Effective January 1, 1996, NEMSI adopted Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 121, 'Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for
Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of.' Accordingly, in the event that facts and
circumstances indicate that property and equipment or other assets may be
impaired, an evaluation of recoverability would be performed. If an evaluation
is required, the estimated future undiscounted cash flows associated with the
asset are compared to the asset's carrying amount to determine if a write-down
to market value is necessary. Adoption of this standard did not have a material
effect on the financial position or results of operations of NEMSI.
 
     In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ('FASB') issued SFAS
No. 133, 'Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.' (SFAS
No. 133 establishes a new model for accounting for derivatives and hedging
activities and supercedes and amends a number of existing standards. SFAS No.
133 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999, but earlier
adoption is permitted. Upon initial application, all derivatives are required to
be recognized in the statement of financial position as either assets or
liabilities and measured at fair value. Recognition of changes in fair value
depends on whether the derivative is designated and qualifies as a hedge, and
the type of hedging relationship that exists. The Company does not currently,
nor does it expect to, hold any derivative instruments or participate in any
hedging activities.
 
UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
   
     The interim financial information for the six month periods ended June 30,
1997 and 1998 has been prepared from the unaudited financial records of NEMSI
and in the opinion of management reflects all adjustments, consisting only of
normal recurring items, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial
position and results of operations and of cash flows for the interim periods.
    
 
                                      F-66
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                     NEW ENGLAND MECHANICAL SERVICES, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 3 -- ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS
 
     Allowance for doubtful accounts activity is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                                           -----------------
                                                                           1996         1997
                                                                           ----         ----
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                        <C>          <C>
Balance, beginning of year..............................................   $ 92         $134
Charges to costs and expenses...........................................    136           (2)
Write-offs..............................................................    (94)         (26)
                                                                           ----         ----
Balance, end of year....................................................   $134         $106
                                                                           ----         ----
                                                                           ----         ----
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 4 -- PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        ESTIMATED         DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       USEFUL LIVES    ------------------
                                                                         IN YEARS       1996       1997
                                                                       ------------    -------    -------
                                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                    <C>             <C>        <C>
Land and building...................................................     30 years      $ 1,327    $ 1,386
Transportation equipment............................................      5 years        2,106      2,708
Machinery and equipment.............................................      5 years          596        686
Leasehold improvements..............................................     20 years           11         11
Furniture and fixtures..............................................      5 years          370        911
                                                                                       -------    -------
                                                                                         4,410      5,702
Less -- Accumulated depreciation and amortization...................                    (2,136)    (2,590)
                                                                                       -------    -------
     Property and equipment, net....................................                   $ 2,274    $ 3,112
                                                                                       -------    -------
                                                                                       -------    -------
</TABLE>
 
     Depreciation expense is approximately $569,000 and $427,000 for the years
ended 1997 and 1996, respectively.
 
NOTE 5 -- DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS
 
     The following is a summary of costs, earnings and billings on uncompleted
contracts:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                     -------------------
                                                                                      1996        1997
                                                                                     -------    --------
                                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                  <C>        <C>
Costs incurred on contracts in progress...........................................   $ 6,681    $  9,835
Estimated earnings, net of losses.................................................       914       1,134
                                                                                     -------    --------
                                                                                       7,595      10,969
Less -- Progress billings.........................................................    (7,679)    (11,533)
                                                                                     -------    --------
                                                                                     $   (84)   $   (564)
                                                                                     -------    --------
                                                                                     -------    --------
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts.......   $   399    $    409
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts.......      (483)       (973)
                                                                                     -------    --------
                                                                                     $   (84)   $   (564)
                                                                                     -------    --------
                                                                                     -------    --------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-67
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                     NEW ENGLAND MECHANICAL SERVICES, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                      -----------------
                                                                                       1996       1997
                                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                   <C>        <C>
Accounts payable, trade............................................................   $2,305     $3,048
Accrued compensation and benefits..................................................      685        685
Other accrued expenses.............................................................      432        316
Consulting and non-compete agreements..............................................       75         82
                                                                                      ------     ------
                                                                                      $3,497     $4,131
                                                                                      ------     ------
                                                                                      ------     ------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 6 -- LONG-TERM DEBT
 
     A summary of senior long-term debt follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        ----------------
                                                                                         1996      1997
                                                                                        ------    ------
                                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                     <C>       <C>
Commercial term loans, payable in monthly principal installments of $20,100 plus
  interest at prime plus 1.0% to 1.5%, maturing April 2003, secured by substantially
  all assets of NEMSI................................................................   $1,060    $1,081
Various notes payable, collateralized by vehicles, interest rates ranging from 6.3%
  to 10.0%, payable in various installments through July 2002........................      539       515
                                                                                        ------    ------
                                                                                         1,599     1,596
Less -- Current maturities...........................................................     (384)     (443)
                                                                                        ------    ------
                                                                                        $1,215    $1,153
                                                                                        ------    ------
                                                                                        ------    ------
</TABLE>
 
     These loans contain certain restrictive covenants, including a restriction
on the payment of dividends.
 
     Subordinated long-term debt consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        ----------------
                                                                                         1996      1997
                                                                                        ------    ------
                                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                     <C>       <C>
Note payable to former stockholder, monthly principal and interest payments of
  $13,000 through March 2004, with a final payment of $586,000 due April 2004.
  Interest is calculated at prime plus 1.5%, with a maximum rate of 12.0% and a
  minimum of 6.0%....................................................................   $1,063    $1,016
Less -- Current maturities...........................................................      (47)      (51)
                                                                                        ------    ------
                                                                                        $1,016    $  965
                                                                                        ------    ------
                                                                                        ------    ------
</TABLE>
 
     The above debt is subordinated to the senior long-term debt described
above. See Note 10 for other commitments to the former stockholder.
 
     NEMSI has available a $1,000,000 line of credit with a bank. The balance
outstanding as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 totaled $900,000 and $500,000,
respectively. The line of credit expires July 31, 1998 and bears interest at the
prime rate in effect during the borrowing term plus 1.0%, or 9.3% at December
31, 1997. The line of credit is secured by substantially all assets of NEMSI.
 
                                      F-68
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                     NEW ENGLAND MECHANICAL SERVICES, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Aggregate maturities of senior long-term debt and subordinated long-term
debt for the next five years are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               
                            YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31,
                            -------------------------
<S>                                                                           <C>
   1998....................................................................   $  494
   1999....................................................................      478
   2000....................................................................      308
   2001....................................................................      189
   2002....................................................................      116
                                                                              ------
               Total.......................................................   $1,585
                                                                              ------
                                                                              ------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 7 -- EQUITY
 
     During 1997, 61 shares of common stock were issued to various employees of
NEMSI. The shares had a fair value of $665,000 at the date of grant, which was
recorded as compensation expense and an increase to stockholders' equity.
 
NOTE 8 -- LEASES
 
OPERATING LEASES
 
     NEMSI has several operating lease commitments related to satellite offices
that have various expiration dates through August 2002. Approximate future
minimum lease commitments under these noncancelable leases are as follows (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                
                            YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31,
                            -------------------------
<S>                                                                            <C>
   1998.....................................................................   $ 79
   1999.....................................................................     70
   2000.....................................................................     21
   2001.....................................................................     22
   2002.....................................................................     13
                                                                               ----
               Total........................................................   $205
                                                                               ----
                                                                               ----
</TABLE>
 
     Rent expense under these leases totaled approximately $113,000 and $78,000
for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
 
CAPITAL LEASES
 
     The following is an analysis for leased property under capital leases by
major class:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        ESTIMATED        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       USEFUL LIVES    -----------------
                                                                         IN YEARS      1996         1997
                                                                       ------------    ----         ----
                                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                    <C>             <C>          <C>
Class of property:
     Vehicles.......................................................     4-5 years     $167         $573
     Less -- Accumulated depreciation...............................                     27           94
                                                                                       ----         ----
          Leased property, net......................................                   $140         $479
                                                                                       ----         ----
                                                                                       ----         ----
</TABLE>
 
     Depreciation expense related to leased property under capital leases
totaled approximately $67,000 and $23,000 for the years ended December 31, 1997
and 1996, respectively, and has been included in depreciation and amortization
expense in the accompanying financial statements.
 
                                      F-69
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                     NEW ENGLAND MECHANICAL SERVICES, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The following is a schedule by year of future minimum lease payments under
capital leases, together with the present value of the net minimum lease
payments at December 31, 1997 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31,
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                            <C>
   1998.....................................................................   $186
   1999.....................................................................    148
   2000.....................................................................    131
   2001.....................................................................     72
                                                                               ----
   Total minimum lease payments.............................................    537
   Less -- Amount representing interest.....................................     79
                                                                               ----
                                                                               $458
                                                                               ----
                                                                               ----
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 9 -- INCOME TAXES
 
     The major components of NEMSI's provision for income taxes for the years
ended December 31, 1996 and 1997 are summarized below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                 -----------------
                                                                 1996         1997
                                                                 ----         ----
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                              <C>          <C>
Current:
     Federal..................................................   $378         $154
     State....................................................    139           54
                                                                 ----         ----
                                                                  517          208
Deferred......................................................    (32)         (22)
                                                                 ----         ----
     Total provision for income taxes.........................   $485         $186
                                                                 ----         ----
                                                                 ----         ----
</TABLE>
 
     A reconciliation of statutory tax rates to effective tax rate for the years
ended December 31, 1996 and 1997 is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                  -----------------------------
                                                                                      1996             1997
                                                                                  ------------     ------------
                                                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                               <C>     <C>      <C>     <C>
U.S. federal statutory rate....................................................   $382    34.0%    $133    34.0%
Increase in rate resulting from:
     State taxes, net of federal benefit.......................................     85     7.6       31     7.9
     Non-deductible expenses, increase in cash surrender value of life
       insurance and other.....................................................     18     1.6       22     5.7
                                                                                  ----    ----     ----    ----
     Effective rate............................................................   $485    43.2%    $186    47.6%
                                                                                  ----    ----     ----    ----
                                                                                  ----    ----     ----    ----
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-70
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                     NEW ENGLAND MECHANICAL SERVICES, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The components of the net deferred tax asset (liability) as of December 31,
1996 and 1997 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  -----------------
                                                                  1996         1997
                                                                  ----         ----
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                               <C>          <C>
Deferred tax assets:
     Accrued vacation compensation.............................   $34          $ 46
     Receivables...............................................    19             8
     Other assets..............................................    25            50
                                                                  ----         ----
          Total deferred tax asset.............................    78           104
Property and equipment, net....................................   (85)          (89)
                                                                  ----         ----
Net deferred tax asset (liability).............................   $(7)        $ 15
                                                                  ----         ----
                                                                  ----         ----
</TABLE>
 
     The actual tax provision differs from amounts obtained by applying the
statutory federal income tax rate to income before taxes primarily due to state
income taxes and certain non-deductible expenses.
 
NOTE 10 -- RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
     On April 15, 1994, NEMSI's former majority stockholder and spouse divested
themselves of all of their stock in NEMSI. A portion of their stock (425 shares)
was purchased by the remaining stockholder and the remainder (425 shares) was
purchased by NEMSI with a note payable (see Note 6). In addition, NEMSI
purchased its headquarters from the former stockholder, which had previously
been leased by the stockholder to NEMSI. NEMSI also entered into consulting and
non-compete agreements with the former stockholders through 2004. As a result of
this change in ownership, $2,303,000 of goodwill was recorded and is being
amortized over 40 years. Remaining commitments under the consulting and
non-compete agreements are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31,
                           -------------------------
<S>                                                                           <C>
   1998....................................................................   $  192
   1999....................................................................      192
   2000....................................................................      192
   2001....................................................................      192
   2002 and thereafter.....................................................    1,072
                                                                              ------
               Total.......................................................   $1,840
                                                                              ------
                                                                              ------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 11 -- EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
 
     NEMSI maintains a profit sharing plan covering all of its employees in
which employees may elect voluntary contributions on a pretax and/or after-tax
basis. Employer contributions are determined annually at the discretion of the
board of directors. Employer contributions totaled approximately $213,000 and
$250,000 for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996.
 
NOTE 12 -- FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
     NEMSI's financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, trade
accounts receivable, a line of credit, notes payable and debt. The Company
believes that the carrying value of these instruments on the accompanying
balance sheet approximates their fair value due to their nature.
 
                                      F-71
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                     NEW ENGLAND MECHANICAL SERVICES, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 13 -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
LITIGATION
 
     NEMSI is involved in legal actions arising in the ordinary course of
business. Management does not believe the outcome of such legal actions will
have a material adverse effect on NEMSI's financial position or results of
operations.
 
INSURANCE
 
     NEMSI carries a broad range of insurance coverage, including business auto
liability, general liability and an umbrella policy. NEMSI has not incurred
significant claims or losses on any of these insurance policies.
 
     NEMSI is self-insured for medical claims up to $75,000 per year per covered
individual. Claims in excess of these amounts are covered by a stop-loss policy.
NEMSI is also protected by an aggregate stop loss policy which caps annual claim
exposure at 125.0% of the estimated amount. The aggregate stop loss amount is
$775,000 for fiscal 1997.
 
NOTE 14 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)
 
     NEMSI and its stockholders have entered into a definitive agreement with
Enfinity pursuant to which NEMSI will merge with a wholly owned subsidiary of
Enfinity. All outstanding shares of NEMSI will be exchanged for cash and common
stock of Enfinity concurrently with the consummation of the initial public
offering of the common stock of Enfinity.
 
   
     NEMSI extended the expiration date for its line of credit until such time
as the merger with Enfinity is completed. All other terms remain the same.
    
 
                                      F-72


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors
and Stockholders of
LEE COMPANY
 
     In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheet and the related statements
of operations, of stockholders' equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Lee Company ('Lee') at December 31,
1996 and 1997, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the
years then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
These financial statements are the responsibility of Lee's management; our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements,
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed
above.
 
PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
 
Nashville, Tennessee
April 3, 1998
 
                                      F-73


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                  LEE COMPANY
                                 BALANCE SHEET
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                      ----------------    JUNE 30,
                                                                                       1996     1997        1998
                                                                                      ------   -------   -----------
                                                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                                   <C>      <C>       <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents......................................................  $   39   $    74     $   276
     Accounts receivable:
          Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance of $200 in 1996 and 1997......   3,602     6,628       5,748
          Retainage.................................................................     771     1,140       1,357
          Officer and employee accounts receivable..................................     179       134         217
          Current portion of long-term note receivable from officer.................     100       100         100
          Other current receivables.................................................    --         177         137
     Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts....   1,024     1,281       1,270
     Inventories....................................................................     101       109         131
     Prepaid expenses and other current assets......................................      85       100         345
     Deferred income taxes..........................................................     430       523         528
     Income taxes refundable........................................................      69     --         --
                                                                                      ------   -------   -----------
               Total current assets.................................................   6,400    10,266      10,109
Property and equipment, net.........................................................   1,647     3,597       1,023
Other assets........................................................................     653       719         274
                                                                                      ------   -------   -----------
               Total assets.........................................................  $8,700   $14,582     $11,406
                                                                                      ------   -------   -----------
                                                                                      ------   -------   -----------
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
     Line of credit.................................................................  $ --     $ 1,197     $--
     Current portion of obligations under capital lease.............................     213        27      --
     Current portion of long-term debt..............................................     100       100      --
     Accounts payable...............................................................   1,425     2,189       2,633
     Accrued expenses...............................................................   1,221     1,611       1,648
     Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts....   1,152     1,931       1,430
     Unearned revenue...............................................................     313       388         411
     Income taxes payable...........................................................      26       120         122
                                                                                      ------   -------   -----------
               Total current liabilities............................................   4,450     7,563       6,244
Obligations under capital lease, net of current portion.............................     997     2,667      --
Long-term debt, net of current portion..............................................     175        75      --
Other liabilities...................................................................    --       --             12
                                                                                      ------   -------   -----------
               Total liabilities....................................................   5,622    10,305       6,256
                                                                                      ------   -------   -----------
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 7 and 12)
Stockholders' equity:
     Common stock, no par value; 500,000 shares authorized; 500,000 and 383,333
      shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively.....      50        38          38
     Additional paid-in capital.....................................................      50        38          38
     Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale...........................    --         134          32
     Retained earnings..............................................................   3,945     4,067       5,042
     Less -- Treasury stock.........................................................    (967)    --         --
                                                                                      ------   -------   -----------
               Total stockholders' equity...........................................   3,078     4,277       5,150
                                                                                      ------   -------   -----------
               Total liabilities and stockholders' equity...........................  $8,700   $14,582     $11,406
                                                                                      ------   -------   -----------
                                                                                      ------   -------   -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-74
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                  LEE COMPANY
                            STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   SIX MONTHS
                                                                            YEARS ENDED              ENDED
                                                                            DECEMBER 31,            JUNE 30,
                                                                         ------------------    ------------------
                                                                          1996       1997       1997       1998
                                                                         -------    -------    -------    -------
                                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues..............................................................   $34,639    $39,681    $15,874    $24,488
Cost of revenues......................................................    26,541     30,316     12,308     18,570
                                                                         -------    -------    -------    -------
     Gross profit.....................................................     8,098      9,365      3,566      5,918
Selling, general and administrative expenses..........................     6,663      7,325      2,972      4,266
                                                                         -------    -------    -------    -------
     Income from operations...........................................     1,435      2,040        594      1,652
Other (income) expense:
     Interest expense.................................................       406        521        260        150
     Interest income..................................................       (75)       (44)       (25)       (23)
     Gain on sale of assets...........................................     --          (182)       (60)       (55)
     Other............................................................        (5)        (5)        (5)     --
                                                                         -------    -------    -------    -------
Income before provision for income taxes..............................     1,109      1,750        424      1,580
Provision for income taxes............................................       442        685        166        605
                                                                         -------    -------    -------    -------
Net income............................................................   $   667    $ 1,065    $   258    $   975
                                                                         -------    -------    -------    -------
                                                                         -------    -------    -------    -------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-75
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                  LEE COMPANY
                       STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     NET
                                                                               UNREALIZED GAIN
                                                COMMON STOCK      ADDITIONAL    ON SECURITIES                              TOTAL
                                              -----------------    PAID-IN        AVAILABLE      RETAINED   TREASURY   STOCKHOLDERS'
                                               SHARES    AMOUNT    CAPITAL        FOR SALE       EARNINGS    STOCK        EQUITY
                                              --------   ------   ----------   ---------------   --------   --------   -------------
<S>                                           <C>        <C>      <C>          <C>               <C>        <C>        <C>
Balance at December 31, 1995...............    500,000    $ 50       $ 50          $--            $3,278    $   (967)     $ 2,411
     Net income............................      --        --         --            --               667       --             667
                                              --------   ------     -----          -------       --------   --------   -------------
Balance at December 31, 1996...............    500,000      50         50           --             3,945        (967)       3,078
     Comprehensive income
          Net income.......................      --        --         --            --             1,065       --           1,065
          Net unrealized gain on securities
            available for sale.............      --        --         --                134         --         --             134
                                              --------   ------     -----          -------       --------   --------   -------------
          Comprehensive income, subtotal...      --        --         --            --              --         --           1,199
                                              --------   ------     -----          -------       --------   --------   -------------
     Retirement of treasury stock..........   (116,667)    (12)       (12)          --              (943)        967       --
                                              --------   ------     -----          -------       --------   --------   -------------
Balance at December 31, 1997...............    383,333      38         38              134         4,067       --           4,277
     Comprehensive income
          Net income (unaudited)...........      --         --        --            --               975       --             975
          Net unrealized gain on securities
            available for sale
            (unaudited)....................      --        --         --               102         --          --            (102)
                                              --------   ------     -----          -------       --------   --------   -------------
          Comprehensive income, subtotal...      --        --         --            --             --          --             873
                                              --------   ------     -----          -------       --------   --------   -------------
Balance at June 30, 1998 (unaudited).......    383,333    $ 38       $ 38          $    32        $5,042    $  --         $ 5,150
                                              --------   ------     -----          -------       --------   --------   -------------
                                              --------   ------     -----          -------       --------   --------   -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-76
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                  LEE COMPANY
                            STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             YEARS ENDED         SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                             DECEMBER 31,            JUNE 30,
                                                                          ------------------    ------------------
                                                                           1996       1997       1997       1998
                                                                          -------    -------    -------    -------
                                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
     Net income........................................................   $   667    $ 1,065    $   258    $   975
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used
       in) operating activities:
          Depreciation expense.........................................       426        517        247        165
          Net realized gain on sale of investments.....................     --          (176)       (60)     --
          Net gain on disposal of property and equipment...............     --           (77)        11        (54)
          Deferred income taxes........................................      (116)       (61)        73        (21)
          Changes in assets and liabilities:
               Trade and retainage accounts receivable.................     1,263     (3,395)    (1,663)       663
               Officer and employee accounts and note receivable.......       151        149         77        (33)
               Other receivables.......................................         5       (451)      (110)       314
               Inventories.............................................        30         (8)       (17)       (22)
               Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
                 uncompleted contracts.................................      (297)      (257)       214         11
               Prepaid expenses and other assets.......................       (26)       (40)       (65)      (260)
               Accounts payable........................................      (478)       764      1,610        444
               Accrued expenses........................................      (248)       390       (293)        37
               Unearned revenue........................................       191         75         (7)        35
               Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
                 uncompleted contracts.................................        42        779       (203)      (501)
               Income taxes payable....................................      (546)       163        136          2
                                                                          -------    -------    -------    -------
          Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities..........     1,064       (563)       208      1,755
                                                                          -------    -------    -------    -------
Cash flows from investing activities:
     Additions to property and equipment...............................      (170)    (3,453)    (1,536)      (261)
     Equipment sale proceeds...........................................     --         2,745         50         45
     Proceeds on sale of investments...................................     --           422         80         50
     Purchases of investments..........................................       (25)       (25)       (25)     --
     Investment principal distributions................................        10         10          2      --
                                                                          -------    -------    -------    -------
               Net cash used in investing activities...................      (185)      (301)    (1,429)      (166)
Cash flows from financing activities:
     Net activity on line of credit....................................      (867)     1,197      1,217     (1,197)
     Proceeds from long-term debt and sale of building.................     --         1,900        564      --
     Repayments of long-term debt and capital leases...................      (250)    (2,198)      (163)      (190)
                                                                          -------    -------    -------    -------
               Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities.....    (1,117)       899      1,618     (1,387)
                                                                          -------    -------    -------    -------
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents...................      (238)        35        397        202
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period.........................       277         39         39         74
                                                                          -------    -------    -------    -------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period...............................   $    39    $    74    $   436    $   276
                                                                          -------    -------    -------    -------
                                                                          -------    -------    -------    -------
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
     Cash paid for interest............................................   $   406    $   519    $    36    $   194
     Cash paid for income taxes........................................   $ 1,102    $   675    $    51    $   623
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-77


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                  LEE COMPANY
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1 -- BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION
 
     Lee Company ('Lee'), founded in 1944, specializes in the design,
engineering and installation of energy and indoor environmental systems.
 
     Lee and its stockholders intend to enter into a definitive agreement with
Enfinity Corporation ('Enfinity'), pursuant to which all outstanding shares of
Lee's common stock will be exchanged for cash and shares of Enfinity common
stock concurrently with the consummation of an initial public offering (the
'Offering') of the common stock of Enfinity.
 
NOTE 2 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
     Lee considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original
maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
 
INVENTORIES
 
     Inventories consist of supplies, parts and equipment held for use in the
ordinary course of business and are stated at the lower of cost (average) or
market.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is generally
computed using the double-declining balance accelerated method over the
estimated useful lives of purchased property and equipment. For vehicles under
capital lease, depreciation is calculated using straight-line depreciation over
the lease term. Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized over the
lesser of the life of the lease or the estimated useful life of the asset.
 
     Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when
incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments, which extend the
useful lives of existing equipment, are capitalized and depreciated. Upon
retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and related
accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or
loss is recognized in the statement of operations.
 
LONG-TERM INVESTMENTS
 
     Long-term investments consist of investments in property, certain
privately-held entities with no readily available market prices and marketable
equity securities. The investments in property and privately-held entities are
accounted for under the cost method. The marketable equity securities are
classified as available for sale and recorded at market value of $179,000 at
December 31, 1997. Changes in unrealized gains and losses are not recognized in
earnings, but are reported as a separate component of stockholders' equity. No
such marketable equity securities were held at December 31, 1996.
 
TREASURY STOCK
 
     Treasury stock is recorded at cost. In 1997, Lee retired its treasury
stock.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
     Lee recognizes revenue when services are performed except when work is
being performed under a construction contract. Revenues from construction
contracts are recognized on the percentage-of-completion method measured by the
costs incurred as a percentage of the total estimated costs for each contract.
Contract costs include all direct material, subcontracts and labor costs and
those indirect costs related to contract performance such as indirect labor,
supplies, tools, repairs and depreciation costs.
 
                                      F-78
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                  LEE COMPANY
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
Provisions for the total estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are made in
the period in which such losses are determined. Changes in job performance, job
conditions, estimated profitability and final contract settlements may result in
revisions to costs and income and their effects are recognized in the period in
which the revisions are determined. The reserve for estimated losses on
uncompleted contracts was $13,321 at December 31, 1997. No reserve was recorded
at December 31, 1996.
 
     The balances billed but not paid by customers pursuant to retainage
provisions in construction contracts are due upon completion of the contracts
and acceptance by the customer. Based on Lee's experience with similar contracts
in recent years, the retainage is expected to be collected in the upcoming
fiscal year.
 
WARRANTY COSTS
 
     Lee warrants labor for the first year after installation on new air
conditioning and heating systems. A reserve for warranty costs is recorded as
part of the cost to complete each individual job.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
     Deferred income taxes reflect the tax consequences of temporary differences
between the assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes
and such amounts recognized for tax purposes. The principal temporary
differences of Lee relate to allowance for doubtful accounts, unearned revenue,
vacation accrual, warranty reserve and differences arising from capital lease
accounting.
 
USE OF ESTIMATES
 
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions by
management in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
 
     Financial instruments that potentially subject Lee to concentrations of
credit risk consist principally of trade accounts receivable and retainage. Lee
follows the practice of filing statutory liens on construction projects where
collection problems are anticipated. The liens serve as collateral for trade
accounts receivable. Lee does not believe that it is subject to any unusual
credit risk beyond the normal credit risk inherent in its business.
 
NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
     Effective January 1, 1996, Lee adopted Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 121, 'Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for
Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of.' Accordingly, in the event that facts and
circumstances indicate that property and equipment or other assets may be
impaired, an evaluation of recoverability would be performed. If an evaluation
is required, the estimated future undiscounted cash flows associated with the
asset are compared to the asset's carrying amount to determine if a write-down
to market value is necessary. Adoption of this standard did not have a material
effect on the financial position or results of operations of Lee.
 
     In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ('FASB') issued SFAS
No. 133, 'Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.' (SFAS
No. 133 establishes a new model for accounting for derivatives and hedging
activities and supercedes and amends a number of existing standards. SFAS No.
133 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999, but earlier
adoption is permitted. Upon initial application, all derivatives are required to
be recognized in the
 
                                      F-79
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                  LEE COMPANY
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
statement of financial position as either assets or liabilities and measured at
fair value. Recognition of changes in fair value depends on whether the
derivative is designated and qualifies as a hedge, and the type of hedging
relationship that exists. The Company does not currently, nor does it expect to,
hold any derivative instruments or participate in any hedging activities.
 
CASH FLOW INFORMATION
 
     Individual amounts comprising non-cash transactions during 1996 and 1997
were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        YEARS ENDED
                                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                     ------------------
                                                                                     1996        1997
                                                                                     -----      -------
                                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                  <C>        <C>
Capital lease on vehicle purchases................................................   $(426)     $  (416)
Capital lease of building.........................................................    --         (2,700)
Disposal of vehicles under capital lease obligation...............................    --          1,433
Receivable on sale of investments.................................................    --             70
Exchange of investments...........................................................    --             45
Net unrealized appreciation in equity securities..................................    --            134
                                                                                     -----      -------
     Total non-cash transactions..................................................   $(426)     $(1,434)
                                                                                     -----      -------
                                                                                     -----      -------
</TABLE>
 
UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
   
     The interim financial information for the six month periods ended June 30,
1997 and 1998 has been prepared from the unaudited financial records of Lee and
in the opinion of management reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal
recurring items, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and
results of operations and of cash flows for the interim periods.
    
 
NOTE 3 -- ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS
 
     Allowance for doubtful accounts activity is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        --------------
                                                                                        1996      1997
                                                                                        ----      ----
                                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                     <C>       <C>
Balance, beginning of year...........................................................   $200      $200
Charges to costs and expenses........................................................     35        15
Write-offs...........................................................................    (35)      (15)
                                                                                        ----      ----
                                                                                        $200      $200
                                                                                        ----      ----
                                                                                        ----      ----
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-80
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                  LEE COMPANY
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 4 -- PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       ESTIMATED        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                      USEFUL LIVES    -----------------
                                                                        IN YEARS       1996       1997
                                                                      ------------    -------    ------
                                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                   <C>             <C>        <C>
Land...............................................................                   $    10    $  427
Building under capital lease.......................................       20 years      --        2,273
Leasehold improvements.............................................     Lease term        323       468
Vehicles and equipment.............................................     5-10 years        811       843
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment...........................     5-10 years        652       539
Vehicles under capital lease.......................................     Lease term      1,425      --
Construction-in-progress...........................................                        30      --
                                                                                      -------    ------
     Total property and equipment..................................                     3,251     4,550
Less -- Accumulated depreciation and amortization..................                    (1,604)     (953)
                                                                                      -------    ------
     Property and equipment, net...................................                   $ 1,647    $3,597
                                                                                      -------    ------
                                                                                      -------    ------
</TABLE>
 
     Depreciation expense was approximately $426,000 and $517,000 for the years
ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
 
NOTE 5 -- DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS
 
     Installation contracts in progress are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                   --------------------
                                                                                     1996        1997
                                                                                   --------    --------
                                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                <C>         <C>
Costs incurred on contracts in progress.........................................   $ 10,932    $ 19,220
Estimated earnings, net of losses...............................................      3,631       4,792
                                                                                   --------    --------
                                                                                     14,563      24,012
Less -- Billings to date........................................................    (14,691)    (24,662)
                                                                                   --------    --------
                                                                                   $   (128)   $   (650)
                                                                                   --------    --------
                                                                                   --------    --------
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts.....   $  1,024    $  1,281
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts.....     (1,152)     (1,931)
                                                                                   --------    --------
                                                                                   $   (128)   $   (650)
                                                                                   --------    --------
                                                                                   --------    --------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-81
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                  LEE COMPANY
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Accrued expenses consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        ----------------
                                                                                         1996      1997
                                                                                        ------    ------
                                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                     <C>       <C>
Vacation accrual.....................................................................   $  341    $  443
Salaries, wages and commissions......................................................      275       350
Warranty reserve.....................................................................      222       247
Bonuses..............................................................................      160       179
401(k) matching contributions........................................................      101       115
General insurance reserve............................................................       31       114
Health insurance reserve.............................................................       41       100
Other taxes payable..................................................................       31        42
Other................................................................................       19        21
                                                                                        ------    ------
     Total accrued expenses..........................................................   $1,221    $1,611
                                                                                        ------    ------
                                                                                        ------    ------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 6 -- LINE OF CREDIT AND LONG-TERM DEBT
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                         ---------------
                                                                                         1996      1997
                                                                                         -----    ------
                                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                      <C>      <C>
Line of credit with First American National Bank, limit of $2,200,000 at December 31,
  1997. Interest at variable rate (8.5% at December 31, 1997), expiring December 31,
  1998, renewable annually. Secured by accounts receivable and inventory..............   $--      $1,197
                                                                                         -----    ------
                                                                                         -----    ------
Long-term debt:
     Note payable to First American National Bank with offsetting note receivable from
      an officer of Lee for purchase of stock from another stockholder. Interest at
      variable rate (8.5% at December 31, 1997). Secured by property..................   $ 275    $  175
Less -- Current portion...............................................................    (100)     (100)
                                                                                         -----    ------
                                                                                         $ 175    $   75
                                                                                         -----    ------
                                                                                         -----    ------
</TABLE>
 
     Long-term debt of $75,000 at December 31, 1997 will mature in 1999.
 
     As a condition of the line of credit agreement, Lee is required to maintain
certain financial and operating measurements, including minimum working capital
and net worth levels. Lee was in compliance with all covenants for the years
ended December 31, 1996 and 1997.
 
NOTE 7 -- LEASE OBLIGATIONS
 
     The majority of Lee's vehicles used in operations were leased through a
leasing company, wholly-owned by stockholders of the Company, with
non-cancelable lease terms of five years. The leases qualified as capital leases
in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13
'Accounting for Leases' (SFAS 13). Accordingly, both the equipment and
obligation are reflected in Lee's balance sheet at December 31, 1996. Interest
rates implicit in the leases ranged from 25.0% to 45.0%. The net book value of
leased vehicles included in property and equipment was approximately $1,043,000
at December 31, 1996.
 
     During 1997, Lee canceled its vehicle capital leases with the partnership
of stockholders and entered into a new master lease agreement for the same
vehicles with a third party. Under the terms of the new leasing agreement, the
leases qualify as operating leases in accordance with SFAS 13. The
 
                                      F-82
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                  LEE COMPANY
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
minimum lease term for these vehicles is one year. Rent expense was
approximately $111,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997.
 
     Lee also leased its corporate headquarters and operating facility under an
operating lease with rent expense of approximately $184,000 for the years ended
December 31, 1996 and December 31, 1997, respectively. In October 1997, Lee
relocated its corporate headquarters and operations to a facility purchased
under capital lease, as described further in Note 9.
 
     During 1997, Lee entered a master lease agreement for certain computer
equipment, software and furniture under operating lease with lease commitments
of three to four years for each item. The lease commitments are included in the
schedule below.
 
     The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments at December
31, 1997 under capital and operating leases:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31,                               CAPITAL    OPERATING
                             -------------------------                               -------    ---------
                                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                  <C>        <C>
   1998...........................................................................   $   350     $   750
   1999...........................................................................       350         132
   2000...........................................................................       350         128
   2001...........................................................................       350          56
   2002...........................................................................       350       --
   Thereafter.....................................................................     5,191       --
                                                                                     -------    ---------
                                                                                       6,941     $ 1,066
                                                                                                ---------
                                                                                                ---------
   Less -- Implied interest.......................................................    (4,247)
                                                                                     -------
   Present value of net minimum lease payments....................................     2,694
   Less -- Current portion of capital lease obligation............................       (27)
                                                                                     -------
   Long-term capital lease obligation.............................................   $ 2,667
                                                                                     -------
                                                                                     -------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 8 -- INCOME TAXES
 
     The provisions for income taxes for the periods are summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         YEARS ENDED
                                                                                         DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        --------------
                                                                                        1996      1997
                                                                                        ----      ----
                                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                     <C>       <C>
Current:
     Federal.........................................................................   $392      $616
     State...........................................................................     73       130
                                                                                        ----      ----
                                                                                         465       746
Deferred:
     Federal.........................................................................    (19)      (50)
     State...........................................................................     (4)      (11)
                                                                                        ----      ----
                                                                                         (23)      (61)
                                                                                        ----      ----
          Total provision for income taxes...........................................   $442      $685
                                                                                        ----      ----
                                                                                        ----      ----
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-83
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                  LEE COMPANY
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Reconciliations of statutory tax rates to effective tax rates are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          ------------------------------
                                                                              1996              1997
                                                                          ------------      ------------
                                                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                       <C>     <C>       <C>     <C>
U.S. Federal statutory rate............................................   $377    34.0%     $595    34.0%
Increase in rate resulting from:
     State taxes, net of federal benefit...............................     46     4.1        79     4.5
     Nondeductible expenses............................................     19     1.7        11     0.6
                                                                          ----    ----      ----    ----
          Effective rate...............................................   $442    39.8%     $685    39.1%
                                                                          ----    ----      ----    ----
                                                                          ----    ----      ----    ----
</TABLE>
 
     The components of deferred tax assets are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        --------------
                                                                                        1996      1997
                                                                                        ----      ----
                                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                     <C>       <C>
Current:
     Vacation accrual................................................................   $130      $168
     Warranty reserve................................................................     84        94
     Allowance for doubtful accounts.................................................     76        76
     Unearned revenue................................................................    118       147
     Health insurance reserve........................................................     16        38
     Charitable contributions carryover..............................................      6       --
                                                                                        ----      ----
          Total current..............................................................    430       523
                                                                                        ----      ----
Long-term:
     Capital leases..................................................................     38         6
                                                                                        ----      ----
          Total long-term............................................................     38         6
                                                                                        ----      ----
          Total deferred tax assets..................................................   $468      $529
                                                                                        ----      ----
                                                                                        ----      ----
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 9 -- RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
     Lee leased its corporate and operating facilities through October 1997 from
a partnership which is wholly-owned by stockholders of Lee. The lease agreement
contained a commitment to lease through September 2000; however, based on Lee's
completion of construction of a new facility in October 1997, as discussed
further below, the partnership revised its commitment to require rental payments
only through December 31, 1997. Leasehold improvements of approximately
$194,000, net, have been depreciated fully through December 31, 1997.
 
     In October 1997, Lee completed construction of a new corporate headquarters
and operations building which was then sold to a partnership, wholly-owned by
stockholders of Lee. Lee sold the facility to the partnership for $2,700,000
recognizing no gain or loss on the transaction. Additional capitalized costs of
construction of approximately $429,000 represent improvements in the original
building design. These costs are classified as leasehold improvements to be
depreciated over the lease term. The lease requires monthly payments of
approximately $29,000, increasing for inflation after five years, commencing
October 24, 1997 and continuing through October 24, 2017. The lease qualifies as
a capital lease. The partnership entered into third-party debt to finance its
purchase of the facility from Lee. Lee guaranteed the partnership's debt in
conjunction with this transaction.
 
     Lee has a note receivable from its president to facilitate his purchase of
Lee common shares from another stockholder. Lee issued a note payable to First
American National Bank which provided the funds for this transaction, as
described in Note 6. The note receivable bears interest at the same variable
rate charged to Lee by the bank. The balance is being repaid based on the same
amortization as Lee's
 
                                      F-84
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                  LEE COMPANY
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
note payable from its president, with payments being received from the president
through payroll deduction. Both notes are scheduled to be paid in full by
October 1999.
 
     Lee has receivables from several officers of Lee for payment of various
personal expenses. The outstanding balances bear interest at market rates.
 
NOTE 10 -- EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
     Lee has a 401(k) savings plan that covers substantially all employees with
over one year of service. Lee matches employee contributions at a rate of 25.0%.
Total contributions by Lee under the plan were approximately $101,000 and
$115,000 for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
 
     Lee provides health insurance for its employees and covered dependents
through a plan that is partially self-insured. Lee retains risk for losses up to
$20,000 per employee annually. Lee maintains third party insurance to cover
losses greater than $20,000 up to $1,000,000 per employee annually. Annual
losses in excess of $1,000,000 are retained by Lee. Lee has not incurred any
losses that approach the threshold of its coverage.
 
NOTE 11 -- FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
     Lee's financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, long-term
investments, accounts receivable and payable, accrued expenses, and debt. Except
for capital lease obligations, Lee believes the carrying values of these
instruments on the accompanying balance sheet approximate their fair value due
to their nature and the variable interest rates charged. Capital lease
obligations would total approximately $2,680,000 using current market rates.
 
NOTE 12 -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
INSURANCE
 
     Lee carries a broad range of insurance coverage, including business auto
liability, general liability and an umbrella policy. Lee has not incurred
significant claims or losses on any of these insurance policies.
 
NOTE 13 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)
 
     Lee and its stockholders have entered into a definitive agreement with
Enfinity pursuant to which Lee will merge with a wholly owned subsidiary of
Enfinity. All outstanding shares of Lee will be exchanged for cash and common
stock of Enfinity concurrently with the consummation of the initial public
offering of the common stock of Enfinity.
 
                                      F-85


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors
and Stockholders of
HILL YORK CORPORATION AND
HILL YORK SERVICE CORPORATION
 
     In our opinion, the accompanying combined balance sheet and the related
combined statements of operations, stockholders' equity and of cash flows
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Hill York
Corporation and Hill York Service Corporation (collectively, 'Hill York') at
March 31, 1996 and 1997 and December 31, 1997 and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for the years ended March 31, 1996 and 1997 and
the nine months ended December 31, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles. These financial statements are the responsibility of Hill
York's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these
statements in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards which
require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit
includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.
 
PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 14, 1998
 
                                      F-86


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                             HILL YORK CORPORATION
                             COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       MARCH 30,
                                                                    ----------------    DECEMBER 31,      JUNE 30,
                                                                     1996      1997         1997            1998
                                                                    ------    ------    ------------    ------------
                                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                 <C>       <C>       <C>             <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents...................................   $  453    $  409      $    207        $    193
     Accounts receivable:
          Trade, (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $60,
            $40 and $40 at March 31, 1996, March 31, 1997 and
            December 31, 1997, respectively).....................    4,624     3,308         5,393           5,660
          Retainage..............................................    1,392     1,859         2,494           1,530
     Costs in estimated earnings in excess of billings on
       uncompleted contracts.....................................      689       732           385             586
     Inventories.................................................      132       186           164             218
     Prepaid expenses and other current assets...................       41       295           262             566
     Deferred income taxes.......................................       18      --             453             271
                                                                    ------    ------    ------------    ------------
          Total current assets...................................    7,349     6,789         9,358           9,024
Property and equipment, net......................................    1,519     1,613         1,562           1,572
Due from related parties -- noncurrent...........................      343       363           298             293
Deferred income taxes............................................       36        55        --              --
Other assets.....................................................      144        94           175             168
                                                                    ------    ------    ------------    ------------
          Total assets...........................................   $9,391    $8,914      $ 11,393        $ 11,057
                                                                    ------    ------    ------------    ------------
                                                                    ------    ------    ------------    ------------
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
     Lines of credit.............................................   $  100    $ --        $    100        $    150
     Current portion of long-term debt...........................       50        50            50              50
     Current portion of capital lease obligations................       95       122            90             110
     Accounts payable............................................    2,866     2,513         3,393           3,718
     Accrued expenses............................................    2,099     2,453         2,047           1,336
     Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
       uncompleted contracts.....................................    1,153       558         1,969           1,923
     Unearned revenue............................................      263       284           249             290
     Due to related parties......................................       12        18        --              --
     Income taxes payable........................................       13        32           482             221
     Deferred income taxes.......................................        2        28        --              --
                                                                    ------    ------    ------------    ------------
          Total current liabilities..............................    6,653     6,058         8,380           7,798
Obligations under capital lease, net of current portion..........      154       186           143             121
Long-term debt, net of current portion...........................      458       408           371             346
Deferred income tax..............................................     --           6            10              39
                                                                    ------    ------    ------------    ------------
          Total liabilities......................................    7,265     6,658         8,904           8,304
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders' equity:
     Common stock, $0 par value; 150,300 shares authorized;
       79,460 shares issued and outstanding......................      869       869           869             869
     Retained earnings...........................................    1,257     1,387         1,620           1,884
                                                                    ------    ------    ------------    ------------
          Total stockholders' equity.............................    2,126     2,256         2,489           2,753
                                                                    ------    ------    ------------    ------------
          Total liabilities and stockholders' equity.............   $9,391    $8,914      $ 11,393        $ 11,057
                                                                    ------    ------    ------------    ------------
                                                                    ------    ------    ------------    ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-87
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                             HILL YORK CORPORATION
                        COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   YEARS ENDED          NINE MONTHS ENDED        SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                    MARCH 31,              DECEMBER 31,              JUNE 30,
                                                ------------------    ----------------------    ------------------
                                                 1996       1997         1996         1997       1997       1998
                                                -------    -------    -----------    -------    -------    -------
                                                                      (UNAUDITED)                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues.....................................   $28,667    $31,430      $23,123      $25,863    $15,747    $18,883
Cost of revenues.............................    22,526     24,121       18,002       20,432     11,901     14,673
                                                -------    -------    -----------    -------    -------    -------
     Gross profit............................     6,141      7,309        5,121        5,431      3,846      4,210
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses...................................     5,758      6,992        4,985        5,082      3,444      3,792
                                                -------    -------    -----------    -------    -------    -------
     Income from operations..................       383        317          136          349        402        418
Other (income) expense:
     Interest expense........................        85         69           52           58         38         45
     Interest income.........................        (2)        (3)          (3)          (5)        (1)        (2)
     Other income, net.......................       (62)       (74)         (52)         (50)       (42)       (24)
                                                -------    -------    -----------    -------    -------    -------
Income before provision for income taxes.....       362        325          139          346        407        399
Provision for income taxes...................        98        115           58          113        115        135
                                                -------    -------    -----------    -------    -------    -------
Net income...................................   $   264    $   210      $    81      $   233    $   292    $   264
                                                -------    -------    -----------    -------    -------    -------
                                                -------    -------    -----------    -------    -------    -------
</TABLE>
    
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-88
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                             HILL YORK CORPORATION
                   COMBINED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               COMMON STOCK                                  TOTAL
                                                             ----------------    RETAINED    TREASURY    STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                             SHARES    AMOUNT    EARNINGS     STOCK         EQUITY
                                                             ------    ------    --------    --------    -------------
<S>                                                          <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>
Balance, March 31, 1995...................................   79,460     $869      $1,053       $--          $ 1,922
     Net income...........................................     --       --           264       --               264
     Dividends paid.......................................     --       --           (60)      --               (60)
                                                             ------    ------    --------    --------    -------------
Balance, March 31, 1996...................................   79,460      869       1,257       --             2,126
     Net income...........................................     --       --           210       --               210
     Dividends paid.......................................     --       --           (80)      --               (80)
                                                             ------    ------    --------    --------    -------------
Balance, March 31, 1997...................................   79,460      869       1,387       --             2,256
     Net income...........................................     --       --           233       --               233
                                                             ------    ------    --------    --------    -------------
Balance, December 31, 1997................................   79,460      869       1,620       --             2,489
     Net income (unaudited)...............................     --       --           264       --               264
                                                             ------    ------    --------    --------    -------------
Balance, June 30, 1998 (unaudited)........................   79,460     $869      $1,884       $--          $ 2,753
                                                             ------    ------    --------    --------    -------------
                                                             ------    ------    --------    --------    -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-89
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                             HILL YORK CORPORATION
                        COMBINED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    YEARS ENDED        NINE MONTHS ENDED     SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                     MARCH 31,           DECEMBER 31,            JUNE 30,
                                 ------------------    -----------------    -------------------
                                  1996       1997       1996      1997       1997       1998
                                 -------    -------    -------   -------    -------   ---------
                                                       (UNAUDITED)              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                              <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>
Cash flows from operating
  activities:
     Net income...............   $   264    $   210    $   81    $   233    $   292     $ 264
     Adjustments to reconcile
       net income to net cash
       provided by (used in)
       operating activities:
          Depreciation........       226        247       178        203        131       134
          Gain on sale of
            property and
            equipment.........     --           (11)       (4)     --            (7)       (3)
          Changes in operating
            assets and
            liabilities:
          Accounts
            receivable........    (1,620)       849       356     (2,720)    (1,135)      697
          Inventories.........        (5)       (54)      (95)        22         40       (54)
          Costs and estimated
            earnings in excess
            of billings on
            uncompleted
            contracts.........       (74)       (43)      277        347        (16)     (200)
          Prepaid expenses and
            other current
            assets............        16       (254)     (304)        33         84      (304)
          Due from related
            parties...........      (145)       (20)       90         65         16         5
          Other long-term
            assets............      (131)        50       (39)       (81)       (45)        7
          Accounts payable....     1,007       (353)     (803)       880      1,601       325
          Accrued expenses....       197        355       673       (406)    (1,841)     (712)
          Unearned revenue....        18         20       (10)       (35)        19        42
          Income taxes
            payable...........        18         19       478        450         13      (261)
          Deferred income
            taxes, net........        59         31      (446)      (422)       140       210
          Billings in excess
            of costs and
            estimated earnings
            on uncompleted
            contracts.........       235       (595)     (252)     1,411        212       (46)
                                 -------    -------    -------   -------    -------   ---------
          Net cash provided by
            (used in)
            operating
            activities........        65        451       180        (20)      (496)      104
                                 -------    -------    -------   -------    -------   ---------
Cash flows from investing
  activities:
     Advances to related
       parties................        12          6       (12)       (18)     --        --
     Proceeds from sale of
       property and
       equipment..............     --            12         4          3          8         6
     Additions of property and
       equipment..............      (120)      (188)     (131)      (113)      (189)     (147)
                                 -------    -------    -------   -------    -------   ---------
          Net cash used in
            investing
            activities........      (108)      (170)     (139)      (128)      (181)     (141)
                                 -------    -------    -------   -------    -------   ---------
Cash flows from financing
  activities:
     Net proceeds (repayments)
       on line of credit......       100       (100)     (100)       100        500        50
     Repayments of long-term
       debt...................       (50)       (50)      (38)       (38)       (25)      (25)
     Stockholder dividends....       (60)       (80)      (80)     --         --        --
     Capital lease payments...       (88)       (95)      (63)      (116)        19        (2)
                                 -------    -------    -------   -------    -------   ---------
          Net cash (used in)
            provided by in
            financing
            activities........       (98)      (325)     (281)       (54)       494        23
                                 -------    -------    -------   -------    -------   ---------
Net decrease in cash and cash
  equivalents.................      (141)       (44)     (240)      (202)      (183)      (14)
Cash and cash equivalents,
  beginning of period.........       594        453       453        409        213       207
                                 -------    -------    -------   -------    -------   ---------
Cash and cash equivalents, end
  of period...................   $   453    $   409    $  213    $   207    $    30     $ 193
                                 -------    -------    -------   -------    -------   ---------
                                 -------    -------    -------   -------    -------   ---------
Supplemental disclosure of
  cash flow information:
     Additions under capital
       lease..................   $    95    $   154    $   90    $    42    $    99     $  51
     Cash paid for interest...   $    86    $    89    $   52    $    58    $    58     $  45
     Cash paid for income
       taxes..................   $    91    $   115    $   89    $    34    $    30     $ 186
</TABLE>
    
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-90


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                             HILL YORK CORPORATION
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1 -- BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION
 
     Hill York Corporation specializes in the design, shop fabrication,
installation and service of energy and indoor environmental systems in high rise
luxury condominiums, hotels, universities and convention centers throughout
South Florida.
 
     Hill York Service Corporation, a Florida corporation, is primarily a
subcontractor and derives substantially all revenue from the installation and
service of air conditioning systems in Broward County, Florida.
 
     The consolidated group of Hill York Corporation and Hill York Service
Corporation ('Hill York'), and its stockholders intend to enter into a
definitive agreement with Enfinity Corporation ('Enfinity'), pursuant to which
all outstanding shares of Hill York's common stock will be exchanged for cash
and shares of common stock of Enfinity concurrently with the consummation of the
initial public offering (the 'Offering') of the common stock of Enfinity.
 
NOTE 2 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
PRINCIPLES OF COMBINATION
 
     The accompanying combined financial statements include the accounts of Hill
York Corporation and Hill York Service Corporation, which are affiliated through
common ownership and management. All intercompany transactions have been
eliminated in these financial statements.
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
     Hill York considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an
original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
 
INVENTORIES
 
     Inventories consist of parts and supplies held for use in the ordinary
course of business and are stated at the lower of cost or market using the
first-in, first-out ('FIFO') method.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment are stated at cost, and depreciation is computed
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.
Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized over the lesser of the life
of the lease or the estimated useful life of the asset.
 
     Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when
incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments, which extend the
useful lives of existing equipment, are capitalized and depreciated. Upon
retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and related
accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or
loss is recognized in the statement of operations.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
     Hill York recognizes revenue when services are performed except when work
is being performed under a construction contract. Revenues from construction
contracts are recognized on the percentage-of-completion method measured by the
percentage of costs incurred to total estimated costs for each contract.
Provisions for the total estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are made in
the period in which such losses are determined. Changes in job performance, job
conditions, estimated profitability and final contract settlements may result in
revisions to costs and income and their effects are recognized in the period in
which the revisions are determined.
 
                                      F-91
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                             HILL YORK CORPORATION
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The balances billed but not paid by customers pursuant to retainage
provisions in construction contracts will be due upon completion of the
contracts and acceptance by the customer. Based on Hill York's experience with
similar contracts in recent years, the retention balance will be collected in
the upcoming fiscal year.
 
WARRANTY COSTS
 
     Hill York warrants labor for the first year after installation on new air
conditioning and heating systems. A reserve for warranty costs is recorded as
part of the cost to complete each individual job.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
     Hill York Corporation has elected C Corporation status, as defined by the
Internal Revenue Service. As such, Hill York Corporation records income tax
expense using the liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes.
Under the liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized
for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the
financial statement and income tax bases of Hill York Corporation's assets and
liabilities. An allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that any
or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The provision for income
taxes includes taxes currently payable plus the net change during the year in
deferred tax assets and liabilities recorded by Hill York Corporation.
 
     Hill York Service Corporation has elected S Corporation status as defined
by the Internal Revenue Code, whereby Hill York Service Corporation is not
subject to taxation for federal purposes. Under S Corporation status, the
stockholders report their share of Hill York Service Corporation's taxable
earnings or losses in their personal tax returns. Hill York Service Corporation
will terminate its S Corporation status concurrently with the effective date of
this Offering. Included in current assets are deposits to prepay certain of the
stockholders' federal income taxes.
 
USE OF ESTIMATES
 
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions by
management in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
FISCAL YEAR END
 
     Effective December 31, 1997, Hill York changed its fiscal year end from
March 31 to December 31.
 
NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENT
 
     In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ('FASB') issued SFAS
No. 133, 'Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.' SFAS
No. 133 establishes a new model for accounting for derivatives and hedging
activities and supercedes and amends a number of existing standards. SFAS No.
133 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999, but earlier
adoption is permitted. Upon initial application, all derivatives are required to
be recognized in the statement of financial position as either assets or
liabilities and measured at fair value. Recognition of changes in fair value
depends on whether the derivative is designated and qualifies as a hedge, and
the type of hedging relationship that exists. The Company does not currently,
nor does it expect to, hold any derivative instruments or participate in any
hedging activities.
 
                                      F-92
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                             HILL YORK CORPORATION
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
   
     The interim financial information for the nine month period ended December
31, 1996 and the six month periods ended June 30, 1997 and 1998 has been
prepared from the unaudited financial records of Hill York and in the opinion of
management, reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring items,
necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of
operations and of cash flows for the interim period.
    
 
NOTE 3 -- PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property, plant and equipment consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         ESTIMATED          MARCH 31,
                                                        USEFUL LIVES    ------------------    DECEMBER 31,
                                                          IN YEARS       1996       1997          1997
                                                        ------------    -------    -------    ------------
                                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                     <C>             <C>        <C>        <C>
Land.................................................                   $   438    $   438      $    438
Building.............................................     31 years          406        406           423
Autos and trucks.....................................      5 years        1,148      1,269         1,276
Furniture and fixtures...............................      5 years          506        579           595
Machinery and equipment..............................      7 years          247        282           329
Leasehold improvements...............................     10 years          252        258           265
Computers............................................      5 years                      63           115
                                                                        -------    -------    ------------
                                                                          2,997      3,295         3,441
Less -- Accumulated depreciation.....................                    (1,478)    (1,682)       (1,879)
                                                                        -------    -------    ------------
Property and equipment, net..........................                   $ 1,519    $ 1,613      $  1,562
                                                                        -------    -------    ------------
                                                                        -------    -------    ------------
</TABLE>
 
     Depreciation expense was approximately $226,000 and $247,000 for the years
ended March 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively, and approximately $203,000 for the
nine months ended December 31, 1997.
 
NOTE 4 -- DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS
 
     Activity in Hill York's allowance for doubtful accounts consists of the
following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              MARCH 31,
                                                                            --------------    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                            1996     1997         1997
                                                                            ----     -----    ------------
                                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                         <C>      <C>      <C>
Balance at beginning of year.............................................   $58      $  60        $ 40
Additions to costs and expenses..........................................     2
Deductions for uncollectible receivables written off and recoveries......              (20)
                                                                            ----     -----         ---
     Balance at end of year..............................................   $60      $  40        $ 40
                                                                            ----     -----         ---
                                                                            ----     -----         ---
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-93
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                             HILL YORK CORPORATION
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Installation contracts in progress are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          MARCH 31,
                                                                      ------------------    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       1996       1997          1997
                                                                      -------    -------    ------------
                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                   <C>        <C>        <C>
Costs incurred on contracts in progress............................   $12,086    $19,808      $ 31,303
Estimated earnings, net of losses..................................     2,524      4,087         5,557
                                                                      -------    -------    ------------
                                                                       14,610     23,895        36,860
Less -- Billings to date...........................................    15,074     23,721        38,444
                                                                      -------    -------    ------------
                                                                      $  (464)   $   174      $ (1,584)
                                                                      -------    -------    ------------
                                                                      -------    -------    ------------
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted
  contracts........................................................   $   689    $   732      $    385
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted
  contracts........................................................    (1,153)      (558)       (1,969)
                                                                      -------    -------    ------------
                                                                      $  (464)   $   174      $ (1,584)
                                                                      -------    -------    ------------
                                                                      -------    -------    ------------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 5 -- LONG-TERM DEBT
 
     A description of certain terms of the loan agreements follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             MARCH 31,
                                                                            ------------    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                            1996    1997        1997
                                                                            ----    ----    ------------
                                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                         <C>     <C>     <C>
Mortgage note payable, secured by land and building payable in monthly
  installments of $4,167 plus interest through May 2006. The note bears
  interest at prime plus 0.75% (9.25% as of December 31, 1997) and is
  collateralized by land and building with a net book value of
  $753,000...............................................................   $508    $458        $421
Less -- Current portion..................................................    (50)    (50)        (50)
                                                                            ----    ----      ------
                                                                            $458    $408        $371
                                                                            ----    ----      ------
                                                                            ----    ----      ------
</TABLE>
 
     Long-term debt consists of a mortgage note payable with a balance of
approximately $508,000, $458,000 and $421,000 at March 31, 1996 and 1997 and
December 31, 1997, respectively. This balance includes approximately $50,000 of
current portion of long-term debt for March 31, 1996 and 1997 and December 31,
1997. The interest rate is at 0.75% over the bank's prime rate (8.50% as of
December 31, 1997) due in monthly installments of $4,167 plus interest through
May 2006 collateralized by land and building with a book value of approximately
$753,000.
 
   
     Hill York has three lines of credit with two different banks. The first
line is for $1,000,000, expires August 31, 1998 and bears interest at 1% above
the prime lending rate. The next line is for $500,000, bears interest at 0.5%
above the prime rate and expires June 18, 1998. The third line of credit expires
December 12, 1997, is for the amount $150,000 and bears interest at 0.75% above
prime rate. All three lines of credit are guaranteed by several stockholders.
    
 
                                      F-94
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                             HILL YORK CORPORATION
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Aggregate maturities required on long-term debt as of December 31, 1997 are
as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                YEARS ENDING
                                DECEMBER 31,
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                            <C>
   1998.....................................................................   $ 50
   1999.....................................................................     50
   2000.....................................................................     50
   2001.....................................................................     50
   2002.....................................................................     50
   Thereafter...............................................................    171
                                                                               ----
          Total.............................................................   $421
                                                                               ----
                                                                               ----
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 6 -- CAPITAL LEASE COMMITMENTS
 
     Hill York leases vehicles and equipment under leases accounted for as
capital leases.
 
     Property and equipment as of March 31, 1996 and 1997 and December 31, 1997
includes the following leased vehicles and equipment under capital leases:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            MARCH 31,
                                                                          --------------    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          1996     1997         1997
                                                                          -----    -----    ------------
                                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                       <C>      <C>      <C>
Vehicles and equipment.................................................   $ 400    $ 467       $  507
Less -- Accumulated amortization.......................................    (244)    (340)        (249)
                                                                          -----    -----       ------
Leased vehicles and equipment, net.....................................   $ 156    $ 127       $  258
                                                                          -----    -----       ------
                                                                          -----    -----       ------
</TABLE>
 
     The following is a schedule of the future minimum lease payments under
capital leases, together with the present value of minimum lease payments as of
December 31, 1997 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31,
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                            <C>
   1998.....................................................................   $140
   1999.....................................................................     93
   2000.....................................................................     49
   2001 and thereafter......................................................     11
                                                                               ----
          Total minimum lease payments......................................    293
   Less -- Amount representing interest.....................................     60
                                                                               ----
   Present value of minimum lease payments..................................   $233
                                                                               ----
                                                                               ----
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 7 -- OPERATING LEASE COMMITMENTS
 
     Hill York leases vehicles and equipment under operating leases. Hill York
also leases office and warehouse space from a related party (see note 8). Total
lease expense for the years ended March 31, 1996 and 1997 and for the nine
months ended December 31, 1997 was approximately $149,000, $164,000, and
$171,000, respectively.
 
                                      F-95
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                             HILL YORK CORPORATION
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The minimum rental commitments as of December 31, 1997 for all
noncancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms in excess of one
year are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31,
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                            <C>
   1998.....................................................................   $184
   1999.....................................................................    154
   2000.....................................................................    124
   2001.....................................................................     79
   Thereafter...............................................................     48
                                                                               ----
          Total minimum payments required...................................   $589
                                                                               ----
                                                                               ----
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 8 -- RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
     Hill York engages in various transactions with companies which have
officers and stockholders in common with Hill York. Significant transactions,
between Hill York entities, and balances due to or from the related parties are
summarized below:
 
LEASE TRANSACTIONS
 
     Hill York leases office and warehouse space from 3921 Associates (a
partnership). The lease is for a period of five years, which expires on
September 30, 2002, and requires monthly payments of approximately $5,000.
Minimum rental commitments remaining for this lease amount to approximately
$302,000 as of December 31, 1997.
 
SERVICE CONTRACTS
 
     Hill York engages Hill York Sales & Service Corporation in Dade County to
perform service and warranty work for systems installed by Hill York. During the
years ended March 31, 1996 and 1997 and for the nine months ended December 31,
1997, total fees of approximately $34,000, $47,000, and $53,000, respectively,
were paid to this company for service and warranty work.
 
     Insurance premiums paid by Hill York on behalf of several related companies
are reimbursed periodically.
 
RELATED PARTY BALANCES
 
     Related party balances, which are non interest-bearing, consist of the
following as of March 31, 1996 and 1997 and December 31, 1997:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             MARCH 31,
                                                                            ------------    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                            1996    1997        1997
                                                                            ----    ----    ------------
                                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                         <C>     <C>     <C>
Due from related parties:
     Hill York Limited...................................................   $338    $300        $286
     Hill York Sales and Service Corporation.............................      5       4           5
     Couse Air Conditioning Corporation..................................             59           2
     3927 Associates.....................................................                          2
     3921 Associates.....................................................                          3
                                                                            ----    ----      ------
          Total..........................................................   $343    $363        $298
                                                                            ----    ----      ------
                                                                            ----    ----      ------
Due to related parties:
     Hill York Sales and Service Corporation.............................   $ 12    $ 18       $--
                                                                            ----    ----      ------
                                                                            ----    ----      ------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-96
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                             HILL YORK CORPORATION
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 9 -- EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
 
     Hill York participates with affiliated companies in an employee
profit-sharing plan covering substantially all of its employees that are not
under collective bargaining agreements. The amount of the annual contribution is
at the discretion of the Board of Directors. There were contributions to the
plan of approximately $140,000, $145,000 and $90,000 for the years ended March
31, 1996 and 1997 and December 31, 1997, respectively.
 
401(k) PLAN
 
     Hill York's 401(k) plan covers substantially all of the Company's employees
that are not under collective bargaining agreements. Hill York's contribution is
based on a 50% and 25% match of the first 6% of the employee's contributions for
the years ended March 31, 1996 and 1997 and for the nine months ended December
31, 1997, respectively. Amounts charged to expense amounted to approximately
$32,000, $94,000 and $41,000 for the years ended March 31, 1996 and 1997 and for
the nine months ended December 31, 1997, respectively.
 
NOTE 10 -- FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
     Hill York's financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents,
trade accounts receivable, a line of credit, notes payable and debt. Hill York
believes that the carrying value of these instruments on the accompanying
balance sheet approximates their fair value.
 
NOTE 11 -- INCOME TAXES
 
     Deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following as of March
31, 1996 and 1997 and December 31, 1997:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              MARCH 31,
                                                                             ------------    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                             1996    1997        1997
                                                                             ----    ----    ------------
                                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                          <C>     <C>     <C>
Deferred tax assets:
     Accrued expenses.....................................................   $ 95    $ 76        $453
Deferred tax liabilities:
     Contracts in progress................................................    (41)    (49)
     Property and equipment...............................................     (2)     (6)        (10)
                                                                             ----    ----      ------
                                                                              (43)    (55)        (10)
                                                                             ----    ----      ------
Net deferred tax asset (liability)........................................   $ 52    $ 21        $443
                                                                             ----    ----      ------
                                                                             ----    ----      ------
</TABLE>
 
     The deferred tax amounts mentioned above have been classified on the
accompanying balance sheets as of March 31, 1996 and 1997 and December 31, 1997
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              MARCH 31,
                                                                             ------------    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                             1996    1997        1997
                                                                             ----    ----    ------------
                                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                          <C>     <C>     <C>
Current assets (liabilities)..............................................   $16     $(28)       $453
Noncurrent assets (liabilities)...........................................    36       49         (10)
                                                                             ----    ----      ------
                                                                             $52     $ 21        $443
                                                                             ----    ----      ------
                                                                             ----    ----      ------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-97
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                             HILL YORK CORPORATION
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The difference between the federal income tax computed by the statutory
federal income tax rate and Hill York's actual income tax expense, as reflected
in the financial statements, is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             YEARS ENDED     NINE MONTHS
                                                                              MARCH 31,         ENDED
                                                                             ------------    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                             1996    1997        1997
                                                                             ----    ----    ------------
                                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                          <C>     <C>     <C>
Income tax at statutory federal income tax rate...........................   $84     $105        $102
Increase (decrease) attributable to:
     Benefit of income taxed at lower rates...............................    (4 )     (2)
     State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit.......................     9       11          10
     Other................................................................     9        1           1
                                                                             ----    ----      ------
          Total...........................................................   $98     $115        $113
                                                                             ----    ----      ------
                                                                             ----    ----      ------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 12 -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
GUARANTEES
 
     Hill York, along with two affiliated companies and certain stockholders,
has entered into an agreement of indemnity providing cross indemnity on any
surety bonds or guarantees issued by an insurance company on behalf of Hill York
or the affiliates.
 
LITIGATION
 
     Hill York is subject to various claims and legal proceedings covering a
range of matters that arise in the ordinary course of its business activities.
Management believes that any liability that may ultimately result from the
resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on Hill
York's financial position or results of operations.
 
INSURANCE
 
     Hill York along with other related parties which include Hill York Sales
and Service Corporation and Couse Air Conditioning Corporation have a
self-insured workers' compensation plan. During the year, Hill York along with
the other related parties also entered into a self-insured property, auto and
general liability plan. The group paid a minimum annual premium of approximately
$163,000, $199,000 and $208,000 for the years ended March 31, 1996 and 1997 and
for the nine months ended December 31, 1997, respectively. The group also has
specific stop-loss coverage in effect at $100,000 per occurrence with a maximum
overall liability of $400,000 per year. Hill York's portion of the annual
premium paid was approximately $135,000, $161,000 and $170,000 for the years
ended March 31, 1996 and 1997 and for the nine months ended December 31, 1997,
respectively. Claims are accrued as incurred. Hill York's accrual for claims was
approximately $140,000, $252,000 and $286,000 for the years ended March 31, 1996
and 1997 and for the nine months ended December 31, 1997, respectively. Claims
paid for the group were approximately $161,000, $149,000 and $336,000 for the
years ended March 31, 1996 and 1997 and for the nine months ended December 31,
1997, of which approximately $134,000, $120,000 and $276,000 was allocated to
Hill York, respectively.
 
NOTE 13 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)
 
     Hill York and its stockholders have entered into a definitive agreement
with Enfinity pursuant to which Hill York will merge with a wholly owned
subsidiary of Enfinity. All outstanding shares of Hill York will be exchanged
for cash and common stock of Enfinity concurrently with the consummation of the
initial public offering of the common stock of Enfinity.
 
   
     Hill York extended the expiration dates for its $500,000 and $150,000 lines
of credit to October 31, 1998. All other terms remain the same.
    
 
                                      F-98


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Stockholders of
MECHANICAL SERVICES OF ORLANDO, INC.
 
     In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheet and the related statements
of operations, of stockholders' equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Mechanical Services of Orlando,
Inc. ('Mechanical Services') at December 31, 1997, and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for year then ended in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles. These financial statements are the
responsibility of Mechanical Services' management; our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We
conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with generally accepted
auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audit provides a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.
 
PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
April 3, 1998
 
                                      F-99


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                      MECHANICAL SERVICES OF ORLANDO, INC.
                                 BALANCE SHEET
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       DECEMBER 31,      JUNE 30,
                                                                                          1997             1998
                                                                                       ------------    ------------
                                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                                    <C>             <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents......................................................      $   34          $   16
     Accounts receivable:
          Trade.....................................................................       4,773           5,477
          Retainage.................................................................         725             718
          Other receivables.........................................................          58              69
     Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts....         279             221
     Inventories....................................................................         121             152
     Prepaid expenses and other current assets......................................          51             171
     Deferred income taxes..........................................................           7               7
                                                                                       ------------    ------------
               Total current assets.................................................       6,048           6,831
Property and equipment, net.........................................................         603             692
Investments.........................................................................         143             141
                                                                                       ------------    ------------
               Total assets.........................................................      $6,794          $7,664
                                                                                       ------------    ------------
                                                                                       ------------    ------------
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
     Line of credit.................................................................      $   54          $  274
     Accounts payable and accrued expenses..........................................       1,903           1,626
     Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts....         522           1,004
     Unearned revenue...............................................................       --                 64
     Income taxes payable...........................................................         246             248
                                                                                       ------------    ------------
               Total current liabilities............................................       2,725           3,216
Deferred income taxes...............................................................         375             375
                                                                                       ------------    ------------
               Total liabilities....................................................       3,100           3,591
                                                                                       ------------    ------------
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders' equity:
     Common stock, $10 par value; 1,000 shares authorized, 35 shares issued and
      outstanding...................................................................       --              --
     Additional paid-in capital.....................................................           7               7
Retained earnings...................................................................       3,687           4,066
                                                                                       ------------    ------------
               Total stockholders' equity...........................................       3,694           4,073
                                                                                       ------------    ------------
               Total liabilities and stockholders' equity...........................      $6,794          $7,664
                                                                                       ------------    ------------
                                                                                       ------------    ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                     F-100
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                      MECHANICAL SERVICES OF ORLANDO, INC.
                            STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                  YEAR ENDED                     JUNE 30,
                                 DECEMBER 31,    ----------------------------------------
                                     1997               1997                  1998
                                 ------------    ------------------    ------------------
                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                              <C>             <C>                   <C>
Revenues......................     $ 28,279           $ 14,152              $ 11,528
Cost of revenues..............       24,511             12,408                 9,789
                                 ------------       ----------            ----------
     Gross profit.............        3,768              1,744                 1,739
Selling, general and
  administrative expenses.....        2,530              1,228                 1,110
                                 ------------       ----------            ----------
     Income from operations...        1,238                516                   629
Other (income) expense:
     Interest expense.........           10                  3                     2
     Interest income..........          (11)                (9)                   (3)
     Gain on lease
       replacements/disposal
       of equipment...........         (119)              (119)              --
Other.........................       --                --                          (2)
                                 ------------       ----------            ----------
Income before provision for
  income taxes................        1,358                641                   632
Provision for income taxes....          543                256                   253
                                 ------------       ----------            ----------
Net income....................     $    815           $    385              $    379
                                 ------------       ----------            ----------
                                 ------------       ----------            ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                     F-101
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                      MECHANICAL SERVICES OF ORLANDO, INC.
                       STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             COMMON STOCK      ADDITIONAL                    TOTAL
                                                           ----------------     PAID-IN      RETAINED    STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                           SHARES    AMOUNT     CAPITAL      EARNINGS       EQUITY
                                                           ------    ------    ----------    --------    -------------
<S>                                                        <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>         <C>
Balance, December 31, 1996..............................      35      --          $  7        $2,872        $ 2,879
     Net income.........................................      --      --           --            815            815
                                                             ----    ----         ----       --------    -------------
Balance, December 31, 1997..............................      35      --             7         3,687          3,694
     Net income (unaudited).............................      --      --           --            379            379
                                                             ----    ----         ----       --------    -------------
Balance, June 30, 1998 (unaudited)......................      35      --          $  7        $4,066        $ 4,073
                                                             ----    ----         ----       --------    -------------
                                                             ----    ----         ----       --------    -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                     F-102
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                      MECHANICAL SERVICES OF ORLANDO, INC.
                            STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                YEAR ENDED                   JUNE 30,
                                                                               DECEMBER 31,    ------------------------------------
                                                                                   1997              1997                1998
                                                                               ------------    ----------------    ----------------
                                                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                            <C>             <C>                 <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
     Net income.............................................................      $  815            $  385              $  379
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating
       activities:
          Depreciation expense..............................................         109                52                  55
          Gain on disposition of equipment..................................        (119)             (119)              --
          Deferred income taxes.............................................          63               --                --
          Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               Accounts receivable..........................................        (920)             (593)               (708)
               Inventories..................................................          (1)               29                 (31)
               Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
                 uncompleted contracts......................................          78              (308)                 58
               Prepaid expenses and other current assets....................          10              --                  (120)
               Accounts payable and accrued expenses........................         153               150                (277)
               Income taxes payable.........................................         (18)              125                   2
               Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
                 uncompleted contracts......................................        (775)             (431)                482
               Deferred revenue.............................................         --                 61                  64
                                                                                  ------            ------              ------
                    Net cash used in operating activities...................        (605)             (649)                (96)
                                                                                  ------            ------              ------
Cash flows from investing activities:
     Additions of property and equipment....................................        (237)             (180)               (144)
     Distributions from partnership investments.............................           2             --                      2
                                                                                  ------            ------              ------
                    Net cash used in investing activities...................        (235)             (180)               (142)
                                                                                  ------            ------              ------
Cash flows from financing activities:
     Borrowings under revolving credit agreement............................          54                83                 220
     Payments of capital lease obligations..................................         (12)              (12)              --
                                                                                  ------            ------              ------
                    Net cash provided by financing activities...............          42                71                 220
                                                                                  ------            ------              ------
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents...................................        (798)             (758)                (18)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period..............................         832               832                  34
                                                                                  ------            ------              ------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period....................................      $   34            $   74              $   16
                                                                                  ------            ------              ------
                                                                                  ------            ------              ------
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
     Cash paid for interest.................................................      $   10            $    3              $    2
     Cash paid for income taxes.............................................      $  505            $  131              $  251
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                     F-103


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                      MECHANICAL SERVICES OF ORLANDO, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1 -- BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION
 
     Mechanical Services of Orlando, Inc. ('Mechanical Services'), founded in
1974, focuses on design and build projects and provides operation and
maintenance services, primarily in the State of Florida.
 
     Mechanical Services and its stockholders intend to enter into a definitive
agreement with Enfinity Corporation ('Enfinity'), pursuant to which all
outstanding shares of Mechanical Services' common stock will be exchanged for
cash and shares of Enfinity common stock concurrently with the consummation of
the initial public offering (the 'Offering') of the common stock of Enfinity.
 
NOTE 2 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
     Mechanical Services considers all highly liquid investments purchased with
an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
 
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
 
     During the year ended December 31, 1997, various capital leases for
vehicles and office equipment were replaced by operating leases. The net book
value of the assets held under capital leases at the date of replacement was
approximately $233,000, and the balance of the related capital lease obligations
was approximately $352,000, resulting in a gain of approximately $119,000.
 
INVENTORIES
 
     Inventories consist of air conditioning and heating equipment, parts and
supplies held for use in the ordinary course of business and are stated at the
lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out ('FIFO') method.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment are stated at cost, and depreciation is computed
using straight-line and accelerated methods over the estimated useful lives of
the assets. Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized over the lesser
of the life of the lease or the estimated useful life of the asset.
 
     Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when
incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments, which extend the
useful lives of existing equipment, are capitalized and depreciated. Upon
retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and related
accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or
loss is recognized in the statement of operations.
 
INVESTMENTS
 
     Mechanical Services maintains investments in certain real estate limited
partnerships and accounts for these investments on the cost basis. Income
recognized by Mechanical Services is limited to distributions received from the
partnerships.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
     Mechanical Services recognizes revenues when services are performed except
when work is being performed under a construction contract. Revenues from
construction contracts are recognized on the percentage-of-completion method
measured by the percentage of costs incurred to total estimated costs for each
contract. Contract costs include all direct material, subcontracts and labor
costs and those indirect costs related to contract performance such as indirect
labor, supplies, tools, repairs and
 
                                     F-104
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                      MECHANICAL SERVICES OF ORLANDO, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
depreciation costs. Provisions for the total estimated losses on uncompleted
contracts are made in the period in which such losses are determined. Changes in
job performance, job conditions, estimated profitability and final contract
settlements may result in revisions to costs and income and their effects are
recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined.
 
     The balances billed but not paid by customers pursuant to retainage
provisions in construction contracts are due upon completion of the contracts
and acceptance by the customer. Based on Mechanical Services' experience with
similar contracts in recent years, the retention balance is expected to be
collected in the upcoming fiscal year.
 
WARRANTY COSTS
 
     Mechanical Services generally warrants materials and labor for the first
year after installation on new air conditioning and heating systems. Mechanical
Services maintains a reserve for warranty costs based on historical warranty
charges.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
     Income taxes include the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities
for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the
financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and
their respective tax bases.
 
USE OF ESTIMATES
 
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions by
management in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
 
     Financial instruments that potentially subject Mechanical Services to
concentrations of credit risk consist principally of trade accounts receivable.
Mechanical Services follows the practice of filing statutory liens on
construction projects where collections problems are anticipated. The liens
serve as collateral for trade receivables. Mechanical Services does not believe
that it is subject to any unusual credit risk beyond the normal credit risk
attendant in its business.
 
FISCAL YEAR END
 
     Effective December 31, 1997, Mechanical Services changed its fiscal year
end from March 31 to December 31.
 
NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
     Effective January 1, 1996, Mechanical Services adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 121, 'Accounting for the Impairment of
Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of.' Accordingly, in
the event that facts and circumstances indicate that property and equipment or
other assets may be impaired, an evaluation of recoverability would be
performed. If an evaluation is required, the estimated future undiscounted cash
flows associated with the asset are compared to the asset's carrying amount to
determine if a write-down to market value is necessary. Adoption of this
standard did not have a material effect on the financial position or results of
operations of Mechanical Services.
 
                                     F-105
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                      MECHANICAL SERVICES OF ORLANDO, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ('FASB') issued SFAS
No. 133, 'Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.' SFAS
No. 133 establishes a new model for accounting for derivatives and hedging
activities and supercedes and amends a number of existing standards. SFAS No.
133 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999, but earlier
adoption is permitted. Upon initial application, all derivatives are required to
be recognized in the statement of financial position as either assets or
liabilities and measured at fair value. Recognition of changes in fair value
depends on whether the derivative is designated and qualifies as a hedge, and
the type of hedging relationship that exists. The Company does not currently,
nor does it expect to, hold any derivative instruments or participate in any
hedging activities.
 
UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
   
     The interim financial information for the six month periods ended June 30,
1997 and 1998 has been prepared from the unaudited financial records of
Mechanical Services and in the opinion of management reflects all adjustments,
consisting only of normal recurring items, necessary for a fair presentation of
the financial position and results of operations and of cash flows for the
interim periods.
    
 
NOTE 3 -- PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        ESTIMATED
                                                                                       USEFUL LIVES     DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                         IN YEARS          1997
                                                                                       ------------    --------------
                                                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                    <C>             <C>
Transportation equipment............................................................      3-5 years        $  182
Machinery and equipment.............................................................      5-7 years           202
Leasehold improvements..............................................................     7-39 years           389
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment............................................      5-7 years           446
Less -- Accumulated depreciation and amortization...................................                         (616)
                                                                                                           ------
Property and equipment, net.........................................................                       $  603
                                                                                                           ------
                                                                                                           ------
</TABLE>
 
     Depreciation expense was approximately $109,000 for the year ended December
31, 1997.
 
NOTE 4 -- DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS
 
     Installation contracts in progress are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                      1997
                                                                                 --------------
                                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                              <C>
Costs incurred on contracts in progress.......................................      $ 13,683
Estimated earnings, net of losses.............................................         2,299
                                                                                 --------------
                                                                                      15,982
Less -- Billings to date......................................................       (16,225)
                                                                                 --------------
                                                                                    $   (243)
                                                                                 --------------
                                                                                 --------------
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts...      $    279
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts...          (522)
                                                                                 --------------
                                                                                    $   (243)
                                                                                 --------------
                                                                                 --------------
</TABLE>
 
                                     F-106
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                      MECHANICAL SERVICES OF ORLANDO, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                      1997
                                                                                 --------------
                                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                              <C>
Accounts payable, trade.......................................................       $1,150
Accrued compensation and benefits.............................................          640
Other accrued expenses........................................................          113
                                                                                    -------
                                                                                     $1,903
                                                                                    -------
                                                                                    -------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 5 -- REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT
 
     Mechanical Services has a $1,600,000 revolving line of credit with a bank.
The line of credit expires July 31, 1998 and bears interest at one-quarter
percent above the bank's prime lending rate (8.8% at December 31, 1997). The
line of credit is unsecured and is guaranteed by Mechanical Services'
stockholders. Borrowings are limited to 80.0% of accounts receivable less than
90 days outstanding. This line of credit agreement requires that Mechanical
Services maintain certain financial ratios. There are no commitment fees or
compensating balance arrangements under the agreement.
 
NOTE 6 -- INCOME TAXES
 
     The provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 1997
consists of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                      <C>
Current:
     Federal..........................................................................   $411
     State............................................................................     69
                                                                                         ----
                                                                                          480
Deferred:
     Federal..........................................................................     54
     State............................................................................      9
                                                                                         ----
                                                                                           63
                                                                                         ----
          Total provision for income taxes............................................   $543
                                                                                         ----
                                                                                         ----
</TABLE>
 
     The following table shows the reconciliation between the statutory federal
income tax and the actual provision for income taxes for the year ended December
31, 1997.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                                                  ---------------------------
                                                                                    (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                         <C>                      <C>
Provision -- federal statutory rate...................................           $475                     35.0%
Increase resulting from:
     State taxes, net of federal tax benefit..........................             50                      3.7
     Effect of permanent differences..................................             18                      1.3
                                                                               ------                   ------
          Provision for income taxes..................................           $543                     40.0%
                                                                               ------                   ------
                                                                               ------                   ------
</TABLE>
 
                                     F-107
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                      MECHANICAL SERVICES OF ORLANDO, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The types of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and
liabilities and their financial reporting amounts that give rise to deferred
income tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                      1997
                                                                                 --------------
                                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                              <C>
Gross deferred tax assets:
     Workers' compensation accruals...........................................        $  7
                                                                                    ------
                                                                                    ------
Gross deferred tax liabilities:
     Investments in real estate limited partnerships..........................        $365
     Depreciation.............................................................          10
                                                                                    ------
          Total deferred tax liabilities......................................        $375
                                                                                    ------
                                                                                    ------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 7 -- EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
 
     Mechanical Services has a defined contribution profit sharing plan. The
plan provides for Mechanical Services to match one-half of the first six percent
contributed by each employee. Mechanical Services may also make discretionary
contributions; however, Mechanical Services made no discretionary contributions
for the year ended December 31, 1997. Total contributions under the plan were
approximately $105,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997.
 
NOTE 8 -- FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
     Mechanical Services' financial instruments consist of cash and cash
equivalents, trade receivables and a line of credit. Mechanical Services
believes that the carrying value of these instruments on the accompanying
balance sheet approximates their fair value due to the short-term nature of
these instruments.
 
NOTE 9 -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
GUARANTEES
 
     Mechanical Services owns a minority interest in seven real estate
partnerships. Mechanical Services has guaranteed debt of these partnerships
totaling approximately $479,000 as of December 31, 1997.
 
LEASES
 
     Mechanical Services leases certain of its Orlando facilities from the
stockholders of Mechanical Services under an operating lease expiring in 2002.
The rent paid under this related-party lease was approximately $130,000 for the
year ended December 31, 1997.
 
     During the year ended December 31, 1997, Mechanical Services replaced
various capital leases for office equipment and vehicles with operating leases,
resulting in a gain of approximately $119,000.
 
     Mechanical Services leases various office equipment, vehicles and certain
facilities under operating leases expiring in 1998 through 2002. Future minimum
lease payments under these non-cancelable operating leases are as follows (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31,
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                           <C>
   1998....................................................................   $   566
   1999....................................................................       470
   2000....................................................................       244
   2001....................................................................       135
   2002....................................................................       130
                                                                              -------
          Total............................................................   $ 1,545
                                                                              -------
                                                                              -------
</TABLE>
 
     Cost of sales and operating expenses include rent on these leases of
approximately $480,000 for the year ended December 30, 1997.
 
                                     F-108
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                      MECHANICAL SERVICES OF ORLANDO, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
INSURANCE
 
     Mechanical Services is self-insured for medical claims up to approximately
$1,300 per year per covered individual. Additionally, Mechanical Services annual
workers' compensation insurance coverages are provided through contracts which
require Mechanical Services to pay incurred claims up to an annual maximum
amount of approximately $448,000. Claims in excess of this amounts are covered
by a stop-loss policy. Under the policy, Mechanical Services is required to
provide the insurer a $381,000 letter of credit as collateral for such claims.
Mechanical Services has recorded reserves for its portion of self-insured claims
based on estimated claims incurred through December 31, 1997.
 
NOTE 10 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)
 
     Mechanical Services and its stockholders have entered into a definitive
agreement with Enfinity pursuant to which Mechanical Services will merge with a
wholly owned subsidiary of Enfinity. All outstanding shares of Mechanical
Services will be exchanged for cash and common stock of Enfinity concurrently
with the consummation of the initial public offering of the common stock of
Enfinity.
 
                                     F-109


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors
and Stockholders of
AIRCOND CORPORATION
 
     In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheet and the related statements
of operations, of stockholders' equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Aircond Corporation ('Aircond') at
September 30, 1996 and 1997, and the results of its operations and its cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 1997 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. These financial
statements are the responsibility of Aircond's management; our responsibility is
to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We
conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with generally accepted
auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.
 
PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
 
Nashville, Tennessee
November 14, 1997
 
                                     F-110


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                              AIRCOND CORPORATION
                                 BALANCE SHEET
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                 ------------------     JUNE 30,
                                                                                  1996       1997         1998
                                                                                 -------    -------    ----------
                                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                              <C>        <C>        <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents................................................   $ 2,297    $ 2,275      $ 2,093
     Accounts receivable:
          Trade, net of allowance of $75,000 in each year.....................     5,008      5,640        6,858
     Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted
       contracts..............................................................       284        486          609
     Inventories..............................................................       388        399          423
     Due from related parties.................................................        71         49           64
     Deferred income taxes....................................................       376      --          --
     Prepaid expenses and other current assets................................        21        305          952
     Income taxes refundable..................................................        52      --          --
                                                                                 -------    -------    -----------
          Total current assets................................................     8,497      9,154       10,999
Property and equipment, net...................................................     2,497      2,363        5,083
Cash surrender value -- life insurance........................................       734        785          229
Deferred income taxes.........................................................       118      --          --
Other assets..................................................................        60         60           60
                                                                                 -------    -------    -----------
          Total assets........................................................   $11,906    $12,362      $16,371
                                                                                 -------    -------    -----------
                                                                                 -------    -------    -----------
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
     Current portion of obligations under capital lease.......................   $   609    $   687      $   917
     Accounts payable.........................................................       704      1,116        1,112
     Accrued expenses.........................................................     1,575      1,515        1,988
     Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted
       contracts..............................................................       117        158          717
     Unearned revenue.........................................................       539        586          623
                                                                                 -------    -------    -----------
          Total current liabilities...........................................     3,544      4,062        5,357
     Obligations under capital lease, net of current portion..................     1,260        995        3,455
     Note payable to related party............................................     1,217      1,217        1,217
     Deferred compensation....................................................       165        148       --
                                                                                 -------    -------    -----------
          Total liabilities...................................................     6,186      6,422       10,029
                                                                                 -------    -------    -----------
Commitments and contingencies.................................................     --         --          --
Stockholders' equity:
     Common stock, $50 par value; 5,000 shares authorized, issued and
       outstanding............................................................       250        250          250
     Retained earnings........................................................     5,470      5,690        6,092
                                                                                 -------    -------    -----------
          Total stockholders' equity..........................................     5,720      5,940        6,342
                                                                                 -------    -------    -----------
          Total liabilities and stockholders' equity..........................   $11,906    $12,362      $16,371
                                                                                 -------    -------    -----------
                                                                                 -------    -------    -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                     F-111
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                              AIRCOND CORPORATION
                            STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     YEARS ENDED                       NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                    SEPTEMBER 30,                           JUNE 30,
                                                            -----------------------------    --------------------------------------
                                                             1995       1996       1997            1997                 1998
                                                            -------    -------    -------    -----------------    -----------------
                                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>                  <C>
Revenues.................................................   $25,225    $26,830    $26,935         $18,695              $22,193
Cost of revenues.........................................    17,174     17,284     17,509          12,355               14,489
                                                            -------    -------    -------    -----------------    -----------------
     Gross profit........................................     8,051      9,546      9,426           6,340                7,704
Selling, general and administrative expenses.............     6,273      7,487      7,731           5,665                5,817
                                                            -------    -------    -------    -----------------    -----------------
     Income from operations..............................     1,778      2,059      1,695             675                1,887
Other (income) expense:
     Interest expense....................................       403        176        301             225                  521
     Interest income.....................................       (41)       (60)       (97)            (72)                 (67)
     (Gain) loss on sale of equipment....................       (80)        23         38              29                  (17)
     Other...............................................       (17)       (16)       (33)            (25)                  (6)
                                                            -------    -------    -------    -----------------    -----------------
Income before provision for income taxes.................     1,513      1,936      1,486             518                1,456
Provision for income taxes...............................       539        737        494             173              --
                                                            -------    -------    -------    -----------------    -----------------
Net income...............................................   $   974    $ 1,199    $   992         $   345              $ 1,456
                                                            -------    -------    -------    -----------------    -----------------
                                                            -------    -------    -------    -----------------    -----------------
Unaudited pro forma information:
     Pro forma net income before provision for income
       taxes.............................................                         $ 1,486         $   518              $ 1,456
     Provision for income taxes..........................                             594             207                  582
                                                                                  -------    -----------------    -----------------
Pro forma net income (see Note 2)........................                         $   892         $   311              $   874
                                                                                  -------    -----------------    -----------------
                                                                                  -------    -----------------    -----------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                     F-112
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                              AIRCOND CORPORATION
                       STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               COMMON STOCK                                   TOTAL
                                                             ----------------    PREFERRED    RETAINED    STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                             SHARES    AMOUNT      STOCK      EARNINGS       EQUITY
                                                             ------    ------    ---------    --------    -------------
<S>                                                          <C>       <C>       <C>          <C>         <C>
Balance, September 30, 1994...............................   5,000      $250      $ 1,217      $3,368        $ 4,835
     Dividends paid.......................................    --        --          --            (41)           (41)
     Net income...........................................    --        --          --            974            974
                                                             ------    ------    ---------    --------    -------------
Balance, September 30, 1995...............................   5,000       250        1,217       4,301          5,768
     Dividends paid.......................................    --        --          --            (30)           (30)
     Redemption of preferred stock........................    --        --         (1,217)      --            (1,217)
     Net income...........................................    --        --          --          1,199          1,199
                                                             ------    ------    ---------    --------    -------------
Balance, September 30, 1996...............................   5,000       250        --          5,470          5,720
     Distributions to S Corporation stockholders..........    --        --          --           (772)          (772)
     Net income...........................................    --        --          --            992            992
                                                             ------    ------    ---------    --------    -------------
Balance, September 30, 1997...............................   5,000       250        --          5,690          5,940
     Distributions to S Corporation stockholders
       (unaudited)........................................    --        --          --         (1,054)        (1,054)
     Net income (unaudited)...............................    --        --          --          1,456          1,456
                                                             ------    ------    ---------    --------    -------------
Balance, June 30, 1998 (unaudited)........................   5,000      $250      $ --         $6,092        $ 6,342
                                                             ------    ------    ---------    --------    -------------
                                                             ------    ------    ---------    --------    -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                     F-113
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                              AIRCOND CORPORATION
                            STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        YEARS ENDED                       NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                       SEPTEMBER 30,                           JUNE 30,
                                                ----------------------------    --------------------------------------
                                                 1995       1996      1997            1997                 1998
                                                -------    ------    -------    -----------------    -----------------
                                                                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                             <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>                  <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
     Net income..............................   $   974    $1,199    $   992         $   345              $ 1,456
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to
       net cash provided by operating
       activities:
          Depreciation expense...............       536       690        715             511                  565
          Loss (gain) on sale of property and
            equipment........................       (80)       23         38              29                  (17)
          Deferred income taxes..............       (98)      (40)       494             173               --
          Changes in operating assets and
            liabilities:
               Accounts receivable...........    (2,290)    1,106       (631)             73               (1,218)
               Inventories...................       (31)      (43)       (11)            (38)                 (24)
               Prepaids and other assets.....       (58)      (11)      (284)           (552)                (647)
               Costs and estimated earnings
                 in excess of billings on
                 uncompleted contracts.......       (12)       15       (202)            217                 (123)
               Accounts payable..............       342      (361)       412             175                   (4)
               Accrued expenses..............       528       (20)       (60)            620                  325
               Deferred compensation.........       (15)      (17)       (17)          --                  --
               Billings in excess of costs
                 and estimated earnings on
                 uncompleted contracts.......       110       (65)        41            (117)                 559
               Unearned revenue..............        46       101         47              35                   37
               Income taxes payable..........        88      (287)        52              52               --
                                                -------    ------    -------         -------              -------
                    Net cash provided by
                      operating activities...        40     2,290      1,586           1,523                  909
                                                -------    ------    -------         -------              -------
Cash flows from investing activities:
     Additions to property and equipment.....      (102)     (353)      (245)           (198)                (391)
     Proceeds from sale of property and
       equipment.............................       300       142         91              50                  341
     Repayments to (advances from) related
       parties...............................       (12)       (2)        22              19                  (15)
     (Increase in) redemption of cash
       surrender value of life insurance.....       (54)      (83)       (51)            (38)                 556
                                                -------    ------    -------         -------              -------
                    Net cash provided by
                      (used in) investing
                      activities.............       132      (296)      (183)           (167)                 491
                                                -------    ------    -------         -------              -------
Cash flows from financing activities:
     Payments of long-term debt..............      (469)     (621)      (653)           (489)                (528)
     Dividends and distributions.............       (41)      (30)      (772)           (592)              (1,054)
                                                -------    ------    -------         -------              -------
                    Net cash used in
                      financing activities...      (510)     (651)    (1,425)         (1,081)              (1,582)
                                                -------    ------    -------         -------              -------
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash
  equivalents................................      (338)    1,343        (22)            275                 (182)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of
  period.....................................     1,292       954      2,297           2,297                2,275
                                                -------    ------    -------         -------              -------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period.....   $   954    $2,297    $ 2,275         $ 2,572              $ 2,093
                                                -------    ------    -------         -------              -------
                                                -------    ------    -------         -------              -------
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow
  information:
     Cash paid for interest..................   $   404    $  176    $   301         $   225              $   521
     Cash paid for income taxes..............   $   548    $1,065    $ --            $--                  $--
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                     F-114


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                              AIRCOND CORPORATION
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1 -- BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION
 
     Aircond Corporation ('Aircond'), founded in 1937, focuses on the
maintenance, repair and replacement of commercial energy and indoor
environmental systems.
 
     Aircond and its stockholders intend to enter into a definitive agreement
with Enfinity Corporation ('Enfinity'), pursuant to which all outstanding shares
of Aircond's common stock will be exchanged for cash and shares of Enfinity
common stock concurrent with the consummation of an initial public offering (the
'Offering') of the common stock of Enfinity.
 
NOTE 2 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
     Aircond considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original
maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
 
INVENTORIES
 
     Inventories consist of supplies and parts held for use in the ordinary
course of business and are stated at the lower of specific cost or market.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment are stated at cost, and depreciation is computed
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of purchased
property and equipment and over the lease term for vehicles under capital lease.
Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized over the lesser of the life
of the lease or the estimated useful life of the asset.
 
     Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when
incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments, which extend the
useful lives of existing equipment, are capitalized and depreciated. Upon
retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and related
accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or
loss is recognized in the statement of operations.
 
CASH SURRENDER VALUE -- LIFE INSURANCE
 
     Increases in cash surrender value of life insurance policies owned by
Aircond are recognized as a reduction of premiums expensed in each period.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
     Aircond recognizes revenues when services are performed except when work is
being performed under a construction contract. Revenues from construction
contracts are recognized on the percentage-of-completion method measured by the
percentage of costs incurred to total estimated costs for each contract.
Provisions for the total estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are made in
the period in which such losses are determined. Changes in job performance, job
conditions, estimated profitability and final contract settlements may result in
revisions to costs and income and their effects are recognized in the period in
which the revisions are determined.
 
     Unearned revenues represent amounts billed in advance of revenues
recognized on service contracts.
 
                                     F-115
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                              AIRCOND CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
WARRANTY COSTS
 
     Aircond warrants labor for the first year after installation on new air
conditioning and heating systems. A reserve for warranty costs is recorded as
part of the cost to complete each individual job.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
     For the years ended September 30, 1995 and 1996, Aircond utilized the
method of accounting for income taxes pursuant to Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 109, 'Accounting for Income Taxes' ('SFAS 109'), which
requires deferred income taxes to reflect the tax consequences of temporary
differences between the assets and liabilities recognized for financial
reporting purposes and such amounts recognized for tax purposes. The principal
temporary differences of Aircond relate to depreciation, allowance for doubtful
accounts, service warranty reserve, vacation accrual, deferred compensation,
unearned revenues, and differences arising from capital lease accounting.
 
     Effective, October 1, 1996, Aircond elected S Corporation status as defined
by the Internal Revenue Code, whereby Aircond is not subject to taxation for
federal purposes. Under S Corporation status, the stockholders report their
share of Aircond's taxable earnings or losses in their personal tax returns.
Included in current assets are deposits to prepay certain of the stockholders'
federal income taxes based on Aircond electing to use a fiscal year end.
 
     The unaudited pro forma income tax information included in the Statement of
Operations is presented in accordance with SFAS 109 as if Aircond had been
subject to federal and state income taxes for the entire periods presented.
 
USE OF ESTIMATES
 
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions by
management in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
     Effective January 1, 1996, Aircond adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 121, 'Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived
Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of.' Accordingly, in the event
that facts and circumstances indicate that property and equipment or other
assets may be impaired, an evaluation of recoverability would be performed. If
an evaluation is required, the estimated future undiscounted cash flows
associated with the asset are compared to the asset's carrying amount to
determine if a write-down to market value is necessary. Adoption of this
standard did not have a material effect on the financial position or results of
operations of Aircond.
 
     In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ('FASB') issued SFAS
No. 133, 'Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.' SFAS
No. 133 establishes a new model for accounting for derivatives and hedging
activities and supercedes and amends a number of existing standards. SFAS No.
133 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999, but earlier
adoption is permitted. Upon initial application, all derivatives are required to
be recognized in the statement of financial position as either assets or
liabilities and measured at fair value. Recognition of changes in fair value
depends on whether the derivative is designated and qualifies as a hedge, and
the type of hedging relationship that exists. The Company does not currently,
nor does it expect to, hold any derivative instruments or participate in any
hedging activities.
 
                                     F-116
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                              AIRCOND CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
CASH FLOW INFORMATION
 
     Non-cash transactions, excluded from the statements of cash flows,
consisted of equipment purchased through the use of capital lease obligations of
approximately $1,167,000, $733,000 and $486,000 for the years ended September
30, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
 
     In addition, for the year ended September 30, 1996, Aircond redeemed all
outstanding shares of preferred stock by incurring long-term debt of
approximately $1,217,000.
 
CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
 
     Financial instruments that potentially subject Aircond to concentrations of
credit risk consist principally of trade accounts receivable. Aircond follows
the practice of filing statutory liens on construction projects where
collections problems are anticipated. The liens serve as collateral for trade
receivables. Aircond does not believe that it is subject to any unusual credit
risk beyond the normal credit risk attendant in its business.
 
UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
   
     The interim financial information for the nine month periods ended June 30,
1997 and 1998 has been prepared from the unaudited financial records of Aircond
and in the opinion of management reflects all adjustments, consisting only of
normal recurring items, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial
position and results of operations and of cash flows for the interim periods.
    
 
NOTE 3 -- ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS
 
     Allowance for doubtful accounts activity is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                      --------------------
                                                                                      1995    1996    1997
                                                                                      ----    ----    ----
                                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                   <C>     <C>     <C>
Balance, beginning of year.........................................................   $60     $ 90    $75
Charges to costs and expenses......................................................    30       --     --
Write-offs.........................................................................    --      (15)    --
                                                                                      ----    ----    ----
                                                                                      $90     $ 75    $75
                                                                                      ----    ----    ----
                                                                                      ----    ----    ----
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 4 -- PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       ESTIMATED        SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                      USEFUL LIVES    ------------------
                                                                        IN YEARS       1996       1997
                                                                      ------------    -------    -------
                                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                   <C>             <C>        <C>
Land...............................................................                   $    52    $    52
Building and improvements..........................................       39 years        520        562
Vehicles and equipment.............................................     5-10 years        756        793
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment...........................     5-10 years        570        601
Vehicles under capital lease.......................................     Lease term      2,670      2,729
Less -- Accumulated depreciation and amortization..................                    (2,071)    (2,374)
                                                                                      -------    -------
     Property and equipment, net...................................                   $ 2,497    $ 2,363
                                                                                      -------    -------
                                                                                      -------    -------
</TABLE>
 
     Depreciation expense was approximately $536,000, $690,000 and $715,000 for
the years ended September 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
 
                                     F-117
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                              AIRCOND CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 5 -- DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS
 
     Installation contracts in progress are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                          --------------
                                                                                          1996     1997
                                                                                          -----    -----
                                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                       <C>      <C>
Costs incurred on contracts in progress................................................   $ 343    $ 486
Estimated earnings, net of losses......................................................     142      191
                                                                                          -----    -----
                                                                                            485      677
Less -- Billings to date...............................................................    (318)    (349)
                                                                                          -----    -----
                                                                                          $ 167    $ 328
                                                                                          -----    -----
                                                                                          -----    -----
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts............   $ 284    $ 486
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts............    (117)    (158)
                                                                                          -----    -----
                                                                                          $ 167    $ 328
                                                                                          -----    -----
                                                                                          -----    -----
</TABLE>
 
     Accrued expenses consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                        ----------------
                                                                                         1996      1997
                                                                                        ------    ------
                                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                     <C>       <C>
Salaries, wages and commissions......................................................   $  936    $  663
Profit sharing contributions.........................................................      200       160
Other taxes payable..................................................................       38        76
Vacation accrual.....................................................................      314       321
Accrued distributions to stockholders................................................       --       163
Other................................................................................       42        95
                                                                                        ------    ------
                                                                                        $1,530    $1,478
                                                                                        ------    ------
                                                                                        ------    ------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 6 -- LONG-TERM DEBT
 
     On September 26, 1996, Aircond incurred long-term debt in the amount of
approximately $1,217,000 in exchange for the outstanding preferred stock in
Aircond. The note carries an interest rate of 9.0% with interest due monthly
through August 2011 and principal of approximately $1,217,000 due on September
1, 2011. The note is collateralized by the personal guarantee of the majority
stockholder.
 
     Aircond has available an unsecured bank line of credit dated March 1995
which allows Aircond to borrow up to $1,000,000 at an interest rate of one
quarter of one percent below the prime rate. Aircond has not borrowed funds
under this agreement for the years ended September 30, 1996 and 1997.
 
NOTE 7 -- LEASE OBLIGATIONS
 
     The majority of Aircond's vehicles used in operations are leased through a
leasing company with non-cancelable terms of three to four years. The leases
contain options permitting the purchase of the vehicles at any time in
accordance with a schedule of values which decline at an even rate each month
during the initial term of the lease, as well as for subsequent periods if the
vehicles are held beyond the initial term. The leases qualify as capital leases
in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13
'Accounting for Leases' ('SFAS 13'). Accordingly, both the equipment and
obligation are reflected in Aircond's balance sheet. Interest rates implicit in
the leases range from 7.5% to 13.0%.
 
                                     F-118
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                              AIRCOND CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The net book value of leased vehicles included in property and equipment at
September 30, 1996 and 1997 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                           ------------------
                                                                            1996       1997
                                                                           ------     -------
                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>
Cost....................................................................   $2,670     $ 2,729
Less -- Accumulated depreciation........................................     (959)     (1,173)
                                                                           ------     -------
Net book value..........................................................   $1,711     $ 1,556
                                                                           ------     -------
                                                                           ------     -------
</TABLE>
 
     Aircond also leases various buildings and equipment under operating leases
with rent expense amounting to approximately $91,000, $88,000 and $106,000 for
the years ended September 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
 
     The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments at September
30, 1997 under capital and operating leases:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   YEARS ENDING SEPTEMBER 30,                     CAPITAL    OPERATING
                   --------------------------                    ---------   ----------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                               <C>        <C>
   1998........................................................   $   826      $  74
   1999........................................................       682         73
   2000........................................................       287         73
   2001........................................................       139         73
   2002........................................................     --            33
                                                                  -------    ---------
                                                                    1,934      $ 326
                                                                             ---------
                                                                             ---------
   Less -- Implied interest....................................      (252)
                                                                  -------
   Present value of net minimum lease payments.................     1,682
   Less -- Current portion.....................................      (687)
                                                                  -------
   Long-term amount............................................   $   995
                                                                  -------
                                                                  -------
</TABLE>
 
     In October 1997, Aircond entered into a lease agreement with a partnership
of stockholders of Aircond for a new office building to serve as Aircond's
corporate headquarters. The lease requires monthly payments of $25,000
commencing October 1, 1997 and continuing through October 1, 2012. The building
under lease is still under construction and is expected to be finished in
February of 1998. The lease qualifies as a capital lease under SFAS 13 and will
be accounted for as such upon commencement of the lease.
 
NOTE 8 -- INCOME TAXES
 
     Effective October 1, 1996, Aircond elected S Corporation status under
federal income tax laws which provide that the stockholders are taxed directly
on Aircond taxable income. As a result, the prior years' tax effect of
cumulative temporary differences of approximately $494,000 was reversed during
fiscal 1997.
 
                                     F-119
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                              AIRCOND CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The provision for income taxes for the years ended September 30, 1995 and
1996 are summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                      -------------
                                                                      1995     1996
                                                                      ---- (IN ----
                                                                       THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                   <C>      <C>
Current:
     Federal.......................................................   $548     $669
     State.........................................................     89      109
                                                                      ----     ----
                                                                       637      778
                                                                      ----     ----
Deferred:
     Federal.......................................................    (84)     (35)
     State.........................................................    (14)      (6)
                                                                      ----     ----
                                                                       (98)     (41)
                                                                      ----     ----
          Total provision for income taxes.........................   $539     $737
                                                                      ----     ----
                                                                      ----     ----
</TABLE>
 
     A reconciliation of statutory tax rates to effective tax rate for the years
ended September 30, 1995 and 1996 is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                          ------------------------------
                                                                              1995              1996
                                                                          ------------      ------------
                                                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                       <C>     <C>       <C>     <C>
U.S. federal statutory rate............................................   $514    34.0%     $658    34.0%
Increase (decrease) in rate resulting from:
     State taxes, net of federal benefit...............................     50     3.3        68     3.5
     Nondeductible expenses, increase in cash surrender value of life
       insurance and other.............................................    (25)   (1.7)       11     0.6
                                                                          ----    ----      ----    ----
Effective rate.........................................................   $539    35.6%     $737    38.1%
                                                                          ----    ----      ----    ----
                                                                          ----    ----      ----    ----
</TABLE>
 
     The components of deferred tax assets and liabilities as of September 30,
1996 are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                      1996
                                                                                  -------------
<S>                                                                               <C>
Current:
     Allowance for bad debts...................................................       $  29
     Unearned revenue..........................................................         213
     Vacation accrual..........................................................         124
     Inventory capitalization                                                            10
                                                                                     ------
          Total current........................................................         376
                                                                                     ------
Long-term:
     Capital leases............................................................          46
     Deferred compensation.....................................................          65
     Warranty reserve..........................................................          18
     Depreciation..............................................................         (11)
                                                                                     ------
          Total long-term......................................................         118
                                                                                     ------
          Total deferred tax assets............................................       $ 494
                                                                                     ------
                                                                                     ------
</TABLE>
 
                                     F-120
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                              AIRCOND CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 9 -- RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
     As discussed in Note 6, on September 26, 1996, Aircond redeemed all of the
outstanding preferred stock of Aircond through the issuance of a note payable.
The former stockholder from which the stock was redeemed is related to the
majority stockholder. Interest expense on this related party note payable was
approximately $109,000 for the year ended September 30, 1997.
 
NOTE 10 -- EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
 
     Aircond has a profit sharing plan that covers substantially all employees
with over one year of service. Total contributions by Aircond under the plan
were $150,000, $200,000 and $160,000 for the years ended September 30, 1995,
1996 and 1997, respectively.
 
NOTE 11 -- FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
     Aircond's financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents,
short-term investments, accounts receivable and payable, accrued expenses and
debt. Except for capital lease obligations, Aircond believes that the carrying
value of these instruments on the accompanying balance sheets approximate their
fair value due to their nature. The note payable to the former preferred
stockholder reflects current market rates of interest. Capital lease obligations
at September 30, 1997 would total approximately $1,728,000 using the current
market rates.
 
NOTE 12 -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
     Aircond entered into a deferred compensation agreement with a former
officer in 1986 which in the aggregate provided for annual compensation ranging
from approximately $17,000 to $39,000 through 2006, and $10,000 for the period
2007 until death. A liability was recorded as of the date of the agreement for
the present value of the obligations under this deferred compensation
arrangement. The minimum payments reduce this balance.
 
INSURANCE
 
     Aircond carries a broad range of insurance coverage, including business
auto liability, general liability and an umbrella policy. Aircond has not
incurred significant claims or losses on any of these insurance policies.
 
NOTE 13 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)
 
     Aircond and its stockholders have entered into a definitive agreement with
Enfinity pursuant to which Aircond will merge with a wholly owned subsidiary of
Enfinity. All outstanding shares of Aircond will be exchanged for cash and
common stock of Enfinity concurrently with the consummation of the initial
public offering of the common stock of Enfinity.
 
                                     F-121


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

_________________________________               ________________________________
 
     No dealer, sales representative or any other person has been authorized to
give any information or to make any representations in connection with this
Offering other than those contained in this Prospectus, and, if given or made,
such information or representations must not be relied upon as having been
authorized by the Company or any of the Underwriters. This Prospectus does not
constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy, any
securities other than the shares of Common Stock to which it relates or an offer
to, or a solicitation of, any person in any jurisdiction where such an offer or
solicitation would be unlawful. Neither the delivery of this Prospectus nor any
sale made hereunder shall, under any circumstances, create any implication that
there has been no change in the affairs of the Company or that the information
contained herein is correct as of any time subsequent to the date hereof.
 
                   ------------------------------------------
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                   ------------------------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              Page
                                                                                                              ----
<S>                                                                                                           <C>
Prospectus Summary.........................................................................................     3
Risk Factors...............................................................................................    10
The Company................................................................................................    16
Use of Proceeds............................................................................................    18
Dividend Policy............................................................................................    18
Capitalization.............................................................................................    19
Dilution...................................................................................................    20
Selected Financial Data....................................................................................    21
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations......................    23
Business...................................................................................................    41
Management.................................................................................................    52
Certain Transactions.......................................................................................    58
Principal Stockholders.....................................................................................    62
Description of Capital Stock...............................................................................    64
Shares Eligible for Future Sale............................................................................    67
Underwriting...............................................................................................    69
Legal Matters..............................................................................................    71
Experts....................................................................................................    71
Additional Information.....................................................................................    71
Index to Financial Statements..............................................................................   F-1
</TABLE>
 
     Until                 , 1998 (25 days from the date of this Prospectus),
all dealers effecting transactions in the registered securities offered hereby,
whether or not participating in this distribution, may be required to deliver a
Prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a
Prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold
allotments or subscriptions.
 
_________________________________               ________________________________
 
_________________________________               ________________________________
 
                                8,000,000 SHARES
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                         ------------------------------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                         ------------------------------
 
                             NationsBanc Montgomery
                                 Securities LLC
                                Lehman Brothers
                                 Raymond James
                               & Associates, Inc.
 
                                              , 1998
 
_________________________________               ________________________________


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
   
     The following table sets forth the expenses (other than underwriting
compensation expected to be incurred) in connection with this Offering(1). All
of such amounts (except the SEC Registration Fee, the New York Stock Exchange
listing fee and the NASD Filing Fee) are estimated.
    
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                       <C>
SEC registration fee...................................................................   $   39,353.00
New York Stock Exchange listing fee....................................................      140,600.00
NASD filing fee........................................................................       13,840.00
Blue Sky fees and expenses.............................................................        7,500.00
Printing and Engraving Costs...........................................................      450,000.00
Legal fees and expenses................................................................    1,000,000.00
Accounting fees and expenses...........................................................    1,750,000.00
Transfer Agent and Registrar fees and expenses.........................................       50,000.00
Miscellaneous..........................................................................      548,707.00
                                                                                          -------------
     Total.............................................................................   $4,000,000.00
                                                                                          -------------
                                                                                          -------------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
   
    
 
(1) The expenses do not include the shares issued to Capstone, its principals
    and Mr. Whitchurch for consulting services rendered in connection with this
    Offering.
 
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
     The Company's By-Laws provide that the Company shall, to the fullest extent
permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
(the 'DGCL'), as amended from time to time, indemnify all persons whom it may
indemnify pursuant thereto.
 
     Section 145 of the DGCL permits a corporation, under specified
circumstances, to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents against
expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in
settlements actually and reasonably incurred by them in connection with any
action, suit or proceeding brought by third parties by reason of the fact that
they were or are directors, officers, employees or agents of the corporation, if
such directors, officers, employees or agents acted in good faith and in a
manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of
the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no
reason to believe their conduct was unlawful. In a derivative action, i.e., one
by or in the right of the corporation, indemnification may be made only for
expenses actually and reasonably incurred by directors, officers, employees or
agents in connection with the defense or settlement of an action or suit, and
only with respect to a matter as to which they shall have acted in good faith
and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made if
such person shall have been adjudged liable to the corporation, unless and only
to the extent that the court in which the action or suit was brought shall
determine upon application that the defendant directors, officers, employees or
agents are fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses despite
such adjudication of liability.
 
     Article Seven of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides that
the Company's directors will not be personally liable to the Company or its
stockholders for monetary damages resulting from breaches of their fiduciary
duty as directors except (a) for any breach of the duty of loyalty to the
Company or its stockholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or
which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) under
Section 174 of the DGCL, which makes directors liable for unlawful dividends or
unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions, or (d) for transactions from which
directors derive improper personal benefit.
 
     Section 8 of the Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1 provides
that the Underwriters named therein will indemnify and hold harmless the Company
and each director, officer or controlling person of the Company from and against
certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Section 8
of such Underwriting Agreement also provides that such Underwriters will
contribute to certain liabilities of such persons under the Securities Act.
 
                                      II-1
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

 
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
     The following information relates to securities of the Company issued or
sold by the Company within the past three years which were not registered under
the Securities Act:
 
     In September 1997, the Company issued (i) four shares of Common Stock to
each of William J. Lynch, James Lynch and Leonard A. Potter in return for
payment to the Company by each of such persons of $400; and (ii) three shares of
Common Stock to Capstone in return for payment to the Company by Capstone of
$300. In February 1998, the Company issued, as previously agreed, 2.012611
shares of its Common Stock to Marty R. Kittrell and 0.950959 shares of its
Common Stock to Ellwood F. Whitchurch in return for payment to the Company by
such persons of $201.26 and $95.10, respectively. In May 1998, the Company
issued, as previously agreed, 11.55641 shares of its Common Stock to Rodney C.
Gilbert in return for payment to the Company by him of $1,155.64. In June 1998,
the Company issued 0.407554 shares of its Common Stock to Nicholas J. Costanza
in return for payment to the Company by him of $40.76. The share totals in this
paragraph do not give effect to a 36,804.93-for-1 stock split effected in the
form of a stock dividend on July 9, 1998.
 
     Simultaneously with the consummation of this Offering, the Company will
issue 8,243,971 shares of its Common Stock in connection with the Mergers of the
eight Founding Companies. The Company also will exchange options to purchase
119,500 shares of Common Stock of the Company at an exercise price of $8.38 per
share for options to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock of one of the
Founding Companies.
 
     Each of these transactions was effected or will be effected without
registration of the relevant security under the Securities Act in reliance upon
the exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D
thereunder for transactions not involving a public offering.
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
     (a) Exhibits
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                                                   DESCRIPTION
- -------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>
  1      -- Form of Underwriting Agreement*
  2.1    -- Agreement and Plan of Organization, dated as of May 14, 1998, by and among Enfinity Corporation, Aircond
            Acquisition Corp., Aircond Corporation and the Stockholders named therein*
  2.2    -- Agreement and Plan of Organization, dated as of May 14, 1998, by and among Enfinity Corporation, Brandt
            Acquisition Corp., Brandt Mechanical Services, Inc. and the Stockholders named therein*
  2.3    -- Agreement and Plan of Organization, dated as of May 14, 1998, by and among Enfinity Corporation, Energy
            Systems Industries Acquisition Corp., Energy Systems Industries, Inc. and the Stockholders named therein*
  2.4    -- Agreement and Plan of Organization, dated as of May 14, 1998, by and among Enfinity Corporation,
            Hill-York Acquisition Corp., Hill York Corporation and the Stockholders named therein*
  2.5    -- Agreement and Plan of Organization, dated as of May 14, 1998 , by and among Enfinity Corporation,
            Hill-York Service Acquisition Corp., Hill-York Service Corporation and the Stockholders named therein*
  2.6    -- Agreement and Plan of Organization, dated as of May 14, 1998, by and among Enfinity Corporation, Lee
            Acquisition Corp., Lee Company and the Stockholders named therein*
  2.7    -- Agreement and Plan of Organization, dated as of May 14, 1998, by and among Enfinity Corporation, MSI
            Acquisition Corp., Mechanical Services of Orlando, Inc. and the Stockholders named therein*
  2.8    -- Agreement and Plan of Organization, dated as of May 14, 1998, by and among Enfinity Corporation, New
            England Mechanical Services Acquisition Corp., New England Mechanical Services, Inc. and the Stockholders
            named therein*
  2.9    -- Agreement and Plan of Organization, dated as of May 14, 1998, by and among Enfinity Corporation, Air
            Systems Acquisition Corp., Air Systems, Inc. and the Stockholders named therein*
  3.1    -- Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company*
  3.2    -- By-Laws of the Company*
  4      -- Form of Stock Certificate of the Company*
  5      -- Opinion of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP*
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-2
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                                                   DESCRIPTION
- -------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>
 10.1    -- 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan of the Company
 10.2    -- Employment Agreement between the Company and Rodney C. Gilbert*
 10.3    -- Employment Agreement between the Company and Marty R. Kittrell*
 10.4    -- Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and William M. Dillard*
 10.5    -- Employment Agreement between the Company and Nicholas J. Costanza*
 10.6    -- Form of Employment Agreement between each Founding Company (except for MSI) and such Founding Company's
            Executive(s)*
 21      -- List of subsidiaries of the Company*
 23.1    -- Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP
 23.2    -- Consent of Shilling and Kenyon, Inc.
 23.3    -- Consent of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP (contained in Exhibit 5)*
 23.4    -- Consent of Alan L. Barnes, Sr. to be named as a director*
 23.5    -- Consent of Robert S. Lafferty to be named as a director*
 23.6    -- Consent of William B. Lee to be named as a director*
 23.7    -- Consent of Charles P. Reagan to be named as a director*
 23.8    -- Consent of Anthony I. Shaker to be named as a director*
 23.9    -- Consent of Mark A. Zilbermann to be named as a director*
 23.10   -- Consent of Marty R. Kittrell to be named as a director*
 23.11   -- Consent of John W. Davis to be named as a director*
 23.12   -- Consent of Charles Scott to be named as a director*
 23.13   -- Consent of Kathleen A. Murray to be named as a director*
 24      -- Powers of Attorney (included on signature page)*
 27      -- Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
 * Previously filed.
 
     (b) Financial Statement Schedules
 
        None
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
 
     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes as follows:
 
          (1) The undersigned will provide to the underwriters at the closing
     specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations
     and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit
     prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
          (2) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
     Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of
     this registration statement in reliance on Rule 430A and contained in a
     form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or
     (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
     registration statement as of the time it is declared effective.
 
          (3) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
     Act, each post-effective amendment that contains form of prospectus shall
     be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
     offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
     the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 14, or otherwise, the
registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act
and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication
of such issue.
 
                                      II-3
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
     PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THE COMPANY HAS
DULY CAUSED THIS POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE
SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN THE CITY
OF NEW YORK, THE STATE OF NEW YORK, ON THE 28TH DAY OF AUGUST, 1998.
    
 
                                          ENFINITY CORPORATION
 
                                          By:                  *
                                              .............................
                                                     RODNEY C. GILBERT
                                                 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD AND
                                                  CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement has been signed by the
following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                SIGNATURE                                       TITLE                              DATE
- ------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------   ------------------
<S>                                         <C>                                             <C>
                    *                       Chairman of the Board and                        August 28, 1998
 .........................................    Chief Executive Officer
            RODNEY C. GILBERT                 (Principal Executive Officer)
 
          /S/ MARTY R. KITTRELL             Executive Vice President and Chief Financial     August 28, 1998
 .........................................    Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting
            MARTY R. KITTRELL                 Officer)
 
                    *                       Director                                         August 28, 1998
 .........................................
             WILLIAM J. LYNCH
 
                    *                       President and Director                           August 28, 1998
 .........................................
            WILLIAM M. DILLARD
 
      *       /s/ MARTY R. KITTRELL
 .........................................
             ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-4


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                                                        DESCRIPTION
- -------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>
  1      -- Form of Underwriting Agreement*
  2.1    -- Agreement and Plan of Organization, dated as of May 14, 1998, by and among Enfinity Corporation, Aircond
            Acquisition Corp., Aircond Corporation and the Stockholders named therein*
  2.2    -- Agreement and Plan of Organization, dated as of May 14, 1998, by and among Enfinity Corporation, Brandt Acquisition
            Corp., Brandt Mechanical Services, Inc. and the Stockholders named therein*
  2.3    -- Agreement and Plan of Organization, dated as of May 14, 1998, by and among Enfinity Corporation, Energy Systems
            Industries Acquisition Corp., Energy Systems Industries, Inc. and the Stockholders named therein*
  2.4    -- Agreement and Plan of Organization, dated as of May 14, 1998, by and among Enfinity Corporation, Hill-York
            Acquisition Corp., Hill York Corporation and the Stockholders named therein*
  2.5    -- Agreement and Plan of Organization, dated as of May 14, 1998 , by and among Enfinity Corporation, Hill-York Service
            Acquisition Corp., Hill-York Service Corporation and the Stockholders named therein*
  2.6    -- Agreement and Plan of Organization, dated as of May 14, 1998, by and among Enfinity Corporation, Lee Acquisition
            Corp., Lee Company and the Stockholders named therein*
  2.7    -- Agreement and Plan of Organization, dated as of May 14, 1998, by and among Enfinity Corporation, MSI Acquisition
            Corp., Mechanical Services of Orlando, Inc. and the Stockholders named therein*
  2.8    -- Agreement and Plan of Organization, dated as of May 14, 1998, by and among Enfinity Corporation, New England
            Mechanical Services Acquisition Corp., New England Mechanical Services, Inc. and the Stockholders named therein*
  2.9    -- Agreement and Plan of Organization, dated as of May 14, 1998, by and among Enfinity Corporation, Air Systems
            Acquisition Corp., Air Systems, Inc. and the Stockholders named therein*
  3.1    -- Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company*
  3.2    -- By-Laws of the Company*
  4      -- Form of Stock Certificate of the Company*
  5      -- Opinion of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP*
 10.1    -- 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan of the Company
 10.2    -- Employment Agreement between the Company and Rodney C. Gilbert*
 10.3    -- Employment Agreement between the Company and Marty R. Kittrell*
 10.4    -- Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and William M. Dillard*
 10.5    -- Employment Agreement between the Company and Nicholas J. Costanza*
 10.6    -- Form of Employment Agreement between each Founding Company (except for MSI) and such Founding Company's
            Executive(s)*
 21      -- List of subsidiaries of the Company*
 23.1    -- Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 23.2    -- Consent of Shilling and Kenyon, Inc.
 23.3    -- Consent of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP (contained in Exhibit 5)*
 23.4    -- Consent of Alan L. Barnes, Sr. to be named as a director*
 23.5    -- Consent of Robert S. Lafferty to be named as a director*
 23.6    -- Consent of William B. Lee to be named as a director*
 23.7    -- Consent of Charles P. Reagan to be named as a director*
 23.8    -- Consent of Anthony I. Shaker to be named as a director*
 23.9    -- Consent of Mark A. Zilbermann to be named as a director*
 23.10   -- Consent of Marty R. Kittrell to be named as a director*
 23.11   -- Consent of John W. Davis to be named as a director*
 23.12   -- Consent of Charles Scott to be named as a director*
 23.13   -- Consent of Kathleen A. Murray to be named as a director*
 24      -- Powers of Attorney (included on signature page)*
 27      -- Financial Data Schedule
 
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
 * Previously filed.


<PAGE>




<PAGE>
                              ENFINITY CORPORATION

                          1998 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

        1. Purpose. The purpose of this 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the
"Plan") of Enfinity Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), is to
advance the interests of the Company and its stockholders by providing a means
to attract, retain, motivate and reward directors, officers, employees and
consultants of and service providers to the Company and its subsidiaries and to
enable such persons to acquire or increase a proprietary interest in the
Company, thereby promoting a closer identity of interests between such persons
and the Company's stockholders.

        2. Definitions. The definitions of awards under the Plan, including
Options, SARs (including Limited SARs), Restricted Stock, Deferred Stock, Stock
granted as a bonus or in lieu of other awards, Dividend Equivalents and Other
Stock-Based Awards are set forth in Section 6 of the Plan. Such awards, together
with any other right or interest granted to a Participant under the Plan, are
termed "Awards." For purposes of the Plan, the following additional terms shall
be defined as set forth below:

        (a) "Award Agreement" means any written agreement, contract, notice or
other instrument or document evidencing an Award.

        (b) "Beneficiary" shall mean the person, persons, trust or trusts which
have been designated by a Participant in his or her most recent written
beneficiary designation filed with the Committee to receive the benefits
specified under the Plan upon such Participant's death or, if there is no
designated Beneficiary or surviving designated Beneficiary, then the person,
persons, trust or trusts entitled by will or the laws of descent and
distribution to receive such benefits.

        (c) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

        (d) A "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if:

               (i) the date of the acquisition by any "person" (within the
        meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), excluding
        the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or any employee
        benefit plan sponsored by any of the foregoing, of beneficial ownership
        (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of 30% or more
        of either (x) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company
        or (y) the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally
        in the election of directors; or

               (ii) the date the individuals who constitute the Board as of the
        date of the Initial Public Offering (the "Incumbent Board") cease for
        any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the
        Board, provided that any individual becoming a director subsequent to
        the effective date of this Agreement whose election, or nomination for
        election by the


 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>




        Company's stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of
        the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board (other than any
        individual whose nomination for election to Board membership was not
        endorsed by the Company's management prior to, or at the time of, such
        individual's initial nomination for election) shall be, for purposes of
        this Agreement, considered as though such person were a member of the
        Incumbent Board; or

               (iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation,
        recapitalization, reorganization, sale or disposition of all or a
        substantial portion of the Company's assets, a reverse stock split of
        outstanding voting securities, the issuance of shares of stock of the
        Company in connection with the acquisition of the stock or assets of
        another entity, provided, however, that a Change in Control shall not
        occur under this clause (iii) if consummation of the transaction would
        result in at least 70% of the total voting power represented by the
        voting securities of the Company (or, if not the Company, the entity
        that succeeds to all or substantially all of the Company's business)
        outstanding immediately after such transaction being beneficially owned
        (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated pursuant to the Exchange
        Act) by at least 75% of the holders of outstanding voting securities of
        the Company immediately prior to the transaction, with the voting power
        of each such continuing holder relative to other such continuing holders
        not substantially altered in the transaction.

        (e) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time
to time. References to any provision of the Code shall be deemed to include
regulations thereunder and successor provisions and regulations thereto.

        (f) "Committee" means the committee appointed by the Board to administer
the Plan, or if no committee is appointed, the Board.

        (g) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
from time to time. References to any provision of the Exchange Act shall be
deemed to include rules thereunder and successor provisions and rules thereto.

        (h) "Fair Market Value" means, with respect to Stock, Awards, or other
property, the fair market value of such Stock, Awards, or other property
determined by such methods or proce dures as shall be established from time to
time by the Committee, provided, however, that (i) if the Stock is listed on a
national securities exchange or quoted in an interdealer quotation system, the
Fair Market Value of such Stock on a given date shall be based upon the last
sales price or, if unavailable, the average of the closing bid and asked prices
per share of the Stock on such date (or, if there was no trading or quotation in
the Stock on such date, on the next preceding date on which there was trading or
quotation) as provided by one of such organizations, (ii) the "fair market
value" of Stock on the date on which shares of Stock are first issued and sold
pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the
Securities and Exchange Commission shall be the Initial Public Offering price of
the shares so issued and sold, as set forth


                                2



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




in the first final prospectus used in such offering and (iii) the "fair market
value" of Stock prior to the date of the Initial Public Offering shall be as
determined by the Board.

     (i) "Initial Public Offering" shall mean an initial public offering of
shares of Stock in a firm commitment underwriting registered with the Securities
and Exchange Commission in compliance with the provisions of the 1933 Act.

        (j) "ISO" means any Option intended to be and designated as an incentive
stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

        (k) "Participant" means a person who, at a time when eligible under
Section 5 hereof, has been granted an Award under the Plan.

        (l) "Rule 16b-3" means Rule 16b-3, as from time to time in effect and
applicable to the Plan and Participants, promulgated by the Securities and
Exchange Commission under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

        (m) "Stock" means the Common Stock, par value $.01, of the Company and
such other securities as may be substituted for Stock or such other securities
pursuant to Section 4.

        3.     Administration.

        (a) Authority of the Committee. Except as otherwise provided below, the
Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have full and
final authority to take the following actions, in each case subject to and
consistent with the provisions of the Plan:

               (i)     to select persons to whom Awards may be granted;

               (ii) to determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to
each such person;

               (iii) to determine the number of Awards to be granted, the number
        of shares of Stock to which an Award will relate, the terms and
        conditions of any Award granted under the Plan (including, but not
        limited to, any exercise price, grant price or purchase price, any
        restriction or condition, any schedule for lapse of restrictions or
        conditions relating to transferability or forfeiture, exercisability or
        settlement of an Award, and waivers or accelerations thereof,
        performance conditions relating to an Award (including performance
        conditions relating to Awards not intended to be governed by Section
        7(f) and waivers and modifications thereof), based in each case on such
        considerations as the Committee shall determine), and all other matters
        to be determined in connection with an Award;

               (iv) to determine whether, to what extent and under what
        circumstances an Award may be settled, or the exercise price of an Award
        may be paid, in cash, Stock, other Awards, or other property, or an
        Award may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered;


                                                3



<PAGE>
<PAGE>





               (v) to determine whether, to what extent and under what
        circumstances cash, Stock, other Awards or other property payable with
        respect to an Award will be deferred either automatically, at the
        election of the Committee or at the election of the Participant;

               (vi) to determine the restrictions, if any, to which Stock
        received upon exercise or settlement of an Award shall be subject
        (including lock-ups and other transfer restrictions), may condition the
        delivery of such Stock upon the execution by the Participant of any
        agreement providing for such restrictions;

               (vii) to prescribe the form of each Award Agreement, which need
        not be identical for each Participant;

               (viii) to adopt, amend, suspend, waive and rescind such rules and
        regulations and appoint such agents as the Committee may deem necessary
        or advisable to administer the Plan;

               (ix) to correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile
        any inconsistency in the Plan and to construe and interpret the Plan and
        any Award, rules and regulations, Award Agreement or other instrument
        hereunder; and

               (x) to make all other decisions and determinations as may be
        required under the terms of the Plan or as the Committee may deem
        necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

Other provisions of the Plan notwithstanding, the Board shall perform the
functions of the Committee for purposes of granting awards to directors who
serve on the Committee (subject to Section 8), and the Board may perform any
function of the Committee under the Plan for any other purpose, including
without limitation for the purpose of ensuring that transactions under the Plan
by Participants who are then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act in
respect of the Company are exempt under Rule 16b-3. In any case in which the
Board is performing a function of the Committee under the Plan, each reference
to the Committee herein shall be deemed to refer to the Board, except where the
context otherwise requires.

        (b) Manner of Exercise of Committee Authority. Any action of the
Committee with respect to the Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding on all
persons, including the Company, subsidiaries of the Company, Participants, any
person claiming any rights under the Plan from or through any Participant and
stockholders, except to the extent the Committee may subsequently modify, or
take further action not consistent with, its prior action. If not specified in
the Plan, the time at which the Committee must or may make any determination
shall be determined by the Committee, and any such determination may thereafter
be modified by the Committee (subject to Section 9(e)). The express grant of any
specific power to the Committee, and the taking of any action by the Committee,
shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Committee.


                                        4



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




Except as provided under Section 7(f), the Committee may delegate to officers or
managers of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company the authority, subject
to such terms as the Committee shall determine, to perform such functions as the
Committee may determine, to the extent permitted under applicable law.

        (c) Limitation of Liability. Each member of the Committee shall be
entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information
furnished to him by any officer or other employee of the Company or any
subsidiary, the Company's independent certified public accountants or any
executive compensation consultant, legal counsel or other professional retained
by the Company to assist in the administration of the Plan. No member of the
Committee, or any officer or employee of the Company acting on behalf of the
Committee, shall be personally liable for any action, determination or
interpretation taken or made in good faith with respect to the Plan, and all
members of the Committee and any officer or employee of the Company acting on
its behalf shall, to the extent permitted by law, be fully indemnified and
protected by the Company with respect to any such action, determination or
interpretation.

        4.     Stock Subject to Plan.

        (a) Amount of Stock Reserved. The total amount of Stock that may be
subject to outstanding Awards, determined immediately after the grant of any
Award, shall not exceed 13.5% of the total number of shares of Stock outstanding
at the effective time of such grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the number
of shares that may be delivered upon the exercise of ISOs shall not exceed
2,200,000, provided, however, that shares subject to ISOs shall not be deemed
delivered if such ISOs are forfeited, expire or otherwise terminate without
delivery of shares to the Participant. If an Award valued by reference to Stock
may only be settled in cash, the number of shares to which such Award relates
shall be deemed to be Stock subject to such Award for purposes of this Section
4(a). Any shares of Stock delivered pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole
or in part, of authorized and unissued shares, treasury shares or shares
acquired in the market for a Participant's Account.

        (b) Annual Per-Participant Limitations. During any calendar year, no
Participant may be granted Awards that may be settled by delivery of more than
750,000 shares of Stock, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(c). In
addition, with respect to Awards that may be settled in cash (in whole or in
part), no Participant may be paid during any calendar year cash amounts relating
to such Awards that exceed the greater of the Fair Market Value of the number of
shares of Stock set forth in the preceding sentence at the date of grant or the
date of settlement of Award. This provision sets forth two separate limitations,
so that Awards that may be settled solely by delivery of Stock will not operate
to reduce the amount of cash-only Awards, and vice versa; nevertheless, Awards
that may be settled in Stock or cash must not exceed either limitation.

        (c) Adjustments. In the event that the Committee shall determine that
any recapitalization, forward or reverse split, reorganization, merger,
consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of Stock or other
securities, Stock dividend or other special,


                                        5



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




large and non-recurring dividend or distribution (whether in the form of cash,
securities or other property), liquidation, dissolution, or other similar
corporate transaction or event, affects the Stock such that an adjustment is
appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of
Participants under the Plan, then the Committee shall, in such manner as it may
deem equitable, adjust any or all of (i) the number and kind of shares of Stock
reserved and available for Awards under Section 4(a), including shares reserved
for ISOs, (ii) the number and kind of shares of Stock to be subject to Options
granted pursuant to Section 8, (iii) the number and kind of shares of Stock
specified in the Annual Per-Participant Limitations under Section 4(b), (iv) the
number and kind of shares of outstanding Restricted Stock or other outstanding
Award in connection with which shares have been issued, (v) the number and kind
of shares that may be issued in respect of other outstanding Awards and (vi) the
exercise price, grant price or purchase price relating to any Award. (or, if
deemed appropriate, the Committee may make provision for a cash payment with
respect to any outstanding Award). In addition, the Committee is authorized to
make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in,
Awards (including, without limitation, cancellation of unexercised or
outstanding Awards, or substitution of Awards using stock of a successor or
other entity) in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including,
without limitation, events described in the preceding sentence and events
constituting a Change in Control) affecting the Company or any subsidiary or the
financial statements of the Company or any subsidiary, or in response to changes
in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles.

        5. Eligibility. Directors, officers and employees of the Company and its
subsidiaries, and persons who provide consulting or other services to the
Company deemed by the Committee to be of substantial value to the Company, are
eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan. In addition, persons who have been
offered employment by the Company or its subsidiaries, and persons employed by
an entity that the Committee reasonably expects to become a subsidiary of the
Company, are eligible to be granted an Award under the Plan; provided, however,
that such Award shall be canceled if such person fails to commence such
employment, or such entity fails to become a subsidiary, and no payment of value
may be made in connection with such Award until such person has commenced such
employment or until such entity becomes a subsidiary.

        6.     Specific Terms of Awards.

        (a) General. Awards may be granted on the terms and conditions set forth
in this Section 6. In addition, the Committee may impose on any Award or the
exercise thereof such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the
provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine, including terms
requiring forfeiture of Awards in the event of termination of employment or
service of the Participant. Except as expressly provided by the Committee
(including for purposes of complying with the requirements of the Delaware
General Corporation Law relating to lawful consideration for the issuance of
shares), no consideration other than services will be required as consideration
for the grant (but not the exercise) of any Award.


                                       6



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




        (b) Options. The Committee is authorized to grant option to purchase
Stock (including "reload" options automatically granted to offset specified
exercises of Options) on the following terms and conditions ("Options"):

               (i) Exercise Price. The exercise price per share of Stock
        purchasable under an Option shall be determined by the Committee.

               (ii) Time and Method of Exercise. The Committee shall determine
        the time or times at which an Option may be exercised in whole or in
        part, the methods by which such exercise price may be paid or deemed to
        be paid, the form of such payment, including, without limitation, cash,
        Stock, other Awards or awards granted under other Company plans or other
        property (including notes or other contractual obligations of
        Participants to make payment on a deferred basis, such as through
        "cashless exercise" arrangements, to the extent permitted by applicable
        law), and the methods by which Stock will be delivered or deemed to be
        delivered to Participants.

               (iii) Termination of Employment. The Committee shall determine
        the period, if any, during which Options shall be exercisable following
        a Participant's termination of employment with the Company and its
        subsidiaries. For this purpose, any sale of a subsidiary of the Company
        pursuant to which it ceases to be a subsidiary of the Company shall be
        deemed to be a termination of employment by any Participant employed by
        such subsidiary. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, (i)
        during any period that an Option is exercisable following termination of
        employment, it shall be exercisable only to the extent it was
        exercisable upon such termination of employment, and (ii) if such
        termination of employment is for cause, as determined in the discretion
        of the Committee, all Options held by the Participant shall immediately
        terminate.

               (iv) Sale of the Company. All Options outstanding under the Plan
        shall terminate upon the consummation of any transaction whereby the
        Company (or any successor to the Company or substantially all of its
        business) becomes a wholly-owned subsidiary of any corporation, unless
        such other corporation shall continue or assume the Plan as it relates
        to Options then outstanding (in which case such other corporation shall
        be treated as the Company for all purposes hereunder, and, pursuant to
        Section 4(c), the Committee of such other corporation shall make
        appropriate adjustment in the number and kind of shares of Stock subject
        thereto and the exercise price per share thereof to reflect consummation
        of such transaction). If the Plan is not to be so assumed, the Company
        shall notify the Participant of consummation of such transaction at
        least ten days in advance thereof.

               (v) ISOs. The terms of any ISO granted under the Plan shall
        comply in all respects with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code,
        including but not limited to the requirement that no ISO shall be
        granted with an exercise price less than 100% (110% for an individual
        described in Section 422(b)(6) of the Code) of the Fair Market Value of
        a share of Stock on the date of grant and granted no more than ten years
        after the effective date of


                                        7



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




        the Plan. If Stock acquired by exercise of an ISO is sold or otherwise
        disposed of within two years after the date of grant of the ISO or
        within one year after the transfer of such Stock to the Participant, the
        holder of the Stock immediately prior to the disposition shall promptly
        notify the Company in writing of the date and terms of the disposition
        and shall provide such other information regarding the disposition as
        the Company may reasonably require in order to secure any deduction then
        available against the Company's or any other corporation's taxable
        income. Each Option granted as an ISO shall be designated as such in the
        Award Agreement relating to such Option.

        (c) Stock Appreciation Rights. The Committee is authorized to grant
stock appreciation rights on the following terms and conditions ("SARs"):

               (i) Right to Payment. An SAR shall confer on the Participant to
        whom it is granted a right to receive, upon exercise thereof, the excess
        of (A) the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the date of
        exercise (or, if the Committee shall so determine in the case of any
        such right other than one related to an ISO, the Fair Market Value of
        one share at any time during a specified period before or after the date
        of exercise), over (B) the grant price of the SAR as determined by the
        Committee as of the date of grant of the SAR, which, except as provided
        in Section 7(a), shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of one
        share of Stock on the date of grant.

               (ii) Other Terms. The Committee shall determine the time or times
        at which an SAR may be exercised in whole or in part, the method of
        exercise, method of settlement, form of consideration payable in
        settlement, method by which Stock will be delivered or deemed to be
        delivered to Participants, whether or not an SAR shall be in tandem with
        any other Award, and any other terms and conditions of any SAR. Limited
        SARs that may only be exercised upon the occurrence of a Change in
        Control may be granted on such terms, not inconsistent with this Section
        6(c), as the Committee may determine. Limited SARs may be either
        freestanding or in tandem with other Awards.

        (d) Restricted Stock. The Committee is authorized to grant Stock that is
subject to restrictions based on continued employment on the following terms and
conditions ("Restricted Stock"):

               (i) Grant and Restrictions. Restricted Stock shall be subject to
        such restrictions on transferability and other restrictions, if any, as
        the Committee may impose, which restrictions may lapse separately or in
        combination at such times, under such circumstances, in such
        installments, or otherwise, as the Committee may determine. Except to
        the extent restricted under the terms of the Plan and any Award
        Agreement relating to the Restricted Stock, a Participant granted
        Restricted Stock shall have all of the rights of a stockholder
        including, without limitation, the right to vote Restricted Stock or the
        right to receive dividends thereon.


                                        8



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




               (ii) Forfeiture. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee,
        upon termination of employment or service (as determined under criteria
        established by the Committee) during the applicable restriction period,
        Restricted Stock that is at that time subject to restrictions shall be
        forfeited and reacquired by the Company; provided, however, that the
        Committee may provide, by rule or regulation or in any Award Agreement,
        or may determine in any individual case, that restrictions or forfeiture
        conditions relating to Restricted Stock will be waived in whole or in
        part in the event of termination resulting from specified causes.

               (iii) Certificates for Stock. Restricted Stock granted under the
        Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall determine.
        If certificates representing Restricted Stock are registered in the name
        of the Participant, such certificates may bear an appropriate legend
        referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such
        Restricted Stock, the Company may retain physical possession of the
        certificate, in which case the Participant shall be required to have
        delivered a stock power to the Company, endorsed in blank, relating to
        the Restricted Stock.

               (iv) Dividends. Dividends paid on Restricted Stock shall be
        either paid at the dividend payment date in cash or in shares of
        unrestricted Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of
        such dividends, or the payment of such dividends shall be deferred
        and/or the amount or value thereof automatically reinvested in
        additional Restricted Stock, other Awards, or other investment vehicles,
        as the Committee shall determine or permit the Participant to elect.
        Stock distributed in connection with a Stock split or Stock dividend,
        and other property distributed as a dividend, shall be subject to
        restrictions and a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the
        Restricted Stock with respect to which such Stock or other property has
        been distributed, unless otherwise determined by the Committee.

        (e) Deferred Stock. The Committee is authorized to grant units
representing the right to receive Stock at a future date subject to the
following terms and conditions ("Deferred Stock"):

               (i) Award and Restrictions. Delivery of Stock will occur upon
        expiration of the deferral period specified for an Award of Deferred
        Stock by the Committee (or, if permitted by the Committee, as elected by
        the Participant). In addition, Deferred Stock shall be subject to such
        restrictions as the Committee may impose, if any, which restrictions may
        lapse at the expiration of the deferral period or at earlier specified
        times, separately or in combination, in installments or otherwise, as
        the Committee may determine.

               (ii) Forfeiture. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee,
        upon termination of employment or service (as determined under criteria
        established by the Committee) during the applicable deferral period or
        portion thereof to which forfeiture conditions apply (as provided in the
        Award Agreement evidencing the Deferred Stock), all Deferred Stock that
        is at that time subject to such forfeiture conditions shall be
        forfeited; provided, however, that the Committee may provide, by rule or
        regulation or in any Award


                                        9



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




        Agreement, or may determine in any individual case, that restrictions or
        forfeiture conditions relating to Deferred Stock will be waived in whole
        or in part in the event of termination resulting from specified causes.

        (f) Bonus Stock and Awards in Lieu of Cash Obligations. The Committee is
authorized to grant Stock as a bonus, or to grant Stock or other Awards in lieu
of Company obligations to pay cash under other plans or compensatory
arrangements.

        (g) Dividend Equivalents. The Committee is authorized to grant awards
entitling the Participant to receive cash, Stock, other Awards or other property
equal in value to dividends paid with respect to a specified number of shares of
Stock ("Dividend Equivalents"). Dividend Equivalents may be awarded on a
free-standing basis or in connection with another Award. The Committee may
provide that Dividend Equivalents shall be paid or distributed when accrued or
shall be deemed to have been reinvested in additional Stock, Awards or other
investment vehicles, and subject to such restrictions on transferability and
risks of forfeiture, as the Committee may specify.

        (h) Other Stock-Based Awards. The Committee is authorized, subject to
limitations under applicable law, to grant such other Awards that may be
denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or
otherwise based on, or related to, Stock and factors that may influence the
value of Stock, as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of
the Plan, including, without limitation, convertible or exchangeable debt
securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into Stock, purchase rights
for Stock, Awards with value and payment contingent upon performance of the
Company or any other factors designated by the Committee and Awards valued by
reference to the book value of Stock or the value of securities of or the
performance of specified subsidiaries ("Other Stock Based Awards"). The
Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards. Stock issued
pursuant to an Award in the nature of a purchase right granted under this
Section 6(h) shall be purchased for such consideration, paid for at such times,
by such methods, and in such forms, including, without limitation, cash, Stock,
other Awards, or other property, as the Committee shall determine. Cash awards,
as an element of or supplement to any other Award under the Plan, may be granted
pursuant to this Section 6(h).

        7.     Certain Provisions Applicable to Awards.

        (a) Stand-Alone, Additional, Tandem, and Substitute Awards. Awards
granted under the Plan may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted
either alone or in addition to, in tandem with or in substitution for any other
Award granted under the Plan or any award granted under any other plan of the
Company, any subsidiary or any business entity to be acquired by the Company or
a subsidiary, or any other right of a Participant to receive payment from the
Company or any subsidiary. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other
Awards or awards may be granted either as of the same time as or a different
time from the grant of such other Awards or awards.

        (b) Term of Awards. The term of each Award shall be for such period as
may be determined by the Committee; provided, however, that in no event shall
the term of any ISO or an


                                       10



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




SAR granted in tandem therewith exceed a period of ten years from the date of
its grant (or such shorter period as may be applicable under Section 422 of the
Code).

        (c) Form of Payment Under Awards. Subject to the terms of the Plan and
any applicable Award Agreement, payments to be made by the Company or a
subsidiary upon the grant, exercise or settlement of an Award may be made in
such forms as the Committee shall determine, including, without limitation,
cash, Stock, other Awards or other property, and may be made in a single payment
or transfer, in installments or on a deferred basis. Such payments may include,
without limitation, provisions for the payment or crediting of reasonable
interest on installment or deferred payments or the grant or crediting of
Dividend Equivalents in respect of installment or deferred payments denominated
in Stock.

        (d) Rule 16b-3 Compliance.

               (i) Six-Month Holding Period. Unless a Participant could
        otherwise dispose of equity securities, including derivative securities,
        acquired under the Plan without incurring liability under Section 16(b)
        of the Exchange Act, equity securities acquired under the Plan must be
        held for a period of six months following the date of such acquisition,
        provided that this condition shall be satisfied with respect to a
        derivative security if at least six months elapse from the date of
        acquisition of the derivative security to the date of disposition of the
        derivative security (other than upon exercise or conversion) or its
        underlying equity security.

               (ii) Other Compliance Provisions. With respect to a Participant
        who is then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act in respect of the
        Company, the Committee shall implement transactions under the Plan and
        administer the Plan in a manner that will ensure that each transaction
        by such a Participant is exempt from liability under Rule 16b-3, except
        that such a Participant may be permitted to engage in a non-exempt
        transaction under the Plan if written notice has been given to the
        Participant regarding the non-exempt nature of such transaction. The
        Committee may authorize the Company to repurchase any Award or shares of
        Stock resulting from any Award in order to prevent a Participant who is
        subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act from incurring liability under
        Section 16(b). Unless other wise specified by the Participant, equity
        securities, including derivative securities, acquired under the Plan
        which are disposed of by a Participant shall be deemed to be disposed of
        in the order acquired by the Participant.

        (e) Loan Provisions. With the consent of the Committee, and subject at
all times to, and only to the extent, if any, permitted under and in accordance
with, laws and regulations and other binding obligations or provisions
applicable to the Company, the Company may make, guarantee or arrange for a loan
or loans to a Participant with respect to the exercise of any Option or other
payment in connection with any Award, including the payment by a Participant of
any or all federal, state or local income or other taxes due in connection with
any Award. Subject to such limitations, the Committee shall have full authority
to decide whether to make a loan or loans hereunder and to determine the amount,
terms and provisions of any such loan or loans, including the interest rate to


                                       11



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




be charged in respect of any such loan or loans, whether the loan or loans are
to be with or without recourse against the borrower, the terms on which the loan
is to be repaid and conditions, if any, under which the loan or loans may be
forgiven.

        (f) Performance-Based Awards. The Committee may, in its discretion,
designate any Award the exercisability or settlement of which is subject to the
achievement of performance conditions as a performance-based Award subject to
this Section 7(f), in order to qualify such Award as "qualified
performance-based compensation" within the meaning of Code Section 162(m) and
regulations thereunder. The performance objectives for an Award subject to this
Section 7(f) shall consist of one or more business criteria and a targeted level
or levels of performance with respect to such criteria, as specified by the
Committee but subject to this Section 7(f). Performance objectives shall be
objective and shall otherwise meet the requirements of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of
the Code. Business criteria used by the Committee in establishing performance
objectives for Awards subject to this Section 7(f) shall be selected from among
the following:

                       (1)    Annual return on capital;

                       (2)    Annual earnings or earnings per share;

                       (3)    Annual cash flow provided by operations;

                       (4)    Changes in annual revenues; and/or

                       (5)    Strategic business criteria, consisting of one or
                              more objectives based on meeting specified
                              revenue, market penetration, geographic business
                              expansion goals, cost targets, and goals relating
                              to acquisitions or divestitures.

The levels of performance required with respect to such business criteria may be
expressed in absolute or relative levels. Achievement of performance objectives
with respect to such Awards shall be measured over a period of not less than one
year nor more than five years, as the Committee may specify. Performance
objectives may differ for such Awards to different Participants. The Committee
shall specify the weighting to be given to each performance objective for
purposes of determining the final amount payable with respect to any such Award.
The Committee may, in its discretion, reduce the amount of a payout otherwise to
be made in connection with an Award subject to this Section 7(f), but may not
exercise discretion to increase such amount, and the Committee may consider
other performance criteria in exercising such discretion. All determinations by
the Committee as to the achievement of performance objectives shall be in
writing. The Committee may not delegate any responsibility with respect to an
Award subject to this Section 7(f).

        (g) Acceleration upon a Change of Control. Notwithstanding anything
contained herein to the contrary, all conditions and/or restrictions relating to
the continued performance of services and/or the achievement of performance
objectives with respect to the exercisability or full enjoyment


                               12



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




of an Award shall lapse immediately prior to a Change in Control, provided,
however, that such lapse shall not occur if (i) it is intended that the
transaction constituting such Change in Control be accounted for as a pooling of
interests under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 16 (or any successor
thereto), and operation of this Section 7(g) would otherwise violate Paragraph
47(c) thereof, or (ii) the Committee, in its discretion, determines that such
lapse shall not occur, provided, further, that the Committee shall not have the
discretion granted in clause (ii) if it is intended that the transaction
constituting such Change in Control be accounted for as a pooling of interests
under Accounting Principles Board Option No. 16 (or any successor thereto), and
such discretion would otherwise violate Paragraph 47(c) thereof.

        8.     Options Granted Automatically to Non-Employee Directors.

     (a) Initial Grants. An Option to purchase 10,000 shares of Stock will be
automatically granted (i) at the commencement of the Initial Public Offering to
each Non-Employee Director at that date and to each other person who has agreed
to become a director and who, if he or she was serving at the date of the
commencement of the Initial Public Offering, would qualify as a NonEmployee
Director at that date, and (ii) after the Initial Public Offering, at the
effective date of any other director's initial election to the Board of
Directors if he or she qualifies at that date. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
any Option granted at the commencement of the Initial Public Offering shall be
canceled and forfeited if the Initial Public Offering is not consummated or if,
in the case of an Option granted to a person who has agreed to become a
director, such person does not commence serving as a Non-Employee Director at or
promptly following the closing of the Initial Public Offering.

     (b) Annual Grants. Immediately following each annual meeting of the
Company's stockholders occurring after the date of the Initial Public Offering,
each person who at such time is serving as a Non-Employee Director and who was,
immediately prior to such meeting, serving as a Non-Employee Director, shall
receive an Option to purchase 5,000 shares of Stock; provided, however, that no
such Option shall be granted to any Non-Employee Director who was granted an
Option pursuant to Section 8(a) within the three month period preceding such
annual meeting.

     (c) Exercise Price. The exercise price per share purchasable upon exercise
of an Option granted under this Section 8 will be equal to 100% of the Fair
Market Value of a share on the date of grant of the Option; provided, however,
that Options granted pursuant to Section 8(a) as of the commencement of an
Initial Public Offering shall be the Initial Public Offering price.

     (d) Option Expiration. Each Option granted pursuant to this Section 8 will
expire at the earlier of (i) 10 years after the date of grant or (ii) one year
after the date the Non-Employee Director ceases to serve as a director of the
Company for any reason.

     (e) Exercisability. Each Option granted pursuant to this Section 8 shall
become exercisable on the first anniversary of the date the Option is granted
and shall remain exercisable until its expiration pursuant to Section 8(d);
provided, however, that no Option shall become


                               13



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




exercisable unless the Non-Employee Director continued to serve as such
throughout the 11 month period following the date of Option grant, or has ceased
to serve as such during such 11 month period by reason of his death or
disability.

        9.     General Provisions.

        (a) Compliance With Laws and Obligations. The Company shall not be
obligated to issue or deliver Stock in connection with any Award or take any
other action under the Plan in a transaction subject to the requirements of any
applicable securities law, any requirement under any listing agreement between
the Company and any national securities exchange or automated quotation system
or any other law, regulation or contractual obligation of the Company until the
Company is satisfied that such laws, regulations, and other obligations of the
Company have been complied with in full. Certificates representing shares of
Stock issued under the Plan will be subject to such stop-transfer orders and
other restrictions as may be applicable under such laws, regulations and other
obligations of the Company, including any requirement that a legend or legends
be placed thereon.

        (b) Limitations on Transferability. Awards and other rights under the
Plan will not be transferable by a Participant except by will or the laws of
descent and distribution or to a Beneficiary in the event of the Participant's
death, shall not be pledged, mortgaged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered, or
otherwise subject to the claims of creditors, and, in the case of ISOs and SARs
in tandem therewith, shall be exercisable during the lifetime of a Participant
only by such Participant or his guardian or legal representative; provided,
however, that such Awards and other rights (other than ISOs and SARs in tandem
therewith) may be transferred to one or more transferees during the lifetime of
the Participant to the extent and on such terms as then may be permitted by the
Committee.

        (c) No Right to Continued Employment or Service. Neither the Plan nor
any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any employee, director
or other person the right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company
or any of its subsidiaries, nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of
the Company or any of its subsidiaries to terminate any employee's employment or
other person's service at any time or with the right of the Board or
stockholders to remove any director.

        (d) Taxes. The Company and any subsidiary is authorized to withhold from
any Award granted or to be settled, any delivery of Stock in connection with an
Award, any other payment relating to an Award or any payroll or other payment to
a Participant amounts of withholding and other taxes due or potentially payable
in connection with any transaction involving an Award, and to take such other
action as the Committee may deem advisable to enable the Company and
Participants to satisfy obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and
other tax obligations relating to any Award. This authority shall include
authority to withhold or receive Stock or other property and to make cash
payments in respect thereof in satisfaction of a Participant's tax obligations.


                                       14



<PAGE>
<PAGE>





        (e) Changes to the Plan and Awards. The Board may amend, alter, suspend,
discontinue or terminate the Plan or the Committee's authority to grant Awards
under the Plan without the consent of stockholders or Participants, except that
any such action shall be subject to the approval of the Company's stockholders
at or before the next annual meeting of stockholders for which the record date
is after such Board action if such stockholder approval is required by any
federal or state law or regulation or the rules of any stock exchange or
automated quotation system on which the Stock may then be listed or quoted, and
the Board may otherwise, in its discretion, determine to submit other such
changes to the Plan to stockholders for approval; provided, however, that,
without the consent of an affected Participant, no such action may materially
impair the rights of such Participant under any Award theretofore granted to him
(as such rights are set forth in the Plan and the Award Agreement). The
Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, or amend, alter, suspend,
discontinue, or terminate, any Award theretofore granted and any Award Agreement
relating thereto; provided, however, that, without the consent of an affected
Participant, no such action may materially impair the rights of such Participant
under such Award (as such rights are set forth in the Plan and the Award
Agreement). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board or the Committee may take
any action (including actions affecting or terminating outstanding Awards) to
the extent necessary for a business combination in which the Company is a party
to be accounted for under the pooling-of-interests method of accounting under
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 16 (or any successor thereto).

        (f) No Rights to Awards; No Stockholder Rights. No person shall have any
claim to be granted any Award under the Plan (except as set forth in Section 8),
and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants and
employees. No Award shall confer on any Participant any of the rights of a
stockholder of the Company unless and until Stock is duly issued or transferred
and delivered to the Participant in accordance with the terms of the Award or,
in the case of an Option, the Option is duly exercised.

        (g) Unfunded Status of Awards; Creation of Trusts. The Plan is intended
to constitute an "unfunded" plan for incentive and deferred compensation. With
respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant pursuant to an Award,
nothing contained in the Plan or any Award shall give any such Participant any
rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company;
provided, however, that the Committee may authorize the creation of trusts or
make other arrangements to meet the Company's obligations under the Plan to
deliver cash, Stock, other Awards, or other property pursuant to any Award,
which trusts or other arrangements shall be consistent with the "unfunded"
status of the Plan unless the Committee otherwise determines with the consent of
each affected Participant.

        (h) Nonexclusivity of the Plan. Neither the adoption of the Plan by the
Board nor any submission of the Plan or amendments thereto to the stockholders
of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on
the power of the Board to adopt such other compensatory arrangements as it may
deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options


                                       15



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable
generally or only in specific cases.

        (i) No Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued
or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award. The Committee shall determine
whether cash, other Awards, or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of
such fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto
shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

        (j) Governing Law. The validity, construction and effect of the Plan,
any rules and regulations relating to the Plan and any Award Agreement shall be
determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving
effect to principles of conflicts of laws, and applicable federal law.

        (k) Effective Date; Plan Termination. The Plan shall become effective as
of the date of its adoption by the Board, subject to approval of the Company's
stockholders prior to the commencement of the Initial Public Offering, and shall
continue in effect until terminated by the Board.


                                       16

<PAGE>



<PAGE>


                     Consent of Independent Accountants

We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting part of this
Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our reports as of the dates, and related
to the financial statements of the companies, listed below which appear in such
Prospectus:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  Company                                         Date
                 ---------                                      -------
<S>                                                         <C>
         Enfinity Corporation                                 July 10, 1998
         Brandt Mechanical Services, Inc.                     July 2, 1998
         Energy Systems Industries, Inc.                      March 23, 1998
         New England Mechanical Services, Inc.                May 13, 1998
         Lee Company                                          April 3, 1998
         Hill York Corporation and Hill York
           Service Corporation                                March 14, 1998
         Mechanical Services of Orlando                       April 3, 1998
         Aircond Corporation                                  November 14, 1997
</TABLE>

We also  consent to the  reference  to us under the  heading  "Experts"  in such
Prospectus.


PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
August 27, 1998


<PAGE>





<PAGE>


[Letterhead of Shilling & Kenyon, Inc.]


              CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS



To Air Systems, Inc.:

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No.
333-52671) of our report, dated April 27, 1998, relating to the financial
statements of Air Systems, Inc. We also consent to the reference to our Firm
under the captions "Experts" and "Selected Financial Data" in the Prospectus.


                                             /s/ Shilling & Kenyon, Inc.
                                             -------------------------------
                                             SHILLING & KENYON, INC.

San Jose, California
August 27, 1998


<PAGE>


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                             5
<MULTIPLIER>                          1,000
       
<S>                                   <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                               6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                     DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                        JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                          JUN-30-1998
<CASH>                                         73
<SECURITIES>                                    0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   0
<ALLOWANCES>                                    0
<INVENTORY>                                     0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                0
<PP&E>                                          0
<DEPRECIATION>                                  0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 73
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           0
<BONDS>                                         0
<COMMON>                                        0
                           0
                                     0
<OTHER-SE>                                      0
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   73
<SALES>                                         0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                0
<CGS>                                           0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   0
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                6
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              0
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                (6)
<INCOME-TAX>                                    0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             0
<DISCONTINUED>                                  0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                 0
<CHANGES>                                       0
<NET-INCOME>                                   (6)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                   0
<EPS-DILUTED>                                   0
        


<PAGE>



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission